MAC FRUGALS BARGAINS CLOSE OUTS INC
10-K, 1994-04-29
VARIETY STORES
Previous: PHILLIPS VAN HEUSEN CORP /DE/, 10-K, 1994-04-29
Next: GETTY PETROLEUM CORP, 10-K, 1994-04-29



<PAGE>   1


 
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                                   FORM 10-K
                            ------------------------
 
(MARK ONE)
 
[X]   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
      ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]
 
                   FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 30, 1994
 
                                       OR
 
[  ]   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
       EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
 
                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-6672
 
                   MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS  o  CLOSE-OUTS INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                        <C>
                     DELAWARE                                          95-2745285
          (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                           (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
          INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                           IDENTIFICATION NO.)

            2430 EAST DEL AMO BOULEVARD
              DOMINGUEZ, CALIFORNIA                                    90220-6306
     (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                          (ZIP CODE)
</TABLE>
 
       REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (310) 537-9220
 
                            ------------------------
 
          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
                      TITLE OF EACH CLASS                                    ON WHICH REGISTERED
                      -------------------                                 --------------------------
             <S>                                                          <C>
               Common Stock ($.02778 Par Value)                            New York Stock Exchange
</TABLE>
 
          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:
                                 NOT APPLICABLE
 
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
                               [X] Yes     [ ] No
 
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.  [  ]
 
     The aggregate market value of shares of the voting stock held by
non-affiliates of the Company, based on the closing sale price of such stock on
the New York Stock Exchange on April 22, 1994, was approximately $433,308,654.
 
     The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of April 22, 1994 was
29,367,775.
 
                      Documents Incorporated by Reference
 
     Portions of the Company's definitive proxy statement relating to the 1994
Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   2














 
                      (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

<PAGE>   3
 
                                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 ITEM NO. IN
  FORM 10-K                                                                                                 PAGE
 ------------                                                                                               ----
<S>     <C>                                                                                                <C>
                                                        PART I
        1.  BUSINESS......................................................................................    1
            General.......................................................................................    1
            Merchandise and Suppliers.....................................................................    1
            Warehousing and Distribution..................................................................    2
            Retail Stores.................................................................................    2
            Employees.....................................................................................    3
            Competition...................................................................................    3
            Trademarks....................................................................................    3
            Restrictions on Imports.......................................................................    3
        2.  PROPERTIES....................................................................................    4
            Retail Stores.................................................................................    4
            Corporate Offices and Warehouse Facilities....................................................    5
        3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.............................................................................    6
        4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.............................................    6

                                                       PART II

        5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
            STOCKHOLDER MATTERS...........................................................................    6
        6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.......................................................................    7
        7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
            RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.........................................................................    7
        8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA...................................................   10
        9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE..........   11

                                                      PART III

   10.-13.  THE INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ITEMS 10-13 OF FORM 10-K IS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM THE
            COMPANY'S DEFINITIVE PROXY MATERIALS FOR ITS ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD IN
            1994..........................................................................................   11

                                                      PART IV

       14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K...............................   11
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   4















 
                      (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

<PAGE>   5
 
                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
          Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc. (collectively with its
subsidiaries, the "Company") was incorporated under the laws of the state of
Delaware in 1971 as successor to a number of entities, the first of which was
founded in 1950. The Company's principal executive offices are located at 2430
E. Del Amo Boulevard in Dominguez, California, a suburb of Los Angeles. The
Company maintains centralized buying, personnel, systems, pricing, advertising,
merchandising, real estate and accounting functions at its principal executive
offices. See ITEM 2. "Properties -- Corporate Offices and Warehouse Facilities".
 
          The Company currently operates a chain of 237 retail stores that
specialize in the sale of new "close-out" merchandise which is purchased from
manufacturers and wholesalers at prices less than initial wholesale prices and
is sold at prices below normal retail prices. The Company's stores are operated
under the names "Pic 'N' Save" and "Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs" and
collectively offer, on a self-service basis, a wide selection of close-out
merchandise, including apparel and accessories, notions, novelties, toys, games,
stationery, greeting cards, books, candles, luggage, artificial flowers, beauty
aids, candy, snacks, beverages, housewares, domestics, Christmas theme items and
giftwares. The Company targets value oriented consumers, and merchandise is
currently sold on a cash-and-carry basis, with certain credit cards accepted.
 
          During the fall of 1993 and 1992, the Company developed a seasonal
store concept that operated under the names Christmas Close-outs and Christmas
Enchantments. The Company operated 168 and 25 of these seasonal stores in 1993
and 1992, respectively. These seasonal stores offered new Christmas theme
merchandise purchased from manufacturers at prices less than initial wholesale
prices and were sold at prices below normal retail prices. Categories of
merchandise available in these stores was similar to the Christmas seasonal
merchandise offered in the year-round stores. The Christmas Close-outs and
Christmas Enchantments stores were generally operated for the three months from
October through Christmas. The Company has put further development of this
concept on hold for the reasons discussed later in this section under "Retail
Stores".
 
          At January 30, 1994, 141 of the Company's year-round retail stores
operated under the name "Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs". The remaining 96
year-round stores, located in Southern California, operated under the name "Pic
'N' Save".
 
          For the year ended January 30, 1994 (fiscal 1993), approximately 56%
of the Company's year-round stores were located in California and generated
approximately 64% of the sales from year-round stores. The Company believes
California entered the current recession some time in 1991. In addition to
facing some of the same factors that influence the national and global
economies, California has been challenged by reductions in aerospace and federal
defense spending which have adversely affected California unemployment rates
relative to national unemployment rates. The economic hardship felt by
unemployed individuals has led to a general reduction of retail spending in
California as measured by reduced sales tax receipts by the State of California.
This reduction has adversely impacted the Company's California sales during
fiscal 1993 and 1992.
 
          There has also been a general decline in California commercial real
estate values and an increase in commercial vacancies since approximately 1990.
The Company has benefitted from this decline as a result of its position as
lessee or buyer of sites for additional California stores.
 
          Seasonal fluctuations in the Company's sales have followed the
traditional trend in the retail industry, with a substantial portion of its
annual sales volume and annual earnings occurring during the fourth quarter of
its fiscal year. The Company expects this pattern to continue in the future but
with less of the extreme experienced in fiscal 1993 as a result of putting the
Christmas season store concept on hold.
 
MERCHANDISE AND SUPPLIERS
 
          Close-out merchandise is new merchandise that is available to the
Company at prices less than initial wholesale prices for a variety of reasons,
including the inability of a manufacturer or wholesaler to dispose of a larger
supply of merchandise through normal channels, the discontinuance of merchandise
due to a change in style, color, shape or packaging, the insufficiency of sales
to justify continued production of an item, or the termination of business by a
manufacturer or wholesaler.
 
          The Company purchases merchandise at prices less than initial
wholesale prices, allowing the Company to sell its merchandise to customers at
what the Company believes are below normal retail prices. Therefore, although
general categories of merchandise are usually available, specific lines, items
and manufacturers frequently change, depending upon the availability of
close-out merchandise at suitable prices. In order to ensure supply and
attractive pricing, the Company will often purchase close-out merchandise in
large quantities and some seasonal merchandise out of season.
 
          The Company buys merchandise, including numerous national brands, from
more than 2,000 suppliers. Due to its long-term association in the close-out
industry, the Company has developed good relationships with numerous
manufacturers and wholesalers that offer some or all of their close-out
merchandise to the Company prior to attempting to dispose of it through other
channels. By selling close-out merchandise only through its own retail stores,
the Company is able to assure suppliers that close-out merchandise will not be
sold through the same channels of distribution as the supplier's current
merchandise.
 
          The Company also special-orders and reorders merchandise from offshore
manufacturers primarily in Asia and the South Pacific at purchase prices
consistent with its general merchandising philosophy of offering merchandise to
customers at prices below normal retail prices. Purchases are made either
through a trading company or direct from the manufacturer, often early in the
purchasing season. The continuation of the Company's purchasing of such
merchandise is dependent upon the continuation of
 
                                        1

<PAGE>   6
 
the Company's ability to obtain such advantageous pricing. Offshore purchases
did not account for more than 21% of the Company's total purchases in any year
during the three years ended January 30, 1994.
 
WAREHOUSING AND DISTRIBUTION
 
          Merchandise purchased for sale through the Company's retail stores is
centrally received at either the Company's warehouse and distribution center
located in Rancho Cucamonga, California, or its warehouse and distribution
center located in New Orleans, Louisiana. The Rancho Cucamonga facility opened
in August 1984 and was expanded in 1988 from 806,000 square feet to 1,431,000
square feet. The New Orleans facility, which contains 1,100,000 square feet, was
opened in September 1991. See ITEM 2. "Properties -- Corporate Offices and
Warehouse Facilities". Merchandise is distributed to retail outlets either by
Company-operated tractors and trailers, or to locations more distant from the
warehouse, by contract carriers. Inventory control functions are conducted at
both distribution centers.
 
RETAIL STORES
 
          Permanent Stores -- The Company's retail stores are principally
located in the Western, Southwestern, Southern and Southeastern United States,
with 96 stores located in Southern California at January 30, 1994. The Company
has four additional Southern California stores which are undergoing either
reconstruction and repair or relocation due to an earthquake that occurred on
January 17, 1994. Stores open for the entire year in Southern California are
currently operated under the name "Pic 'N' Save" and all other year-round stores
are operated under the name "Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs". The table
below provides a state by state breakdown of the Company's year-round retail
store locations at the end of the five most recent fiscal years.
 
                    MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC.
              TOTAL NUMBER OF YEAR-ROUND STORES AT FISCAL YEAR END
                                   1989-1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL
 YEAR
 END        CA      AZ      TX     NV      NM      UT      CO      ID      LA      NY      NJ      GA       FL     AL      TOTAL
- - ------     ----    ----    ----    ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ----    ---     -----
<S>        <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
 1993       133      16      36     7       5       6       7       1       9       0       0       5        11     1       237
 1992       109      11      36     5       5       6       7       1       9       0       0       5        10     1       205
 1991        98      11      35     5       5       6       7       1       9       0       0       5        10     1       193
 1990        98      11      35     4       5       6       7       1       9       0       0       5         9     1       191
 1989        97      11      33     4       5       6       7       1       7       6       8       5         0     0       190
</TABLE>
 
          During fiscal 1993, the Company opened thirty-six year-round stores,
net of stores relocated, and involuntarily closed four due to damage from an
earthquake. Additionally, three stores were relocated to better nearby
locations. Nineteen of the new stores are located in Southern California, nine
in Northern California, one in Florida, five in Arizona and two in Nevada. Two
of the relocated stores are located in Northern California and one in Southern
California.
 
          In fiscal 1993, the Company continued to focus its expansion in the
California market. California is the Company's largest market for sales and
earnings. The Company believes that concentrating on this market at a time when
quality real estate is readily available at lower prices than in the past will
provide good growth as the California economy strengthens over time.
 
          During the five-year period from January 1, 1989 through January 30,
1994, the Company opened or acquired the operations of 109 new stores,
permanently closed 26 stores and temporarily closed 4 stores, increasing its
chain of retail stores from 158 to 237. Fifteen of the 26 stores permanently
closed were Job Lot Pushcart stores in New York and New Jersey, which the
Company acquired in 1988 and conveyed back to the former owner in accordance
with a put provision in the original acquisition agreement. Six of the other
closed stores were replaced by upgraded facilities located in the same
geographic area; four were closed due to inability to renew the leases; and one
owned store was closed, put up for sale and subsequently reopened.
 
          No store accounts for more than 2% of the Company's revenues.
 
          Christmas Season Stores -- In addition to the "Pic 'N' Save" and "Mac
Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs" stores which are open year-round, the Company
opened temporary retail locations during the Christmas season for the first time
in fiscal 1992 and again in fiscal 1993. The Christmas season stores were
designed to allow the Company to generate additional revenues and profits
through sales during the peak Christmas selling season while avoiding related
costs associated with maintaining such locations on a year-round basis to a
minimum.
 
          The table below provides a state by state breakdown of the Company's
Christmas season store locations in operation at the conclusion of the Christmas
selling season for the two most recent fiscal years.
 
                    MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC.
              TOTAL NUMBER CHRISTMAS SEASON STORES AT DECEMBER 24,
                                   1992-1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 24,      CA      AZ      TX      NV      UT      CO      LA      GA      FL      TOTAL
- - -------------     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     ---     -----
<S>               <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
  1993            105      13      12       4      11       4       5       5       9      168
  1992             25       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       25
</TABLE>
 
                                        2

<PAGE>   7
 
          The Company has put future development of this concept on hold. After
assessing the performance of the Christmas season stores at the completion of
the season, the Company determined that it would be difficult to earn the same
or better pre-tax profit contributions as a percentage of sales from these
stores than it can earn from its year-round stores. This difficulty is due
partially to disappointing average store sales and the inability to get higher
gross margins for these stores than for the year-round stores. Additionally,
this business carries a higher risk profile than the year-round stores because
certain fixed costs are higher as a percentage of sales than for the year-round
stores, and inventory must be purchased before store sites are under contract.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
          At January 30, 1994 the Company had approximately 6,868 employees. In
addition, 1,500 people were employed by the Christmas season stores at their
peak. Temporary store personnel are also employed during the Christmas holiday
season in the Company's year-round retail stores. Management believes its
employee relations are generally good.
 
COMPETITION
 
          The Company faces competition for patronage of customers in varying
degrees from national, regional and local areas in which the Company's stores
are located. Many of these retail establishments offer merchandise similar to
that available from the Company, including close-out merchandise at discount
prices, and may have resources greater than those available to the Company.
However, unlike the Company's stores, most retail outlets, including discount
stores, primarily offer continuing lines of merchandise. The Company competes
with other retail establishments, including discount stores, by offering new
close-out merchandise at significant reductions from original retail prices.
 
          During the past few years, there have been a number of off-price
retailers entering the retail consumer market. These retailers generally carry
fashion-oriented soft goods sold at higher price points than the soft goods sold
by the Company's stores and do not generally carry lines of close-out hard
goods. Recently, stores that sell all or substantially all of their merchandise
at a single price have entered the market selling close-out goods.
 
          Competition for close-out merchandise has increased over the years.
The Company, however, has not experienced, and does not anticipate experiencing,
any difficulty in obtaining close-out merchandise in adequate volume and at
suitable prices in the future. The Company competes for quality close-out
merchandise primarily with wholesalers and other close-out retailers, some of
which are larger than the Company. Unlike most of these wholesalers, however,
the Company disposes of the merchandise through its own retail stores, which
specialize in close-out merchandise. The Company is thus able to assure a
supplier that its close-out merchandise will not compete in the supplier's
normal channels of distribution.
 
          In addition to competing for customers and merchandise, the Company
also competes with a wide range of other entities to obtain suitable locations
for new year-round stores.
 
TRADEMARKS
 
          The Company employs the servicemarks "Pic 'N' Save" and "Mac Frugal's
Bargains o Close-outs" in connection with its stores. The Company has registered
its servicemark "Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs" with the U.S. Patent and
Trademark Office and the Company has common law rights in the Southern
California area to the servicemark "Pic 'N' Save". The Company does not believe
that loss of any of the Company's servicemarks would have a material adverse
impact upon the Company.
 
RESTRICTIONS ON IMPORTS
 
          The Company's operations are subject to the customary risks of doing
business abroad, including fluctuation in the value of currencies, customs
duties and related fees, import controls and trade barriers (including quotas),
restrictions on the transfer of funds, work stoppages and, in certain parts of
the world, political instability. The Company believes that it has reduced these
risks by diversifying its offshore purchases among various countries and
factories. These factors have not had a material adverse impact upon the
Company's operations to date. Imports into the United States are also affected
by the cost of transportation, the imposition of import duties and increased
competition from greater production demands abroad. The countries from which the
Company's products are imported may, from time to time, impose new quotas,
duties, tariffs or other restrictions, or adjust presently prevailing quotas,
duty or tariff levels, which could affect the Company's operations and its
ability to import products at current or increased levels. The Company cannot
predict the likelihood or frequency of any such events occurring.
 
          The Company's imported products are subject to United States customs
duties and, in the ordinary course of its business, the Company may, from time
to time, be subject to claims for duties and other charges. United States
customs duties currently are between 3.4% and 30.0% of the customs value on the
vast majority of products imported by the Company, as classified pursuant to the
Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States. All goods imported by the
Company are finished products.
 
          The United States Trade Representative ("USTR") is required by the
Trade Act of 1974, as amended by the Trade and Tariff Act of 1984 and the
Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988 (the "Trade Act"), to submit an
annual National Trade Estimates Report on Foreign Trade Barriers (the "NTE
Report") identifying significant restrictions or barriers on United States
access to foreign markets. On March 3, 1994, the President reinstated, by
Executive Order, the "Super 301" provisions of the Trade Act. Relying on the NTE
Report, the USTR is required to report to Congress those trade barriers and
trade distorting practices and particular countries identified as priorities for
trade liberalization. The USTR is then required to initiate an investigation of
the "priority practices" of the "priority countries" thus identified. If
negotiations initiated under "Super 301" do
 
                                        3

<PAGE>   8
 
not result in a satisfactory conclusion, the USTR is required to retaliate,
unless a waiver is granted under the Trade Act. In addition, the "Special 301"
provisions of the Trade Act require the USTR to identify countries that fail to
provide adequate protection of intellectual property rights. Relying on the same
NTE Report, the USTR identifies priority foreign countries to be targeted for
investigation under the "Special 301" provisions. Other countries may be
included on a "priority watch list" which requires close scrutiny but not
investigation. For those "priority countries" targeted for investigation, the
USTR is required to follow the same process of investigation, negotiation and
retaliation as used under the "Super 301" provisions. The Company is unable to
predict whether China will be designated a "priority country" for the purpose of
"Super 301."
 
          In 1993, Hong Kong was not identified by the USTR as a priority
foreign country under Special 301, and was not placed on the priority watch
list. Although the People's Republic of China was not listed as a priority
country under Special 301, it was listed on the 1993 USTR priority watch list.
In addition, the President has conditioned renewal of the People's Republic of
China's most-favored-nation ("MFN") status on certain progress in the area of
human rights. The decision whether to extend China's MFN status for another year
must be taken on June 3, 1994. The Company is unable to predict whether the
United States will revoke the People's Republic of China's MFN status, but any
such revocation of MFN status would result in significantly higher tariffs on
Chinese imports. In addition, the Company is unable to predict whether the
People's Republic of China or any other country from which the Company imports
goods will be investigated under Super 301 or Special 301 provisions, whether
the United States will retaliate against the People's Republic of China or any
such other country, or whether any such retaliation would include products
imported by the Company or otherwise result in increases in the cost or
restrictions in the supply of products imported by the Company.
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
RETAIL STORES
 
          Permanent Stores -- The Company leases most of the buildings and land
that comprise its retail stores. At the end of fiscal 1993, the Company owned
the buildings (but not the underlying land) occupied by two stores, and owned
the buildings and land occupied by 47 other stores, one of which is a commercial
condominium, one of which is located at the Company's corporate office facility
in Dominguez, California, one of which is located at the Company's warehousing
facility in Rancho Cucamonga, California and one of which is temporarily closed
while undergoing either earthquake repair and reconstruction or relocation. The
balance of the buildings and land which comprised the Company's 237 operating
store locations at fiscal year end were leased.
 
          The leases for the store premises vary as to their terms, rental
provisions, expiration dates, and the existence of renewal options. The number
of years remaining on leases for the Company's stores (excluding unexercised
options) range from less than one year to 23 years. The termination of any or
all of the leases due to expire within the next two years (without renewal
options) would not have a material adverse effect on the operations of the
Company. Most of the leases are fixed minimum rentals, and some provide for
additional rental based upon a percentage of total store sales in excess of
certain amounts. Most leases also require the Company to pay all or a portion of
the real estate taxes, insurance charges and maintenance expenses relating to
the leased premises. The Company generally does not maintain earthquake
insurance for its retail stores.
 
          The Company acquires sites for new stores by a variety of methods,
including lease, purchase, assignment or sublease of existing facilities,
build-to-suit leases, or purchase and development of sites which may be owned by
the Company or sold by the Company under leaseback arrangements. In many cases,
the Company is able to lease or sublease existing buildings that have been
previously used for other purposes, such as for supermarkets, drug stores or
home improvement centers, which are suitable for the Company's needs at a rental
within the Company's guidelines and without the need for substantial
expenditures to convert the facilities to the Company's needs. In connection
with the opening of new stores, the Company generally makes capital investments
and incurs expenses (not including land and building or purchase of a leasehold
interest) of less than $850,000 per store. These costs consist of inventory,
fixtures and equipment, signs and pre-opening costs.
 
          The Company's retail stores are located in concrete or masonry
buildings and are mostly furnished with inexpensive store fixtures. During
fiscal 1992, the Company installed point-of-sale and scanning equipment in all
of its stores pursuant to an equipment lease entered into in 1991. The equipment
lease is for 54 months with an option to extend the term and an option to buy
the equipment. Except for this leased equipment, the Company owns all of its
store fixtures and equipment.
 
          The majority of the Company's stores are located in or adjacent to
shopping centers of various sizes and have adjacent parking facilities. The
stores generally offer air-conditioned shopping from 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.,
Monday through Saturday, and 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. on Sunday. Particular
location schedules may vary slightly.
 
          Selling space in the Company's stores generally is between 17,000 and
23,000 square feet, depending on the particular location. Currently, the
smallest selling area in any one store location is approximately 4,427 square
feet; the largest selling area in any one store location is approximately 30,390
square feet. For the five-year period from January 1, 1989 through January 30,
1994, gross selling space increased from 3,412,367 square feet to 4,486,953
square feet. As of the end of fiscal 1993, aggregate
 
                                        4

<PAGE>   9
 
retail selling space at the Company's 237 operating store locations and four
temporarily closed locations was categorized according to the following real
property arrangements:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 RETAIL
                                                                               NUMBER OF      SELLING SPACE
                                                                               LOCATIONS      (IN SQ. FT.)
                                                                               ----------     -------------
        <S>                                                                    <C>            <C>
        Operating Stores
        ----------------
        Owned................................................................       46            846,220
        Leased...............................................................      189          3,522,381
        Owned, Subject to Ground Lease.......................................        2             40,450
                                                                                   ---        -------------
        Total Operating......................................................      237          4,409,051
                                                                                   ---        -------------
        Temporarily Closed Stores
        -------------------------
        Owned................................................................        1             19,720
        Leased...............................................................        3             58,182
                                                                                   ---        -------------
        Total Temporarily Closed.............................................        4             77,902
                                                                                   ---        -------------
        TOTAL................................................................      241          4,486,953
                                                                                   ---        -------------
                                                                                   ---        -------------
</TABLE>
 
          Christmas Season Stores -- The Company located its Christmas season
stores in both malls and strip centers. The size of these stores varied
depending on space available during the Christmas season but generally ranged
from 3,000 to 5,000 square feet. Because these stores were temporary, the
Company minimized its fixtures and leasehold improvement investment. Merchandise
remaining unsold at these locations after the Christmas season was transferred
to the Company's year-round stores for subsequent sale, or transferred to either
of the Company's distribution centers for subsequent distribution, depending on
the type of merchandise.
 
CORPORATE OFFICES AND WAREHOUSE FACILITIES
 
          The Company owns its corporate offices, located at 2430 East Del Amo
Boulevard, Dominguez, California 90220-6306. Construction of the facility was
completed in November 1973, and comprises approximately 250,000 square feet of
ground floor space and 18,000 square feet of second floor office space.
Approximately 202,000 square feet of warehouse/distribution space (formerly used
by the Company) at this facility has been leased to an unaffiliated third party
and the remainder houses the Company's corporate offices of 38,000 square feet,
a Pic 'N' Save retail store and corporate warehousing space.
 
          The Company also leases a 3,082 square foot office in New York City to
facilitate buying operations at that supply source. The Company expects to move
this New York office to another location in the City and is presently
negotiating for new space arrangements.
 
          The Company owns a 90 acre parcel of land in Rancho Cucamonga,
California and operates a 1,431,000 square foot central warehousing and
distribution center on this location as well as a store containing 19,000 square
feet of retail selling space.
 
          In 1988, the Company executed a Lease Agreement with the Industrial
Development Board of the City of New Orleans, Louisiana for the construction of
a warehouse and distribution facility. The lease provides for an initial term of
10 years, eight 10-year options to extend the term of the lease and an option to
buy the land. Rent is nominal. During fiscal 1991, the Company completed
construction of this 1,100,000 square feet facility which utilizes advanced
technology to conserve space and maximize efficiency. It was completed at a net
cost of $58,617,000 of which $32,233,000 was classified as building and
improvements and $26,384,000 was classified as fixtures and equipment. In
addition, $7,406,000 of interest expense was capitalized over the
three-year construction period.
        
          The New Orleans distribution center was completed in 1991 with a
capacity to service approximately 200 year-round stores. The Company is
currently servicing 75 stores in the South and Southeastern United States from
the New Orleans distribution center. In the third quarter of fiscal 1992, the
Company wrote-down the net book value of the New Orleans distribution center
(warehouse and equipment) by $36,646,000 to reflect a permanent impairment in
its value to the Company. Ongoing under-utilization of the warehouse capacity
because of the Company's decision to initially concentrate future expansion
plans mainly in western markets as well as management's intention to investigate
a sale/leaseback of the facility necessitated a write-down to the Company's
recoverable cost. The recoverable cost was determined by fair market value
appraisals conducted by independent nationally recognized appraisers.
 
          In October 1993, the Company sold all its interest in the New Orleans
distribution center (both real and personal) to TriNet Corporate Realty Trust,
Inc. (TriNet) for $23,463,000, the net book value of the interest sold. TriNet
is a NYSE listed real estate investment trust. Concurrently with the sale to
TriNet, the Company leased the fully equipped distribution center from TriNet.
The initial term expires October 31, 2009. The lease contains two options to
renew, a two year option followed by a ten year option.
 
          The Company leased approximately 75,000 square feet of the New Orleans
distribution center to an unaffiliated third party during fiscal 1991. The lease
expired in January 1994. The Company leased an additional 33,340 square feet to
an unaffiliated third party during fiscal 1992, and this was expanded to 40,940
square feet in fiscal 1993. That lease expires in 1997.
 
          The Company maintains earthquake insurance for its corporate office
and warehouse facilities that it believes is adequate.
 
                                        5

<PAGE>   10
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
        None.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
        There were no matters submitted for a vote of security holders during
the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 30, 1994.
 
                      EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>     <C>
Leonard S. Williams       56     President and Chief Executive Officer since November 1990; Consultant 1989-1990;
                                 Chief Executive Officer 1987-1989, Lion-Nathan Ltd. (retail).
Philip L. Carter          45     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since August 1993, Senior Vice
                                 President, Chief Financial Officer since October 1991; Vice President Finance and
                                 Distribution since 1991, Chief Executive Officer San Remo (Australia) 1987-1990.
Mark J. Miller            42     Executive Vice President, General Merchandise Manager since September 1992; Vice
                                 President of Merchandising/General Merchandise Manager 1991-1992, The Disney
                                 Store, Inc.; Vice President, Merchandise Manager, Hardlines 1988-1991, Pic 'N'
                                 Save Corporation.
Richard N. Lodwick        56     Senior Vice President, Stores since February 1991; Regional Vice President,
                                 Stores 1983-1991, Mervyn's Department Store (retail).
Patricia J. Wehner        43     Senior Vice President, Real Estate and Construction since August 1993, Vice
                                 President, Real Estate and Construction since June 1991; Senior Vice President,
                                 1988-1991, MAS Marketing (retail consulting).
</TABLE>
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
          The Company commenced trading of its Common Stock on the New York
Stock Exchange effective June 11, 1992, under the symbol MFI. The Company's
Common Stock was traded in the over-the-counter market under the symbol PICN and
was reported on the NASDAQ National Market System until June 10, 1992. The
following table shows the high and low sales prices as reported on the New York
Stock Exchange, and the high and low bids on the NASDAQ National Market System,
as appropriate, for the Company's Common Stock.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR         QUARTER         HIGH       LOW
- - -----------     ---------------    ------     ------
<C>             <S>                <C>        <C>
   1992         First Quarter      $22.75     $16.00
                Second Quarter      18.00       9.38
                Third Quarter       13.38       9.63
                Fourth Quarter      16.88      11.75
   1993         First Quarter       18.75      13.88
                Second Quarter      20.13      13.13
                Third Quarter       16.75      13.25
                Fourth Quarter      20.00      13.13
</TABLE>
 
          At April 22, 1994, there were 1,106 stockholders of record.
 
          The closing sale price of the Company's Common Stock on April 22, 1994
was $15.50 per share.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
          The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its capital
stock. The Company currently intends to retain any earnings for use in its
business and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. Payment of dividends is within the discretion of the Company's Board of
Directors and will depend upon, among other factors, the Company's earnings,
financial condition and capital requirements.
 
                                        6

<PAGE>   11
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR STORE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    YEAR ENDED
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  JANUARY 30,     JANUARY 31,     FEBRUARY 2,      FEBRUARY 3,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                     1994            1993             1992             1991             1989
                                                  -----------     -----------     ------------     ------------     ------------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
Net Sales.......................................   $627,063        $540,295         $542,578         $529,115         $475,210
Operating Income................................   $ 57,667        $ 24,268         $ 63,163         $ 37,056         $ 55,395
Earnings Before Income Taxes....................   $ 52,875        $ 17,408         $ 54,877         $ 27,682         $ 50,872
Net Earnings....................................   $ 31,937        $ 11,348         $ 34,215         $ 17,245         $ 30,876
Net Earnings per Common Share...................   $   1.07        $   0.37         $   1.12         $   0.52         $   0.87
Net Earnings as a Percent of Sales..............        5.1%            2.1%             6.3%             3.3%             6.5%
Average Shares Outstanding......................     29,931          30,295(1)        30,649(1)        33,480(1)        35,571(1)
Cash Dividends per Common Stock.................       None            None             None             None             None
At Year End:                                                       
Total Assets....................................   $358,133        $371,757         $396,845         $344,380         $305,696
Long-Term Debt..................................   $  3,869        $ 54,475         $ 81,567         $ 68,164         $ 14,141
Stockholders' Equity............................   $257,350        $224,447         $226,038         $190,405         $220,774
Working Capital.................................   $108,323        $105,834         $104,422         $ 54,439         $ 63,239
Current Ratio...................................        2.2             2.3              2.3              1.7              2.0
Number of Stores (End of Year)..................        237             205              193              191              190
Number of Stores Opened.........................         39              12                3               20               35
Number of Stores Closed.........................          7               0                1               19                3
Sales Square Footage............................      4,409(2)        3,869(2)         3,607            3,568            3,412
Net Sales Per Avg. Sq. Footage..................        144(3)     $    143(3)      $    151         $    152         $    152
</TABLE>
 
- - ---------------
 
(1) Adjusted for the effect of shares issued pursuant to two stock purchase
    agreements in 1988 assumed outstanding under the Treasury stock method.
 
(2) Excludes sales square footage of four stores temporarily closed on January
    17, 1994 due to the Southern California earthquake for the year ended
    January 30, 1994 and excludes sales square footage related to seasonal
    Christmas stores.
 
(3) Excludes space and results related to seasonal Christmas stores but includes
    sales and sales square footage of the four stores temporarily closed on
    January 17, 1994 for the year ended January 30, 1994.
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 30, 1994 ("FISCAL 1993") COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED
JANUARY 31, 1993 ("FISCAL 1992")
 
          Net sales for fiscal 1993 increased $86,768,000 or 16.1% from fiscal
1992. This increase was the combined result of the opening of 36 net new stores
during the year and the full year operation of the twelve new stores opened in
the prior year, the operation of 168 seasonal Christmas stores during the third
and fourth quarters compared to 25 seasonal Christmas stores operating during
the same period of the prior year and a 0.3% increase in comparable store sales.
The seasonal Christmas stores accounted for 4.8 percentage points of the 16.1%
net sales increase. The 0.3% comparable store sales growth achieved during the
year was adversely impacted by the 2.5% decline in comparable California store
sales since 64.1% of the Company's sales from year-round stores occurred within
California. This decrease resulted from a combination of the continuing poor
economic climate in California as well as a sales transfer effect experienced in
some of those stores as a result of the Company's expansion strategy of filling
in selected Southern California markets.
 
          Gross profit as a percentage of sales was 46.4% in fiscal 1993
compared to 47.9% in fiscal 1992. The decrease was mostly the result of a lower
initial markup on beginning store inventory in the current year as a result of
higher prices paid to purchase more brandname items in the prior year and was
partially offset by lower markdowns taken during the year. The remainder of the
decrease resulted from damaged inventory as a result of the January 1994
earthquake. Inventory shrinkage (shrinkage being the difference between the
physical inventory on hand at year end and the calculated value of inventory at
year end as determined by the retail inventory method) was 3.1% of sales in
fiscal 1993 compared to 3.2% of sales in fiscal 1992. The gross profit
percentage earned by the seasonal Christmas stores was about the same in fiscal
1993 and higher in fiscal 1992 than that earned by year-round stores during the
period of time both types of stores were open. However, the gross profit
percentage in the seasonal Christmas stores did not significantly affect the
overall gross margin of the Company due to the small percentage of overall sales
contributed by these stores in both years.
 
          Operating expenses consist of store, warehouse and administrative
expenses. In fiscal 1993 the store expenses component of operating expenses
includes $1,179,000 of earthquake expenses from the January 17, 1994 earthquake
in Southern California. Fiscal 1992 operating expenses include a separate
$36,646,000 warehouse write-down expense which is discussed below. Operating
 
                                        7

<PAGE>   12
 
expenses were 37.2% of sales in fiscal 1993 compared to 43.4% of sales in fiscal
1992. Operating expenses excluding the earthquake expenses and warehouse
write-down expense rose to 37.0% in fiscal 1993 from 36.6% in 1992. Store
expenses increased due to an addition to the Company's insurance reserves for
certain prior year workers' compensation and general liability claims as a
result of increasing costs to settle these claims; a full year of lease payments
for point-of-sale equipment this year compared to a partial year's payments last
year; and grew as a percentage of sales because fixed occupancy costs and
payroll expenses associated with the seasonal Christmas stores were higher as a
percentage of sales than the same expenses for the year-round stores. Partially
offsetting these increases were lower advertising expenses in the current year.
Warehouse expenses fell as a percentage of sales primarily as a result of lower
depreciation expense from the New Orleans distribution center resulting from its
write-down to fair market value last year and the subsequent sale of the
facility this year. Except for a slight increase in administrative expenses to
support the temporary Christmas stores, administrative expenses as a percentage
of sales remained about constant.
 
          Net interest expense decreased $2,068,000 or 30.1% from fiscal 1992 to
fiscal 1993. Gross interest expense decreased due to a combination of lower debt
levels, lower interest rates and slower amortization of the remaining fees
associated with obtaining the 1991 Credit Agreement due to the extended debt
maturity of such Credit Agreement as it was amended and restated in 1993.
Interest income decreased because fiscal 1992 contained recognition of income
upon collection of a stock purchase receivable.
 
          The Company's effective tax rate rose from 34.8% in fiscal 1992 to
39.6% in fiscal 1993. The higher rate in fiscal 1993 was due partially to a 1%
increase in the enacted federal income tax rate as well as a smaller favorable
impact on the effective tax rate from the targeted jobs tax credit which
resulted from both a lower tax credit and higher pre-tax income in fiscal 1993
than in fiscal 1992. Additionally, the fiscal 1992 effective rate was benefitted
from a favorable state income tax audit determination.
 
          The Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement
No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS 109) on the first day of fiscal 1993
with no significant income statement impact. This statement supersedes APB
opinion No. 11. SFAS 109 requires a change from the income to the liability
method of computing deferred income taxes whereby deferred income taxes result
from temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and
their reported amounts in the financial statements.
 
          The Company believes that a meaningful assessment of its net earnings
performance requires making adjustments for certain unusual items contained in
the fiscal 1993 and 1992 results. Net earnings for fiscal 1993 excluding
earthquake related expenses would have been $33,776,000 or $1.13 per share as
compared to net earnings for fiscal 1992 excluding the warehouse write-down
expense of $35,241,000 or $1.16 per share.
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1993 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 2,
1992 ("FISCAL 1991")
 
          Net sales for fiscal 1992 decreased $2,283,000 or 0.4% from fiscal
1991. The decline resulted from a decrease in comparable store sales of 3.9%
that was partially offset by the addition of twelve new year-round stores and 25
seasonal Christmas stores which were opened, operated and closed during the
fourth quarter. Without these seasonal stores, total sales would have declined
by 1.2% from fiscal 1991. The decrease in comparable store sales of 3.9% was
largely due to a 3.3% decline in comparable sales from California stores since
63.1% of fiscal 1992 sales from year-round stores were generated within
California. This decrease was caused for similar reasons as explained for fiscal
1993 compared to fiscal 1992.
 
          Gross profit, as a percentage of sales was 47.9% in fiscal 1992
compared to 48.8% in fiscal 1991. Reductions in inventory shrinkage from 4.8% of
sales in fiscal 1991 to 3.2% of sales in fiscal 1992 at the Company's retail
stores did not fully offset higher markdowns taken in the second half of fiscal
1992 to attract additional customer traffic and to sell off aged inventory.
Further, initial markups were reduced during portions of the year to purchase
more brandname items. Higher gross margin percentages in seasonal stores than in
year-round stores did not affect the Company's total gross margin percentage.
 
          Operating expenses were 43.4% of sales in fiscal 1992 compared to
37.1% in fiscal 1991. Operating expenses, excluding the warehouse write-down
expense, declined to 36.6% in fiscal 1992. Store and warehouse expenses rose as
a percent of sales primarily as a result of increased advertising expense and
additional fixed costs associated with operating the New Orleans distribution
center for a full year in fiscal 1992, compared to four months in fiscal 1991.
Administrative expenses were lower as a percent of sales due largely to
reductions in general insurance expenses, professional fees and bonus expense.
 
          The $36,646,000 warehouse write-down expense reduced the net book
value of the New Orleans distribution center (warehouse and equipment). It
reflected the permanent impairment in its value to the Company. Construction
commenced on this facility in 1988 when prior management contemplated a major
store expansion program in the eastern United States at that time. Ongoing
under-utilization of the warehouse capacity was expected because of the
Company's decision to initially concentrate future expansion plans mainly in
western markets as well as management's intention in the fall of 1992 to
investigate a sale/leaseback of the facility. A sale/leaseback was completed in
October 1993 and is discussed in the section on Liquidity and Capital Resources.
 
          Net interest expense decreased $1,426,000 or 17.2% from fiscal 1991 to
fiscal 1992. Gross interest expense decreased in the current fiscal year due to
both lower debt levels and lower interest rates. Additionally, fiscal 1992 did
not have the benefit from capitalized interest present in fiscal 1991 as
construction on the New Orleans distribution center was completed in 1991.
Interest income rose as a result of the Company's recognizing income upon
collection of a stock purchase receivable.
 
          The Company's effective tax rate was 34.8% and 37.7% in fiscal 1992
and 1991, respectively. The lower rate in fiscal 1992 resulted from a
combination of a favorable state income tax audit determination and greater
impact of the federal targeted jobs tax credit on the effective tax rate due to
the lower earnings before income taxes that resulted from the warehouse
write-down expense. Income taxes were provided for using the income method in
both fiscal 1992 and 1991.
 
                                        8

<PAGE>   13
 
RETURN ON ASSETS AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
          Net return on average assets and net return on average stockholders'
equity for the past three years are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  NET RETURN
                                                                                                  ON AVERAGE
                                                                           NET RETURN ON         STOCKHOLDERS'
           YEAR                                                           AVERAGE ASSETS            EQUITY
           ----                                                           ---------------       --------------
        <S>                                                               <C>                   <C>
        Fiscal 1993.....................................................        8.8%                 13.3%
        Fiscal 1992.....................................................        3.0%                  5.0%
        Fiscal 1991.....................................................        9.2%                 16.4%
</TABLE>
 
          As shown above, net return on average assets and net return on average
stockholders' equity were 8.8% and 13.3%, respectively, for fiscal 1993.
Excluding the earthquake expenses, net return on average assets would have been
9.2% and net return on average stockholders' equity would have been 14.0% for
fiscal 1993.
 
          Net return on average assets increased in fiscal 1993 compared to
fiscal 1992 due to both an increase in net income over the prior year and a
decrease in average assets. The decrease in average assets was primarily the
result of selling the New Orleans distribution center and using the proceeds to
reduce debt.
 
          Net return on average assets and net return on average stockholders'
equity were 3.0% and 5.0%, respectively, for fiscal 1992. Excluding the
warehouse write-down expense, net return on average assets would have been 8.8%
and net return on average stockholders' equity would have been 14.9% for fiscal
1992.
 
          Net return on average assets decreased in fiscal 1992 compared to
fiscal 1991 due to a relatively small increase in net income over the prior year
(excluding the warehouse write-down expense) coupled with an 8.6% increase in
average asset base (excluding the warehouse write-down expense). The small
increase in net income for fiscal 1992 over fiscal 1991 is explained in the
previous section on Results of Operations. The increase in average assets in
fiscal 1992 versus the previous year was due primarily to increased merchandise
inventories necessary to support the opening of twelve new stores in fiscal
1992.
 
          Net return on average stockholders' equity increased in fiscal 1993
over fiscal 1992 due to the increase in net earnings as explained in the
previous section on Results of Operations.
 
          Net return on average stockholders' equity decreased in fiscal 1992
compared to fiscal 1991 due to the warehouse write-down expense incurred in
fiscal 1992.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
          The Company's business generated substantial cash flows from
operations which have been sufficient to provide for all of its fiscal 1993 and
1992 capital expenditures, as well as meet all of its current liabilities in
both years. During fiscal 1993, the Company sold excess property from two of its
stores and applied the proceeds to open two new stores. Additionally, the
Company sold and leased back its New Orleans distribution center as discussed in
more detail later in this section. The Company's demand for borrowed funds is
determined, in part, by the seasonality of its inventory investment relative to
the seasonality of its sales, as well as the magnitude and timing of its capital
expenditure programs.
 
          Working Capital was $108,323,000 at January 30, 1994 compared to
$105,834,000 at January 31, 1993. Inventory levels increased to service the
Company's store growth and cash was used to repay the term loan outstanding at
the beginning of the year. The Company's usual year end income tax payable was
eliminated as a result of selling the New Orleans distribution center in October
1993 and recognizing as an ordinary loss for income tax purposes the impairment
in value provided for in the financial statements in fiscal 1992. The sales tax
payable increased as a result of waiting until after year end to make the
payment of California sales tax collected during December.
 
          Net cash flows from operating activities were $23,816,000 in fiscal
1993 and $25,225,000 in fiscal 1992. Part of these funds were used to acquire
ownership or leasehold interests for selected stores, to construct leasehold
improvements and acquire fixtures and equipment for the Company's new year-round
stores, 39 in fiscal 1993 and 12 in fiscal 1992, and to renovate some of the
Company's existing retail locations. The total cost to acquire, improve and
fixturize the Company's 39 fiscal 1993 new and relocation sites was
approximately $24,000,000. Of this amount, $2,607,000 was funded from the sale
of excess land at two stores. The average cost to improve and fixturize each of
these 39 sites was approximately $435,000. The cost to acquire, improve and
fixturize the twelve new sites opened in fiscal 1992 was $4,884,000 with the
average improvement and fixturization costs for each of those twelve stores
being approximately $357,000.
 
          During fiscal 1993, the Company sold all its interest in the New
Orleans distribution center (both real and personal) for $23,463,000, the net
book value of the interests sold. The net proceeds, after transaction costs,
were used to repay term debt. The Company immediately leased back the fully
equipped distribution center. This transaction significantly reduced bank debt
and will improve the liquidity of the Company in fiscal 1994 since elimination
of the federal and state income tax payments usually made by the Company on the
original due dates of its income tax returns as explained previously in this
section will exceed the annual lease payments. Beyond fiscal 1994, the lease
creates a demand on the liquidity of the Company by the amount of the annual
lease payments which is expected to be met from operating income.
 
          In fiscal 1993 and 1992, the Company repurchased 55,100 and 831,500
shares of its Common Stock, respectively, in open market transactions at an
average cost of $15.02 and $10.38 per share, respectively. The fiscal 1993
repurchases were part of a
 
                                        9

<PAGE>   14
 
1,500,000 share repurchase program authorized during the fourth quarter of
fiscal 1993 by the Board of Directors. Repurchases under the 1,500,000 share
program will continue during fiscal 1994 if and when market prices warrant such
repurchases in the Board of Directors' opinion. Finally, in fiscal 1992 the
Company repurchased 250,000 shares of its Common Stock in a private transaction
at $21.50 per share, which was less than the fair market value on the date the
agreement was reached and cancelled certain option rights.
 
          In fiscal 1994, the Company plans to open approximately 40 new stores
and expects to continue at this level of expansion in the future. The cost to
improve and fixturize these stores is expected to be similar to the $435,000 per
store spent during fiscal 1993. While the Company prefers to lease new store
locations, it is prepared to acquire ownership or leasehold interests when
necessary to acquire desirable locations. The Company cannot predict all of the
fiscal 1994 store locations that might require purchase of ownership or
leasehold interests. The cost of acquiring leasehold interests generally range
between $200,000 and $1,000,000 depending upon the terms of the underlying
lease, but the cost of acquiring an ownership interest is unique to the property
acquired. The fiscal 1994 capital expenditure program is expected to be financed
with internally generated funds and a portion of the inventories for these
stores will be financed with the Company's existing revolving lines of credit.
 
          The Company opened 168 seasonal Christmas stores in fiscal 1993 and 25
in fiscal 1992. Capital expenditures for these stores approximated $114,000 in
fiscal 1993 and nothing in fiscal 1992. Future development of this concept has
been placed on hold because the Company believes it would be difficult to earn
greater pre-tax profit contributions as a percentage of sales from these stores
than it can from the year-round stores. There are no future liquidity needs as
the leases have all expired and staffing requirements were met with seasonal
employees.
 
          The Company believes its present committed revolving line of credit is
adequate to meet any seasonal or temporary liquidity needs that cannot be met
with cash flows from operating activities. At January 30, 1994, $109,891,000 was
available to be borrowed under the committed revolving line of credit. The
Company uses uncommitted lines of credit, when available, to reduce its costs of
borrowing. There was $34,900,000 of outstanding revolving debt at January 30,
1994 of which $22,000,000 and $12,900,000 was outstanding under the committed
and uncommitted lines of credit, respectively, and no revolving debt was
outstanding at January 31, 1993. The $76,667,000 of term debt outstanding at
January 31, 1993 was paid off during fiscal 1993. See Note 2 to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
 
          The Company's current ratio was 2.21 and 2.30 at January 30, 1994 and
January 31, 1993, respectively. The total debt to equity ratio was reduced by
20.9 percentage points from 36.0% at the end of fiscal 1992 to 15.1% at the end
of fiscal 1993.
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
          Except for the following Selected Quarterly Data, the financial
statements and related financial information required to be filed hereunder are
indexed on Page F-1 of this report and are incorporated herein by reference.
 
SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        NET EARNINGS
                                                                                             NET           (LOSS)
                                                                   NET         GROSS       EARNINGS      PER COMMON
                                                                  SALES        PROFIT       (LOSS)         SHARE
                                                                 --------     --------     --------     ------------
                                                                  (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
1993
Quarter Ended May 2..........................................    $126,697     $ 58,564     $  5,887        $ 0.20
  August 1...................................................     116,081       54,104        2,053          0.07
  October 31.................................................     140,581       65,712        3,598          0.12
  January 30, 1994...........................................     243,704      112,755       20,399          0.68(1)
                                                                 --------     --------     --------     ---------
                                                                 $627,063     $291,135     $ 31,937        $ 1.07
                                                                 --------     --------     --------     ---------
                                                                 --------     --------     --------     ---------
1992
Quarter Ended May 3..........................................    $114,098     $ 55,970     $  5,413        $ 0.18
  August 2...................................................     108,783       51,922        2,711          0.09
  November 1.................................................     119,976       56,857      (19,927)        (0.66)(2)
  January 31, 1993...........................................     197,438       94,042       23,151          0.78
                                                                 --------     --------     --------     ---------
                                                                 $540,295     $258,791     $ 11,348        $ 0.37(3)
                                                                 --------     --------     --------     ---------
                                                                 --------     --------     --------     ---------
</TABLE>
 
- - ---------------
 
(1) A pre-tax charge of $3,046 for operating expenses and inventory write-off
    related to the January 17, 1994 Southern California earthquake is included
    in the quarter ended January 30, 1994. The effect of this charge was to
    reduce the quarterly net earnings per share by $0.06.
 
(2) The loss for the quarter ended November 1, 1992 includes warehouse
    write-down expense of $36,646 which represents the difference between the
    net book value and the estimated net realizable value of the New Orleans
    distribution center due to the Company's continued and planned
    under-utilization of the facility. Net earnings, excluding this warehouse
    write-down expense, would have been $2,977 or $0.10 per share.
 
(3) The Company repurchased 831,500 shares of its common stock in the third
    quarter of fiscal 1992. This resulted in a dilution of the quarterly
    weighted average shares outstanding and, as such, the sum of the quarterly
    earnings per share exceeds annual earnings per share by $0.02.
 
                                       10

<PAGE>   15
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
        None.
 
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
          Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, the information
required by Items 10-13 of Part III of Form 10-K is incorporated herein by
reference from the Company's definitive proxy materials to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of the
Company's most recent fiscal year.
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
 (a)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Reference is made to the Index to Financial
        Statements and Schedules of the Company on page F-1 of this Annual
        Report on Form 10-K.
 
 (a)(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. Reference is made to the Index to
        Financial Statements and Schedules of the Company on page F-1 of this
        Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 (a)(3) EXHIBITS. The following documents are exhibits to this Annual Report on
        Form 10-K.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      NUMBER                                            DESCRIPTION
      ------    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      <S>       <C>
       3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended, filed as Exhibit 6.1 to the
                Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated May 22, 1992 and incorporated herein by
                this reference.
       3.2      By-Laws of the Company, as amended, filed as Exhibit 6.2 to the Company's Registration
                Statement on Form 8-A dated May 22, 1992 and incorporated herein by this reference.
      10.1      Incentive Stock Option Plan filed as Exhibit A to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement
                for 1982 and incorporated herein by this reference.
      10.2      Amendment to Incentive Stock Option Plan filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Annual
                Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 1992 and incorporated herein by
                this reference.
      10.3      Common Stock Incentive Plan filed as Appendix C to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement
                for 1979 and incorporated herein by this reference.
      10.4      Amendment to the Common Stock Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.3(3) to the Company's
                Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 1982 and incorporated herein
                by this reference.
      10.5      Amendment to the Common Stock Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Annual
                Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 1992 and incorporated herein by
                this reference.
      10.6      Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated December 26, 1985 filed as Exhibit 10.3(3) to the
                Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 1985 and
                incorporated herein by this reference.
      10.7      Form of Amended Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the Incentive Stock Option
                Plan filed as Exhibit 10.6(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year
                ended December 31, 1989 and transition period ended January 28, 1990 and incorporated herein
                by this reference.
      10.8      Form of Restricted Stock Agreement used in connection with the Incentive Stock Option Plan
                filed as Exhibit 10.6(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended
                December 31, 1989 and transition period ended January 28, 1990 and incorporated herein by
                this reference.
      10.9      1990 Employee Stock Incentive Plan filed as Annex B to the Company's definitive Proxy
                Statement for the 1990 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and incorporated herein by this
                reference.
      10.10     Amendments No. 1 and No. 2 to 1990 Employee Stock Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.10 to
                the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 1992 and
                incorporated herein by this reference.
      10.11     Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the 1990 Employee Stock Incentive
                Plan for options subject to staggered vesting filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Annual
                Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended February 3, 1991 and incorporated herein by this
                reference.
</TABLE>
 
                                       11

<PAGE>   16
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      NUMBER                                            DESCRIPTION
      ------    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      <S>       <C>
      10.12     Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the 1990 Employee Stock Incentive
                Plan for immediately exercisable options filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Annual
                Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended February 3, 1991 and incorporated herein by this
                reference.
      10.13     Form of Restricted Stock Agreement used in connection with the 1990 Employee Stock Incentive
                Plan filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year
                ended February 3, 1991 and incorporated herein by this reference.
      10.14     Stock Option Agreement dated December 6, 1990 between the Company and Peter S. Willmott
                filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended
                February 3, 1991 and incorporated herein by this reference.
      10.15     Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors filed as Annex B to the Company's definitive
                Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders held in 1992 and incorporated herein
                by this reference.
      10.16     Employment Agreement dated November 12, 1990 between the Company and Leonard S. Williams
                filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended
                February 3, 1991 and incorporated herein by this reference.
      10.17     Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement dated November 12, 1990 between the Company and
                Leonard S. Williams dated as of February 3, 1992 filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's
                Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 1992 and incorporated
                herein by this reference.
      10.18     Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement between the Company and Leonard S. Williams dated as
                of January 31, 1994.
      10.19     Employment Agreement between the Company and Richard N. Lodwick dated as of January 31,
                1994
      10.20     Employment Agreement dated as of September 25, 1992 between the Company and Mark J. Miller
                filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended
                January 31, 1993 and incorporated herein by this reference.
      10.21     Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement between the Company and Mark J. Miller dated as
                of January 31, 1994.
      10.22     Promissory Note of Mark J. Miller dated September 25, 1992 in favor of the Company in the
                principal amount of $30,000 filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                10-K for fiscal year ended January 31, 1993 and incorporated herein by this reference.
      10.23     Employment Agreement dated as of January 31, 1994 between the Company and Philip L. Carter.
      10.24     Employment Agreement dated as of August 4, 1993 between the Company and Patricia J. Wehner.
      10.25     Lease dated August 1, 1988 between the Company, the City of New Orleans, State of Louisiana
                Inc., and the City of New Orleans, Louisiana Industrial Development Board re New Orleans
                Distribution Center filed as Exhibit 10.5(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                fiscal year ended January 1, 1989 and incorporated herein by this reference.
      10.26     Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 5, 1993 among the Company, West
                Coast Liquidators, Inc., PNS Stores, Inc., the lenders listed therein and Bank of America
                National Trust and Savings Association, as Administrative Agent, and Continental Bank, as
                Co-Agent.
      10.27     Lease dated as of September 25, 1993 between TriNet Essential Facilities X, Inc. and West
                Coast Liquidators, Inc.
      10.28     Settlement Agreement dated August 9, 1990 among the Company, Batchelder Co., DHB Partners,
                L.P., David H. Batchelder, Batchelder & Partners, Inc. and Girard Partners, L.P. filed as
                Exhibit 10.25 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February
                3, 1991 and incorporated herein by this reference.
      10.29     Master Lease dated December 27, 1991 between the Company and Comdisco, Inc. filed as Exhibit
                10.32 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 1992
                and incorporated herein by this reference.
      22.1      Subsidiaries of Company.
      24.1      Consent of Independent Auditors.
</TABLE>
 
 (b) The Company did not file any reports on Form 8-K with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission during the quarter ended January 30, 1994.
 
 (c) Copies of Exhibits 10.18, 10.19, 10.21, 10.23, 10.24, 10.26, 10.27, 22.1
     and 24.1 are attached hereto. Reference is made to the Exhibit Index for an
     indication of the availability of other exhibits identified at Item
     14(a)(3) above.
 
 (d) Not applicable.
 
                                       12

<PAGE>   17
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Date: April 29, 1994
 
                                       MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC.
 
                                       By:    /s/  LEONARD S. WILLIAMS
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                   Leonard S. Williams
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer
 
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of this
registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
April 29, 1994                                /s/  LEONARD S. WILLIAMS
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                   Leonard S. Williams
                                     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
                                               (Principal Executive Officer)

April 29, 1994                                 /s/  PHILIP L. CARTER                
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                    Philip L. Carter
                                   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                                  (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting
                                                        Officer)

April 29, 1994                                  /s/  PETER S. WILLMOTT
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                     Peter S. Willmott
                                                  Chairman of the Board

April 29, 1994                                  /s/  DAVID H. BATCHELDER
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                     David H. Batchelder
                                                          Director

April 29, 1994                                   /s/  BRUCE E. KARATZ
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                      Bruce E. Karatz
                                                          Director

April 29, 1994                                    /s/  ANTHONY LUISO
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                       Anthony Luiso
                                                          Director

April 29, 1994                                   /s/  RONALD P. SPOGLI
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                      Ronald P. Spogli
                                                          Director

April 29, 1994                                    /s/  BILL M. THOMAS
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                       Bill M. Thomas
                                                          Director

April 29, 1994                                /s/  JAMES J. ZEHENTBAUER
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                   James J. Zehentbauer
                                                          Director
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   18














 
                      (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
<PAGE>   19
 
                    MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC.
 
        INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES*
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         PAGE
                                                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
Independent Auditors' Report...........................................................................   F-2
Consolidated balance sheets -- January 30, 1994, and January 31, 1993..................................   F-3
Consolidated statements of earnings -- years ended January 30, 1994, January 31, 1993, and February 2,
  1992.................................................................................................   F-4
Consolidated statements of stockholders' equity -- years ended January 30, 1994, January 31, 1993, and
  February 2, 1992.....................................................................................   F-5
Consolidated statements of cash flows -- years ended January 30, 1994, January 31, 1993, and February
  2, 1992..............................................................................................   F-6
Notes to consolidated financial statements.............................................................   F-7
Schedule II -- Amounts Receivable From Employees Other than Related Parties............................  F-13
Schedule V -- Property, Equipment and Improvements.....................................................  F-14
Schedule VI -- Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization of Property, Equipment and Improvements.......  F-15
Schedule IX -- Short-Term Borrowings...................................................................  F-16
Schedule X -- Supplementary Income Statement Information...............................................  F-17
</TABLE>
 
- - ---------------
 
* Schedules other than those listed above have been omitted because they are not
  applicable or because the required information is shown in the consolidated
  financial statements or notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       F-1

<PAGE>   20
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc.
Dominguez, California
 
          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Mac
Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 30, 1994 and
January 31, 1993 and the related consolidated statements of earnings,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years ended January 30, 1994,
January 31, 1993 and February 2, 1992. Our audits also included the financial
statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 14(a)(2). These financial
statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.
 
          We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
          In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mac
Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc. and subsidiaries at January 30, 1994 and
January 31, 1993 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
the years ended January 30, 1994, January 31, 1993 and February 2, 1992, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion,
the financial statement schedules referred to above, when considered in relation
to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly
in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
          As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company
changed its method of accounting for income taxes in 1993.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE
 
Los Angeles, California
March 15, 1994
 
                                       F-2

<PAGE>   21
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PAR VALUE)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               JANUARY 30, 1994       JANUARY 31, 1993
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
<S>                                                                            <C>                    <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..................................................      $  1,015               $ 21,820
  Merchandise inventories....................................................       181,755                147,575
  Other currents assets......................................................        15,114                 18,111
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
     Total current assets....................................................       197,884                187,506
Property, Equipment and Improvements (Notes 5, 10 and 12):
  Land.......................................................................        27,109                 25,452
  Building and improvements..................................................        71,784                 86,214
  Automobiles and trucks.....................................................         2,778                  2,821
  Furniture, fixtures and equipment..........................................        75,797                 77,762
  Leasehold improvements.....................................................        64,843                 54,157
  Construction in progress...................................................         1,137                    167
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
                                                                                    243,448                246,573
  Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization............................       (89,628)               (81,780)
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
                                                                                    153,820                164,793
  Deferred Income Tax Asset (Note 4).........................................         1,252                 12,753
  Deferred Financing Costs and Other Assets (Note 2).........................         5,177                  6,705
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
          Total Assets.......................................................      $358,133               $371,757
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
                                         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Loan payable to bank (Note 2)................................................      $ 34,900               $     --
Current portion of long-term debt (Notes 2 and 5)............................            97                 26,420
Accounts payable.............................................................        13,444                 10,572
Accrued expenses (Note 3)....................................................        31,726                 27,772
Income taxes payable (Note 4)................................................            --                 14,717
Sales tax payable............................................................         9,394                  2,191
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
     Total current liabilities...............................................        89,561                 81,672
Long-Term Debt (Notes 2 and 5)...............................................         3,869                 54,475
Deferred Income Taxes (Note 4)...............................................         7,353                 11,163
Commitments (Notes 2, 9 and 11)
Stockholders' Equity (Notes 2, 6 and 7):
Preferred stock, $1 par value; authorized, 500 shares; issued, none
Common stock, $.02778 par value; authorized, 100,000 shares; issued 29,727
  shares (1993) and 30,423 shares (1992).....................................           825                    845
Additional paid-in capital...................................................         1,319                     62
Retained earnings............................................................       256,033                232,170
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
                                                                                    258,177                233,077
Less: Treasury stock, at cost, 55 shares (1993) and 832 shares (1992)........          (827)                (8,630)
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
     Total Stockholders' Equity..............................................       257,350                224,447
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
          Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity.........................      $358,133               $371,757
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
                                                                               ----------------       ----------------
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       F-3

<PAGE>   22
 
            MAC FRUGALS' BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
 
                (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             YEAR ENDED
                                                                             -------------------------------------------
                                                                             JANUARY 30,     JANUARY 31,     FEBRUARY 2,
                                                                                1994            1993            1992
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                                                          <C>             <C>             <C>
Net Sales..................................................................   $ 627,063       $ 540,295       $ 542,578
Cost of Sales..............................................................     335,928         281,504         277,879
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
Gross Profit...............................................................     291,135         258,791         264,699
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
Expenses:
  Store expenses...........................................................     180,008         150,304         145,328
  Warehouse and administrative expenses....................................      53,460          47,573          56,208
  Warehouse write-down expense (Note 10)...................................          --          36,646              --
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
          Total Expenses...................................................     233,468         234,523         201,536
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
Operating Income...........................................................      57,667          24,268          63,163
Interest expense, net (Note 2).............................................       4,792           6,860           8,286
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
Earnings Before Income Taxes...............................................      52,875          17,408          54,877
Income Taxes (Note 4)......................................................      20,938           6,060          20,662
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
Net Earnings...............................................................   $  31,937       $  11,348       $  34,215
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
Average Shares Outstanding.................................................      29,931          30,295          30,649
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
Net Earnings Per Common Share..............................................   $    1.07       $    0.37       $    1.12
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                                             -----------     -----------     -----------
Dividends Per Common Share.................................................        None            None            None
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       F-4

<PAGE>   23
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL                 TREASURY STOCK      RECEIVABLE UNDER
                                  ---------------    PAID-IN     RETAINED    -------------------    STOCK PURCHASE
                                  SHARES   AMOUNT    CAPITAL     EARNINGS    SHARES     AMOUNT        AGREEMENT        TOTAL
                                  ------   ------   ----------   ---------   -------   ---------   ----------------   --------
<S>                               <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>                <C>
BALANCE, February 3, 1991.......  39,896   $1,109    $ 13,283    $ 287,113     9,382   $(107,315)      $ (3,785)      $190,405
  Exercise of stock options.....     126        3       1,272                                                            1,275
  Increase in purchase price
     under stock purchase
     agreement..................                          357                                              (357)
  Restricted stock amortization
     and lapse of
     restrictions...............                          143                                                              143
  Restricted stock cancelled....      (6)
  Net earnings for the year.....                                    34,215                                              34,215
                                  ------   ------   ----------   ---------   -------   ---------   ----------------   --------
BALANCE, February 2, 1992.......  40,016    1,112      15,055      321,328     9,382    (107,315)        (4,142)       226,038
  Exercise of stock options.....      42        1         539                                                              540
  Increase in purchase price
     under stock purchase
     agreement..................                           12                                               (12)
  Redemption of stock issued
     under September 15, 1988
     stock purchase agreement...    (250)      (7)     (5,368)                                            4,154         (1,221)
  Cancellation of option
     rights.....................                       (3,279)                                                          (3,279)
  Recognition of interest income
     upon collection of
     September 15, 1988 stock
     purchase receivable........                         (481)                                                            (481)
  Non-cash compensation
     expense....................                          132                                                              132
  Restricted stock cancelled....      (3)
  Treasury stock retired........  (9,382)    (261)     (6,548)    (100,506)   (9,382)    107,315
  Purchase of Treasury stock, at
     cost.......................                                                 832      (8,630)                       (8,630)
  Net earnings for the year.....                                    11,348                                              11,348
                                  ------   ------   ----------   ---------   -------   ---------   ----------------   --------
BALANCE, January 31, 1993.......  30,423      845          62      232,170       832      (8,630)            --        224,447
  Exercise of stock options.....     136        3       1,715                                                            1,718
  Non-cash compensation
     expense....................                           75                                                               75
  Treasury stock retired........    (832)     (23)       (533)      (8,074)     (832)      8,630
  Purchase of Treasury stock, at
     cost.......................                                                  55        (827)                         (827)
  Net earnings for the year.....                                    31,937                                              31,937
                                  ------   ------   ----------   ---------   -------   ---------   ----------------   --------
BALANCE, January 30, 1994.......  29,727   $  825    $  1,319    $ 256,033        55   $    (827)      $     --       $257,350
                                  ------   ------   ----------   ---------   -------   ---------   ----------------   --------
                                  ------   ------   ----------   ---------   -------   ---------   ----------------   --------
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       F-5

<PAGE>   24
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             YEAR ENDED
                                                                           ----------------------------------------------
                                                                           JANUARY 30,      JANUARY 31,      FEBRUARY 2,
                                                                               1994             1993             1992
                                                                           ------------     ------------     ------------
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>              <C>
(DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Cash received from customers...........................................   $   627,063      $   540,295      $   542,578
  Cash paid to suppliers and employees...................................      (577,081)        (482,883)        (487,941)
  Income taxes paid......................................................       (21,091)         (24,411)          (7,274)
  Interest paid (net of amount capitalized)..............................        (5,774)          (8,494)          (8,814)
  Interest received......................................................           699              718              708
                                                                           ------------     ------------     ------------
     Net cash provided by operating activities...........................        23,816           25,225           39,257
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Capital expenditures...................................................       (29,365)         (15,264)          (9,118)
  Proceeds from sale of fixed assets.....................................        25,883            2,432              141
                                                                           ------------     ------------     ------------
     Net cash used in investing activities...............................        (3,482)         (12,832)          (8,977)
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Payment of long-term debt..............................................       (76,814)         (19,776)         (82,863)
  Repurchase of Treasury stock...........................................          (827)          (8,630)              --
  Redemption of stock subject to stock purchase agreement and
     cancellation of certain option rights...............................            --           (4,500)              --
  Proceeds from sale of stock options....................................         1,718              540            1,275
  Net borrowings (repayments) under line of credit agreement.............        34,900               --          (40,000)
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt...............................                             --          115,000
  Other (net)............................................................          (116)             310             (459)
                                                                           ------------     ------------     ------------
     Net cash used in financing activities...............................       (41,139)         (32,056)          (7,047)
                                                                           ------------     ------------     ------------
     (Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents....................       (20,805)         (19,663)          23,233
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period...........................        21,820           41,483           18,250
                                                                           ------------     ------------     ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.................................   $     1,015      $    21,820      $    41,483
                                                                           ------------     ------------     ------------
                                                                           ------------     ------------     ------------
RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income...............................................................   $    31,937      $    11,348      $    34,215
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
  activities:
  Warehouse write-down expense...........................................            --           36,646               --
  Depreciation and amortization..........................................        15,380           17,293           15,208
  Recognition of interest income upon collection of September 15, 1988
     stock purchase receivable...........................................            --             (481)              --
  (Gain) loss on sale of fixed assets....................................          (924)            (658)              61
  Non-cash compensation expense..........................................            75              132              143
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
     Increase in inventory...............................................       (34,180)         (17,018)         (28,972)
     Decrease (increase) in other assets.................................         4,525           (5,253)          (6,552)
     Decrease (increase) in deferred income tax asset....................        11,501          (12,753)              --
     Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses and sales
      tax payable........................................................        14,029           (4,438)           9,783
     (Decrease) increase in income taxes payable.........................       (14,717)             191           14,526
     (Decrease) increase in deferred income taxes........................        (3,810)             216              845
                                                                           ------------     ------------     ------------
                                                                                 (8,121)          13,877            5,042
                                                                           ------------     ------------     ------------
                                                                            $    23,816      $    25,225      $    39,257
                                                                           ------------     ------------     ------------
                                                                           ------------     ------------     ------------
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       F-6

<PAGE>   25
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
      YEARS ENDED JANUARY 30, 1994, JANUARY 31, 1993 AND FEBRUARY 2, 1992
 
NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
  Consolidation
 
          Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc. (formerly Pic 'N' Save
Corporation) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (the Company) operate a chain of
237 retail stores which offer a broad range of new close-out merchandise on a
self-service, cash-and-carry basis.
 
          The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Mac
Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All
material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
          All highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three
months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.
 
  Merchandise Inventories
 
          Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.
Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out method for individual items of
warehouse stock and by the retail inventory method for retail stores.
 
  Property, Equipment and Improvements
 
          Property, equipment and improvements are recorded at cost unless the
Company determines there has been a permanent impairment in value (Note 10).
Depreciation and amortization are provided by the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the property.
 
  Deferred Expenses
 
          The Company capitalizes costs associated with opening new store and
warehouse facilities and amortizes these over six and twenty-four months,
respectively.
 
  Income Taxes
 
          The Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes,
effective February 1, 1993, to conform with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes". The change had no
significant income statement impact. The Company provides for deferred income
taxes under the asset and liability method, whereby deferred income taxes result
from temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and
their reported amounts in the financial statements. For prior years, amounts
provided for income taxes were based on income reported for financial statement
purposes. Deferred income taxes were provided for timing differences as certain
income and expense items were reported for financial statement purposes in
periods different from the periods in which such items were recognized for tax
purposes.
 
  Capitalization of Interest
 
          The Company has capitalized interest costs associated with the
construction of a new distribution center (Note 10) during the period of
construction in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
34. Interest was capitalized using the Company's weighted average interest rate.
Capitalization of interest ceased when construction was completed in September
1991.
 
  Fiscal Year
 
          The Company's fiscal year ends on the Sunday nearest January 31 and
contains 52 weeks.
 
  Earnings per Common Share
 
          Earnings per Common Share is based on the weighted average number of
Common shares and Common Stock equivalents (stock options) outstanding, adjusted
for the effect of the shares sold under a purchase agreement (Note 7) of 58,258
shares (1992) utilizing the Treasury stock method.
 
  Reclassifications
 
          Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to
conform to current year presentation.
 
                                       F-7

<PAGE>   26
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      YEARS ENDED JANUARY 30, 1994, JANUARY 31, 1993 AND FEBRUARY 2, 1992
 
NOTE 2 -- BANK BORROWINGS AND INTEREST:
 
          In October 1993, the Company repaid its then outstanding term loan and
amended its credit agreement (the Current Agreement) with its syndicate of
banks. The Current Agreement includes an annually renewable unsecured three-year
$150,000,000 revolving loan for seasonal working capital needs, with a
$50,000,000 sublimit for commercial and standby letters of credit. The Current
Agreement contains certain restrictive covenants requiring the Company to
maintain certain financial ratios and limits the payment of dividends based on a
formula. At January 30, 1994, $21,171,000 of retained earnings were unrestricted
as to the declaration of cash dividends and the acquisition of Common Stock by
the Company. Interest rates are prime, LIBOR plus  5/8%, or negotiated at the
Company's option. At January 30, 1994, the Company had outstanding borrowings of
$22,000,000 under the Current Agreement.
 
          The Company's credit agreement, before the current amendment, (the
Secured Agreement) provided for a secured five-year $115,000,000 term loan and a
secured five-year $60,000,000 revolving loan for seasonal working capital needs
and commercial and standby letters of credit. Related to the Secured Agreement,
the Company paid approximately $8,386,000 in financing fees which the Company is
amortizing over five years. At January 31, 1993, the Company had outstanding
borrowings of $76,667,000 under the term loan of the Secured Agreement (Note 5)
and had no outstanding borrowings under the revolving loan of the Secured
Agreement.
 
          The Company also has $40,000,000 of unsecured, uncommitted short-term
line of credit facilities with three individual banks. Under the terms of the
Current Agreement, only $30,000,000 may be outstanding under these facilities at
one time. Interest rates are negotiated. At January 30, 1994 and January 31,
1993, $12,900,000 and $0 were outstanding under these facilities, respectively.
Interest rates ranged between 3.25% and 3.50% on outstanding borrowings at
January 30, 1994.
 
          Commitments under outstanding letters of credit amounted to
$18,109,000 and $13,418,000 at January 30, 1994 and January 31, 1993,
respectively.
 
          Net interest is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                                                 JANUARY 30,       JANUARY 31,       FEBRUARY 2,
                                                                    1994              1993              1992
                                                                 -----------       -----------       -----------
        <S>                                                      <C>               <C>               <C>
        Expense................................................    $ 5,436           $ 8,059           $ 8,994
        Income.................................................       (644)           (1,199)             (708)
                                                                 -----------       -----------       -----------
        Net Interest...........................................    $ 4,792           $ 6,860           $ 8,286
                                                                 -----------       -----------       -----------
                                                                 -----------       -----------       -----------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 3 -- ACCRUED EXPENSES:
 
          Accrued expenses are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               JANUARY 30,       JANUARY 31,
                                                                                  1994              1993
                                                                               -----------       -----------
        <S>                                                                    <C>               <C>
        Insurance............................................................    $16,898           $15,213
        Profit sharing (Note 8)..............................................        961             1,376
        Percentage rent......................................................        864             1,588
        Salaries.............................................................      2,748             2,118
        Other expenses.......................................................     10,255             7,477
                                                                               -----------       -----------
                                                                                 $31,726           $27,772
                                                                               -----------       -----------
                                                                               -----------       -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-8

<PAGE>   27
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      YEARS ENDED JANUARY 30, 1994, JANUARY 31, 1993 AND FEBRUARY 2, 1992
 

NOTE 4 -- INCOME TAXES:
 
          The provision for income taxes includes the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                                                 JANUARY 30,       JANUARY 31,       FEBRUARY 2,
                                                                    1994              1993              1992
                                                                 -----------       -----------       -----------
        <S>                                                      <C>               <C>               <C>
        Current:
          Federal..............................................    $ 5,048          $  18,107          $18,209
          State................................................      1,571              5,077            4,864
                                                                 -----------       -----------       -----------
                                                                     6,619             23,184           23,073
        Deferred:
          Federal..............................................     11,649            (13,247)          (1,756)
          State................................................      2,670             (3,877)            (655)
                                                                 -----------       -----------       -----------
                                                                    14,319            (17,124)          (2,411)
                                                                 -----------       -----------       -----------
                                                                   $20,938          $   6,060          $20,662
                                                                 -----------       -----------       -----------
                                                                 -----------       -----------       -----------
</TABLE>

 
          The Company's effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal
income tax rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    YEAR ENDED
                                                                    -------------------------------------------
                                                                    JANUARY 30,     JANUARY 31,     FEBRUARY 2,
                                                                       1994            1993            1992
                                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------
        <S>                                                         <C>             <C>             <C>
        Statutory federal tax rate................................       35.0%           34.0%           34.0%
        State income tax net of federal benefit...................        5.4             4.0             5.1
        Rate benefit from federal targeted jobs tax credit........        (.4)           (1.9)           (1.0)
        Other, net................................................        (.4)           (1.3)           (0.4)
                                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                                         39.6%           34.8%           37.7%
                                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                                    -----------     -----------     -----------
</TABLE>

 
          The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes", effective February 1, 1993 
with no significant income statement impact. This statement supersedes APB 
Opinion No. 11.
 
          Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
 
          On August 10, 1993 legislation was enacted that retroactively
increased the maximum corporate income tax rate to 35%. The increased income tax
rate was retroactive to January 1, 1993. The effect of the rate increase on the
Company's accumulated deferred income taxes are deemed immaterial.
 
          Significant components of the Company's net deferred tax liability as
of January 30, 1994 are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
            <S>                                                                          <C>
            Deferred Tax Assets:
              Inventories..............................................................  $  5,238
              State Franchise Taxes....................................................    (1,477)
              Insurance Reserves.......................................................     1,020
              Deferred Expenses........................................................       965
              Other....................................................................       692
                                                                                         --------
                                                                                            6,438
                                                                                         --------
            Deferred Tax Liability:
              Excess of Tax Over Book Depreciation.....................................   (15,976)
              Insurance Reserves.......................................................     6,469
              Other....................................................................     2,154
                                                                                         --------
                                                                                           (7,353)
                                                                                         --------
            Net Deferred Tax Liability.................................................  $   (915)
                                                                                         --------
                                                                                         --------
</TABLE>
 
          The Company provided no valuation allowance against the deferred tax
assets recorded as of January 30, 1994.
 
                                       F-9

<PAGE>   28
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      YEARS ENDED JANUARY 30, 1994, JANUARY 31, 1993 AND FEBRUARY 2, 1992
 
          Other current assets on the balance sheet at January 30, 1994 includes
current deferred tax assets of $5,186,000 and current refundable taxes of
$927,000.
 
NOTE 5 -- LONG-TERM DEBT:
 
          Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                JANUARY 30,     JANUARY 31,
                                                                                   1994            1993
                                                                                -----------     -----------
        <S>                                                                     <C>             <C>
        Term loan 4.19% to 6.00%, principal and interest due in quarterly
          installments beginning August 2, 1991 through May 15, 1996..........    $    --        $  76,667
        Industrial Development Revenue Bonds with interest payable quarterly
          based on the current prime rate, next redeemable August 1998, due
          August 2028.........................................................      2,000            2,000
        Non interest-bearing construction loan, due in quarterly installments
          beginning May 1, 1991 through May 1, 2006 net of discount based on
          imputed interest rate of 10% ($996 in fiscal 1993, $1,144 in fiscal
          1992)...............................................................      1,404            1,456
        Equipment contracts, 8.375% to 12.032%, maturing through 1998,
          collateralized by equipment.........................................         40              136
        Other.................................................................        522              636
                                                                                -----------     -----------
                                                                                    3,966           80,895
        Less current maturities...............................................        (97)         (26,420)
                                                                                -----------     -----------
        Long-term debt........................................................    $ 3,869        $  54,475
                                                                                -----------     -----------
                                                                                -----------     -----------
</TABLE>
 
          The aggregate maturities of long-term debt for the years subsequent to
January 30, 1994 are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
                    <S>                                                            <C>
                    1994.........................................................  $   97
                    1995.........................................................      62
                    1996.........................................................      69
                    1997.........................................................   2,076
                    1998.........................................................      84
                    Thereafter...................................................   1,578
                                                                                   ------
                                                                                   $3,966
                                                                                   ------
                                                                                   ------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 -- STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS:
 
          In 1990, the Company adopted a new stock incentive plan (the 1990
Employee Stock Incentive Plan) to enable key employees to acquire shares of the
Company's Common Stock. The new plan replaced the Company's Stock Incentive Plan
and Incentive Stock Option Plan adopted previously. Under the new plan, as
amended in fiscal 1993, which provides for the grant of incentive stock options,
nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock, up
to 3,200,000 shares of Common Stock may be issued. Prior to the 1993 amendment,
up to 1,750,000 shares of Common Stock could be issued. Although stock options
and restricted stock granted under the Stock Incentive Plan and Incentive Stock
Option Plan remain outstanding, no new options or restricted shares will be
granted under such plans. Under the terms of the new plan, incentive stock
options may be granted at not less than 100% of fair market value at the date of
grant (110% in the case of 10% stockholders) and nonqualified stock options may
be granted at not less than par value (or, in the case of officers of the
Company, not less than the greater of par value or 50% of fair market value on
the date of grant). A portion of the fiscal 1992 grants under the plan were
subject to reduction based upon the level of pre-tax earnings for fiscal 1992
compared to a target level established at the date of grant.
 
          In 1992, the Company adopted its Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee
Directors to enable non-employee directors to acquire shares of the Company's
Common Stock. Each non-employee director receives a nonqualified stock option
grant of 2,500 shares upon election or re-election to the board of directors. In
addition, each non-employee director may elect, on the date of each annual
meeting at which he or she is elected or re-elected, to receive a certain
portion of their annual retainer in the form of a nonqualified stock option
grant based on a formula. Expense is recognized ratably over the director's
term.
 
          The Company awarded 35,830 and 41,830 shares of restricted stock under
the old plans in March 1989 and April 1990, respectively. Such shares vested
over three-year periods. No stock appreciation rights have been granted under
any of the plans to date. The Company has granted options to purchase 25,000
shares outside of these plans.
 
                                      F-10

<PAGE>   29
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      YEARS ENDED JANUARY 30, 1994, JANUARY 31, 1993 AND FEBRUARY 2, 1992
 
          Changes for all options are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   STOCK OPTIONS
                                                                           -----------------------------
                                                                                             PER SHARE
                                                                            SHARES          PRICE RANGE
                                                                           ---------       -------------
        <S>                                                                <C>             <C>
        Outstanding, February 3, 1991....................................  1,462,452       $ 5.54-$22.13
          Granted........................................................    453,000       $ 8.38-$23.00
          Exercised......................................................   (125,558)      $ 5.54-$22.13
          Cancelled......................................................   (212,148)      $11.63-$22.13
                                                                           ---------       -------------
        Outstanding, February 2, 1992....................................  1,577,746       $ 6.63-$23.00
          Granted........................................................    151,460       $10.60-$13.63
          Granted subject to reduction...................................    498,000       $19.75-$19.75
          Exercised......................................................    (41,918)      $10.50-$16.63
          Cancelled......................................................   (517,725)      $10.50-$22.13
                                                                           ---------       -------------
        Outstanding, January 31, 1993....................................  1,667,563       $ 6.63-$23.00
          Granted........................................................    646,570       $14.25-$18.50
          Exercised......................................................   (135,745)      $ 9.00-$17.08
          Cancelled......................................................   (772,863)      $10.50-$22.13
                                                                           ---------       -------------
        Outstanding, January 30, 1994....................................  1,405,525       $ 6.63-$23.00
</TABLE>
 
          At January 30, 1994, there were 1,876,590 and 110,770 shares of the
Company's Common Stock available for grant under the 1990 Employee Stock
Incentive Plan and Non-Employee Directors Plan, respectively. Options were
exercisable for 682,248 shares under all of the Company's four stock option
plans and stock option agreements, collectively, at January 30, 1994.
 
          On March 16, 1993, options to purchase 424,250 shares of the 498,000
shares granted subject to reduction were cancelled (options to purchase 30,000
shares having already been cancelled) upon determination of the Company's fiscal
1992 pre-tax earnings.
 
          Although most of the stock options granted under the plans are
intended to be incentive stock options, the Company will be entitled to a tax
deduction for the excess (if any) of the aggregate market price over the
aggregate exercise price at such time as nonqualified options are exercised.
 
          In March 1992, the Company cancelled all option rights (563,700
shares) held by the Company's former president and a potential cash bonus
related to certain options was cancelled in exchange for a cash payment of
$3,729,000 (Note 7).
 
NOTE 7 -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 
          In September 1988, the Board approved the sale of 250,000 shares of
Common Stock, at the quoted market value on the date of sale ($12 3/8 per
share), to the Company's former president under a purchase agreement in exchange
for a promissory note in which the face amount increased at 9.08% annually. The
$3,087,000 promissory note was originally due five years after issuance.
 
          The shares were voting, collateralized the note until paid, and
dividends or other distributions, if any, were to be offset against the note.
Upon termination of the former president's employment in fiscal 1990, the
Company extended the maturity date of the promissory note to December 31, 1995.
 
          In March 1992, the Company purchased the 250,000 shares related to the
promissory note from the former president at $21.50 per share. Of the proceeds,
$4,154,000 was applied against the outstanding balance of the promissory note.
The remaining proceeds of $1,221,000 were paid in cash to the former president
(Note 6).
 
NOTE 8 -- PROFIT SHARING PLAN:
 
          The Company has a profit sharing plan covering substantially all
employees with more than one year of service. Under this plan, the Company
contributes a portion of earnings based on a formula. Profit sharing expenses
for the years ended January 30, 1994, January 31, 1993 and February 2, 1992 were
$1,038,000, $766,000 and $542,000, respectively.
 
                                      F-11

<PAGE>   30
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
      YEARS ENDED JANUARY 30, 1994, JANUARY 31, 1993 AND FEBRUARY 2, 1992
 
NOTE 9 -- LEASE COMMITMENTS:
 
          The Company has leases outstanding for retail store locations, the New
Orleans distribution center and equipment with varying initial expiration dates
through 2018; most leases include options to renew. The Company may also be
required to pay insurance, taxes and/or additional rents based on a percentage
of sales, and, in the case of the New Orleans distribution center, certain
executory payments to the ground lessor of the property. Total rental expense
was as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 YEAR ENDED
                                                               -----------------------------------------------
                                                               JANUARY 30,       JANUARY 31,       FEBRUARY 2,
                                                                  1994              1993              1992
                                                               -----------       -----------       -----------
        <S>                                                    <C>               <C>               <C>
        Base rental expense..................................    $28,707           $21,969           $19,410
        Contingent rental expense............................        102               917               921
                                                               -----------       -----------       -----------
                                                                 $28,809           $22,886           $20,331
                                                               -----------       -----------       -----------
                                                               -----------       -----------       -----------
</TABLE>
 
          Aggregate minimum rental commitments under all leases and aggregate
minimum rental income from sublease tenants of leased buildings under all
noncancellable leases in effect as of January 30, 1994 were as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        FISCAL YEAR                                                EXPENSE        INCOME          NET
        -----------                                               --------       -------       --------
        <S>                                                        <C>            <C>           <C>
        1994.....................................................  $ 26,239       $ 2,147       $ 24,092
        1995.....................................................    25,653         2,034         23,619
        1996.....................................................    24,904         1,878         23,026
        1997.....................................................    22,741         1,080         21,661
        1998.....................................................    21,838           813         21,025
        Thereafter...............................................   184,575         6,240        178,335
                                                                   --------       -------       --------
                                                                   $305,950       $14,192       $291,758
                                                                   --------       -------       --------
                                                                   --------       -------       --------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 10 -- WAREHOUSE WRITE-DOWN EXPENSE:
 
          The Company completed construction of its New Orleans warehouse and
distribution center effective September 1991. The facility was completed at a
net cost of $58,617,000, of which $32,233,000 was classified as building and
building improvements and $26,384,000 was classified as furniture, fixtures and
equipment. Furthermore, $7,406,000 of interest expense was capitalized over the
three-year construction period.
 
          During fiscal 1992, the Company determined that the value of the
facility was permanently impaired based on an assessment of the Company's
continued and planned future under-utilization of the facility. Additionally,
the Company had decided to pursue a sale and leaseback of the facility.
 
          Accordingly, during fiscal 1992 a charge to operating income was
recorded for approximately $36,646,000 which represented the difference between
the net book value and the estimated net realizable value at the date of
impairment. The estimated net realizable value of the facility was based upon
appraisals received by independent nationally recognized appraisal firms.
 
          In October 1993, the Company completed a sale and leaseback of this
facility. The sales price of $23,643,000 approximated the recorded net book
value.
 
NOTE 11 -- OTHER COMMITMENTS:
 
          The Company is a defendant in certain legal actions. While management
and legal counsel are presently unable to predict the outcome or to estimate the
amount of any liability the Company may have with respect to these lawsuits, it
is not expected that these matters will have a material adverse effect on the
Company.
 
NOTE 12 -- NORTHRIDGE, CALIFORNIA EARTHQUAKE:
 
          On January 17, 1994, a 6.7 magnitude earthquake occurred in the San
Fernando Valley of Southern California. Twenty-five stores experienced
relatively minor merchandise and physical damage requiring closures that varied
from a few hours to one week. Four stores experienced substantial merchandise
and physical damage and will remain closed during their reconstruction periods.
These four stores are expected to reopen during the second and third quarters of
fiscal 1994.
 
          The Company incurred significant costs in connection with the
earthquake including approximately $1,867,000 of damaged merchandise, $744,000
of destroyed property, $258,000 of expenses to repair property and $177,000 of
other expenses, primarily labor costs associated with removing damaged
merchandise and reopening the affected stores.
 
                                      F-12

<PAGE>   31
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                SCHEDULE II -- AMOUNTS RECEIVABLE FROM EMPLOYEES
                           OTHER THAN RELATED PARTIES
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DEDUCTIONS               BALANCE AT
                                                                                  -----------------------       END OF PERIOD
                                                    BALANCE AT                     AMOUNTS      AMOUNTS     ---------------------
NAME OF DEBTOR                                  BEGINNING OF PERIOD   ADDITIONS   COLLECTED   WRITTEN OFF   CURRENT   NOT CURRENT
- - --------------                                  -------------------   ---------   ---------   -----------   -------   -----------
<S>                                             <C>                   <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>
Mark J. Miller(1).............................         $ 130             $ 0         $70          $ 0         $45         $15
</TABLE>
 
- - ---------------
 
(1)  Mr. Miller, Executive Vice President, General Merchandise Manager of the
     Company, executed two promissory notes in favor of the Company in the
     amounts of $100 and $30, respectively. Each of the notes bear interest at
     the rate of 7% per annum. The principal amount of the $100 note was
     originally due and payable in three equal annual installments on April 1,
     1993, April 1, 1994 and April 1, 1995. It was amended in May 1993 to
     require a payment of $70 on May 1, 1993 and the remaining $30 on April 1,
     1994. The principal amount of the $30 note is due and payable in two equal
     installments on April 1, 1994 and April 1, 1995.
 
                                      F-13

<PAGE>   32
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             SCHEDULE V -- PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND IMPROVEMENTS(1)
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      BEGINNING     ADDITIONS                    TRANSFERS AND        ENDING
        DESCRIPTION                                    BALANCE       AT COST    DISPOSALS(3)   OTHER ACTIVITY(2)     BALANCE
        -----------                                   ---------     ---------   ------------   -----------------     --------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>                   <C>
Year Ended January 30, 1994
  Land..............................................  $  25,452      $ 1,531      $   (651)        $     777         $ 27,109
  Building and Improvements.........................     86,214        2,043       (18,370)            1,897           71,784
  Automotive Equipment..............................      2,821            3           (47)                1            2,778
  Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment.................     77,762       10,286       (12,476)              225           75,797
  Leasehold Improvements............................     54,157        2,843          (946)            8,789           64,843
  Construction in Progress..........................        167       12,659                         (11,689)           1,137
                                                      ---------     ---------   ------------   -----------------     --------
          Total.....................................  $ 246,573      $29,365      $(32,490)        $       0         $243,448
                                                      ---------     ---------   ------------   -----------------     --------
                                                      ---------     ---------   ------------   -----------------     --------
Year Ended January 31, 1993
  Land..............................................  $  25,086      $   366      $                $                 $ 25,452
  Building and Improvements.........................    102,820        1,523        (1,510)          (16,619)          86,214
  Automotive Equipment..............................      5,204           21        (2,404)                             2,821
  Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment.................     89,091        6,753          (229)          (17,853)          77,762
  Leasehold Improvements............................     49,747        2,492           (47)            1,965           54,157
  Construction in Progress..........................        197        4,109                          (4,139)             167
                                                      ---------     ---------   ------------   -----------------     --------
          Total.....................................  $ 272,145      $15,264      $ (4,190)        $ (36,646)        $246,573
                                                      ---------     ---------   ------------   -----------------     --------
                                                      ---------     ---------   ------------   -----------------     --------
Year Ended February 2, 1992:
  Land..............................................  $  25,086      $            $                $                 $ 25,086
  Building and Improvements.........................     65,928          762          (200)           36,330          102,820
  Automotive Equipment..............................      5,324                       (120)                             5,204
  Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment.................     56,806        2,840          (146)           29,591           89,091
  Leasehold Improvements............................     46,657        2,391           (76)              775           49,747
  Construction in Progress..........................     64,328        3,125                         (67,256)             197
                                                      ---------     ---------   ------------   -----------------     --------
          Total.....................................  $ 264,129      $ 9,118      $   (542)        $    (560)        $272,145
                                                      ---------     ---------   ------------   -----------------     --------
                                                      ---------     ---------   ------------   -----------------     --------
</TABLE>
 
- - ---------------
 
(1) The average estimated useful lives used for depreciation purposes for
    Buildings and Improvements, Automotive Equipment and Furniture, Fixtures and
    Equipment are 33, 5 and 10 years, respectively. Leasehold Improvements are
    depreciated over 12 years or the life of the lease, if shorter.
 
(2) Activity for the year ended January 31, 1993 represents a write-down of New
    Orleans distribution center assets to appraised values which reflect a
    permanent impairment in their values based on an assessment of the Company's
    continued and planned future under-utilization of the facility.
 
    Activity for the year ended February 2, 1992 represents net
    reclassifications of certain deferred expenses related to opening the New
    Orleans distribution center originally classified as Property, Equipment and
    Improvements.
 
(3) $29,954 of the disposals made during the year ended January 30, 1994, and
    which are related to the sale of the New Orleans distribution center, are
    valued at appraised values which are lower than cost. See Note (2) above.
 
                                      F-14

<PAGE>   33
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            SCHEDULE VI -- ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
                    OF PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND IMPROVEMENTS
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         BEGINNING                                                       ENDING
            DESCRIPTION                                   BALANCE        ADDITIONS       DISPOSALS       TRANSFERS       BALANCE
            -----------                                 -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     ---------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Year Ended January 30, 1994
  Building and Improvements.........................      $19,492         $ 3,127         $(2,011)         $(494)        $ 20,114
  Automotive Equipment..............................        2,393             230             (47)                          2,576
  Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment.................       37,320           7,065          (4,961)                         39,424
  Leasehold Improvements............................       22,575           4,958            (513)           494           27,514
                                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     ---------
     Total..........................................      $81,780         $15,380         $(7,532)         $   0         $ 89,628
                                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     ---------
                                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     ---------
Year Ended January 31, 1993
  Building and Improvements.........................      $15,949         $ 3,735         $  (192)         $             $ 19,492
  Automotive Equipment..............................        4,250             311          (2,168)                          2,393
  Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment.................       28,702           8,666             (48)                         37,320
  Leasehold Improvements............................       18,002           4,581              (8)                         22,575
                                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     ---------
     Total..........................................      $66,903         $17,293         $(2,416)         $   0         $ 81,780
                                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     ---------
                                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     ---------
Year Ended February 2, 1992
  Building and Improvements.........................      $12,944         $ 3,021         $   (16)         $             $ 15,949
  Automotive Equipment..............................        3,859             504            (113)                          4,250
  Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment.................       21,616           7,150             (88)            24           28,702
  Leasehold Improvements............................       13,529           4,533             (60)                         18,002
                                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     ---------
     Total..........................................      $51,948         $15,208         $  (277)         $  24         $ 66,903
                                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     ---------
                                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15

<PAGE>   34
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                      SCHEDULE IX -- SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     AVERAGE
                                                                                     MAXIMUM         AMOUNT          AVERAGE
                                                                      WEIGHTED       AMOUNT        OUTSTANDING      INTEREST
                                                         BALANCE      AVERAGE      OUTSTANDING     DURING THE      RATE DURING
                CATEGORY OF AGGREGATE                   AT END OF     INTEREST     DURING THE        PERIOD        THE PERIOD
                SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS                    PERIOD         RATE         PERIOD            (1)             (2)
                ---------------------                   ---------     --------     -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>
January 30, 1994
  Borrowings under bank line of credit................   $ 34,900       3.43%        $88,382         $29,775          3.96%
January 31, 1993
  Borrowings under bank line of credit................         --       4.18%        $32,000         $ 9,403          5.67%
February 2, 1992
  Borrowings under bank line of credit................         --       7.71%        $25,000         $ 4,705          7.87%
</TABLE>
 
- - ---------------
 
(1) Average amount outstanding during the period is computed by dividing the
    total of daily outstanding principal balances by 364.
 
(2) Weighted average interest rate during the period is computed by dividing the
    actual short-term interest expense by the average short-term debt
    outstanding.
 
                                      F-16

<PAGE>   35
 
            MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
            SCHEDULE X -- SUPPLEMENTARY INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
                             (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        YEAR ENDED
                                                                  -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    JANUARY 30,         JANUARY 31,         FEBRUARY 2,
ITEM                                                                   1994                1993                1992
- - ----                                                              ---------------     ---------------     ---------------
<S>                                                               <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Advertising Costs(1)............................................      $12,023             $12,487             $ 8,770
Repairs & Maintenance(1)........................................      $    --             $ 5,552             $ 5,824
</TABLE>
 
- - ---------------
 
(1) All other costs are less than 1% of net sales.
 
                                      F-17

<PAGE>   36















 
                      (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

<PAGE>   37
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
                        FILED WITH THE ANNUAL REPORT ON
                      FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                JANUARY 30, 1994
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         PAGE
    NUMBER                                                                                              NUMBER
    ------                                                                                              ------
    <C>        <S>                                                                                      <C>
      3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended, filed as Exhibit 6.1 to the
               Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated May 22, 1992........................      *
      3.2      By-Laws of the Company, as amended, filed as Exhibit 6.2 to the Company's Registration
               Statement on Form 8-A dated May 22, 1992...............................................      *
     10.1      Incentive Stock Option Plan filed as Exhibit A to the Company's definitive Proxy
               Statement for 1982.....................................................................      *
     10.2      Amendment to Incentive Stock Option Plan filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 2, 1992................................      *
     10.3      Common Stock Incentive Plan filed as Appendix C to the Company's definitive Proxy
               Statement for 1979.....................................................................      *
     10.4      Amendment to the Common Stock Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.3(3) to the Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 1982.....................      *
     10.5      Amendment to the Common Stock Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 1992..................      *
     10.6      Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated December 26, 1985 filed as Exhibit 10.3(3)
               to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended December 31, 1985....      *
     10.7      Form of Amended Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the Incentive Stock
               Option Plan filed as Exhibit 10.6(1) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               fiscal year ended December 31, 1989 and transition period ended January 28, 1990.......      *
     10.8      Form of Restricted Stock Agreement used in connection with the Incentive Stock Option
               Plan filed as Exhibit 10.6(2) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal
               year ended December 31, 1989 and transition period ended January 28, 1990..............      *
     10.9      1990 Employee Stock Incentive Plan filed as Annex B to the Company's definitive Proxy
               Statement for the 1990 Annual Meeting of Stockholders..................................      *
     10.10     Amendments No. 1 and No. 2 to 1990 Employee Stock Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.10
               to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2,
               1992...................................................................................      *
     10.11     Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the 1990 Employee Stock
               Incentive Plan for options subject to staggered vesting filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended February 3, 1991............      *
     10.12     Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with the 1990 Employee Stock
               Incentive Plan for immediately exercisable options filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the
               Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended February 3, 1991............      *
     10.13     Form of Restricted Stock Agreement used in connection with the 1990 Employee Stock
               Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               fiscal year ended February 3, 1991.....................................................      *
     10.14     Stock Option Agreement dated December 6, 1990 between the Company and Peter S. Willmott
               filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year
               ended February 3, 1991.................................................................      *
     10.15     Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors filed as Annex B to the Company's
               definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders held in 1992.........      *
     10.16     Employment Agreement dated November 12, 1990 between the Company and Leonard S.
               Williams filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal
               year ended February 3, 1991............................................................      *
     10.17     Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between the Company and Leonard S. Williams
               dated as of February 3, 1992 filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 1992...................................      *
     10.18     Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement between the Company and Leonard S. Williams
               dated as of January 31, 1994...........................................................
</TABLE>
 
- - ---------------
 
* By this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof.
 
                                       I-1

<PAGE>   38
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         PAGE
    NUMBER                                                                                              NUMBER
    ------                                                                                              ------
    <C>        <S>                                                                                      <C>
     10.19     Employment Agreement dated as of January 31, 1994 between the Company and Richard N.  
               Lodwick.................................................................................     
     10.20     Employment Agreement dated as of September 25, 1992 between the Company and Mark J.
               Miller filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal
               year ended January 31, 1993............................................................      *
     10.21     Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between the Company and Mark J. Miller dated as
               of January 31, 1994....................................................................
     10.22     Promissory Note of Mark J. Miller dated September 25, 1992 in favor of the Company in
               the principal amount of $30,000 filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Annual Report
               on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1993................................      *
     10.23     Employment Agreement dated as of January 31, 1994 between the Company and Philip L.
               Carter.................................................................................
     10.24     Employment Agreement dated as of August 4, 1993 between the Company and Patricia J.
               Wehner.................................................................................
     10.25     Lease dated August 1, 1988 between the Company, the City of New Orleans, State of
               Louisiana Inc., and the City of New Orleans, Louisiana Industrial Development Board re
               New Orleans Distribution Center filed as Exhibit 10.5(1) to the Company's Annual Report
               on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended January 1, 1989.....................................      *
     10.26     Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 5, 1993 among the Company,
               West Coast Liquidators, Inc., PNS Stores, Inc., the lenders listed therein and Bank of
               America National Trust and Savings Association, as Administrative Agent, and
               Continental Bank, as Co-Agent..........................................................
     10.27     Lease dated as of September 25, 1993 between TriNet Essential Facilities X, Inc. and
               West Coast Liquidators, Inc. ..........................................................
     10.28     Settlement Agreement dated August 9, 1990 among the Company, Batchelder Co., DHB
               Partners, L.P., David H. Batchelder, Batchelder & Partners, Inc. and Girard Partners,
               L.P. filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year
               ended February 3, 1991.................................................................      *
     10.29     Master Lease dated December 27, 1991 between the Company and Comdisco, Inc. filed as
               Exhibit 10.32 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               February 2, 1992.......................................................................      *
     22.1      Subsidiaries of Company................................................................
     24.1      Consent of Independent Auditors........................................................
</TABLE>
 
- - ---------------
 
* By this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof.
 
                                       I-2

<PAGE>   39















 
                      (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  Exhibit 10.18
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                ---------------
                            TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                            -----------------------

   THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is made and
entered into as of the 31st day of January, 1994, by and between MacFrugal's
Bargains o Close-outs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Leonard
S. Williams ("Executive"), with reference to the following facts:

                                    RECITALS
                                    -------- 

   WHEREAS, the Company and Executive are parties to that certain Employment
Agreement dated as of November 12, 1990 (the "Original Agreement") pursuant to
which Executive serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company;

   WHEREAS, the Original Agreement was amended by that certain Amendment No. 1
to Employment Agreement made and entered into as of the 3rd day of February,
1992 ("Amendment No. 1") by and between the Company and Executive;

   WHEREAS, the Original Agreement, as modified by Amendment No. 1, is
hereinafter referred to as the Employment Agreement; and

   WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement
in certain respects as hereinafter set forth;

   NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

   1. Section 2(b) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and restated
in its entirety as follows:

            "(b)  Performance Bonus.  With respect to each full fiscal year of
   the Company that this Agreement is in  effect throughout and any fiscal year
   of the Company in which Executive is terminated pursuant to Section 8(d) 
   hereof (each, a "Bonus Year"), Executive shall be  entitled to participate 
   in a performance bonus plan approved annually for executive officers of the 
   Company by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  The 
   calculation and payment to Executive of the  performance bonus contemplated 
   by this Section 2(b) shall be made as soon as practicable in the fiscal year 
   of the Company immediately succeeding such Bonus Year, following preparation 
   of the Company's annual audited financial statements for such Bonus Year.  
   Any performance bonus paid to Executive under this Section 2(b) shall be  
   treated as an expense of the Company in determining whether such bonus is 
   payable."
<PAGE>   2
   2. Section 2(c) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its
entirety.

   3. The first sentence of Section 3 of the Employment Agreement is
hereby deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

            "In the event of the termination of Executive's employment
   hereunder pursuant to Section 8(d), the Company shall continue to make 
   the payments provided for in Section 2(a) at the rate then being paid 
   to Executive and shall continue to provide Executive with the medical, 
   disability and life insurance benefits provided in Section 5(a) hereof: 
   (a) if this Agreement is so terminated after the last day of the Company's 
   fiscal year ending in January 1993, for eighteen (18) months  after the 
   date of such termination; and (b) if the Company elects not to renew 
   Executive's employment after the expiration of the term of this Agreement, 
   for  eighteen (18) months after the expiration of the term."

   4. Section 4 of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in
its entirety as follows:

            "4.  Options.  Executive shall be entitled to participate in any
   performance stock option plan approved  annually for other executive 
   officers of the Company by the Compensation Committee of the Board of 
   Directors. To the maximum extent permitted by the Internal Revenue Code 
   of 1986, as amended, including the rules and regulations  thereunder, all 
   such options shall be incentive stock options, and the remainder of such 
   options shall be non-qualified stock options."

   5. Section 5(b) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and restated
in its entirety as follows:

            "(b) The Company shall furnish Executive with a motor vehicle of
   his choice to use for business purposes,  provided, however, that such motor
   vehicle shall not have an original cost to the Company of more than 
   $60,000."

   

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>   3

   6. The last sentence of Section 8(c) of the Employment Agreement is hereby
deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

            "Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall
   have no right on or after the date of  such termination to any of the 
   benefits set forth in Section 5 hereof (other than payment for accrued
   vacation), any payment of base salary pursuant to Section  2(a), any 
   payment of performance bonus for the Bonus Year in which such termination 
   occurs or any other benefit or  payment of any kind whatsoever."

   7. Section 8(d) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and restated
in its entirety as follows:

            "Subject to the payment of amounts required by Sections 2(b) and 3,
   the Company shall be entitled to terminate Executive's employment without 
   cause at any time upon five days written notice."

   8. Except as set forth above, no other amendments or modifications are made
to the Employment Agreement and the Employment Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect.

   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Amendment as of the
date first written above.


The Company:             MacFrugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc.,
                         a Delaware corporation


                         By: PETER S. WILLMOTT
                             ------------------------
                             Peter S. Willmott,
                             Chairman of the Board


Executive:

                             LEONARD S. WILLIAMS
                             ------------------------
                             Leonard S. Williams




                                     Page 3


<PAGE>   1
                                                                Exhibit 10.19

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              --------------------
                              
         This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into
as of the 31st day of January, 1994, by and between Mac Frugal's Bargains o
Close-outs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Richard N. Lodwick
("Executive").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------
                                    
         WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive as a Senior Vice
President on the terms and conditions set forth herein and Executive desires to
accept such employment with the Company;

                                   AGREEMENT
                                   ---------

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the terms
and conditions set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

     1. Employment and Duties.  The Company hereby engages Executive in the
capacity of Senior Vice President, Stores, of the Company.  Executive shall
perform such duties and functions as shall be specified from time to time by
the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  Executive hereby accepts such
employment and agrees to perform such duties.  During the term of this
Agreement, Executive shall not be required without his consent to undertake
responsibilities not commensurate with his position as an Senior Vice
President.

     2. Compensation.
          
          (a) Base Salary.  For all services to be rendered by Executive
hereunder, Executive shall be paid a base salary at the rate of two hundred
sixty thousand dollars ($260,000) per year.  Executive's base compensation
shall be reviewed at least annually and may be increased at the discretion of
the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), but during the term of
this Agreement may not be decreased below the then-effective base salary.
Executive's salary shall be paid on such basis as is the normal payment pattern
for executive officers of the Company.  The base salary payable under this
Section 2(a) shall be in addition to and exclusive of any payments to Executive
from time to time under formal or informal bonus, incentive compensation or
similar plans now in effect or which hereafter may be adopted.
<PAGE>   2
          (b) Performance Bonus.  With respect to each full fiscal year of the 
Company that this Agreement is in effect throughout and any fiscal year of the 
Company in which Executive is terminated pursuant to Section 8(d) hereof (each, 
a "Bonus Year"), the Executive shall be entitled to participate in a performance
bonus plan approved annually for executive officers of the Company by the 
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  The calculation and payment 
to Executive of a performance bonus contemplated by this Section 2(b),if any, 
shall be made as soon as practicable in the fiscal year of the Company 
immediately succeeding such Bonus Year, following preparation of the Company's 
annual audited financial statements for such Bonus Year.

          (c) Bonus Treated as Expense Item.  Performance Bonuses paid to 
Executive under Section 2(b) hereof shall be treated as expenses of the Company
in determining whether such bonus is payable.

     3. Payment in Event of Termination.  In the event of the termination of 
Executive's employment hereunder pursuant to Section 8(d), the Company shall 
continue to make the payments provided for in Section 2(a) at the rate then 
being paid to Executive and shall continue to provide Executive with the 
medical, disability and life insurance benefits provided in Section 5(a) hereof
for eighteen (18) months from the date of such termination.  Executive shall 
not be required or obligated to obtain other employment to mitigate the 
payments due hereunder.  Executive may, at his sole option, terminate this 
Agreement and receive the payments provided for in this Section 3 following the
occurrence of either of the following events (a "Company Breach"):  
(a) Executive's authority to function as an Executive Vice President shall be
removed or limited in any material respect, unless such removal or limitation 
was a result of one or more events that would permit the Board to terminate 
Executive's employment For Cause (as defined in Section 8(c)), or (b) the 
Company shall have breached in any material respect any of its covenants and 
agreements in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall 
not be entitled to terminate this Agreement unless Executive provides written 
notice to the Company specifying in reasonable detail the nature of the Company
Breach, and the Company shall have failed to cure such Company Breach within 
45 days thereafter.

     4. Options.  The Executive shall be entitled to participate in any 
performance stock option plan approved annually implemented for other executive
officers of the Company by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
To the maximum extent permitted by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
amended, including the rules and regulations thereunder, all such options shall
be incentive stock options, and the remainder of such options shall be non-
qualified stock options.




                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
     5.  Benefits.

          (a)  Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits and 
perquisites as are generally made available to executive officers of the
Company, and such other fringe benefits as may be approved by the Board for
executive officers of the Company during the term hereof including, without
limitation, major medical, extended medical and extended disability insurance,
group term life insurance in face amount of the base salary payable pursuant 
to Section 2(a) and annual vacation time of not less than four weeks.

          (b)  Every two years during the term of Executive's employment, the 
Company shall furnish Executive with a motor vehicle of his choice to use for
business purposes, provided, however, that such motor vehicle shall not
have an original cost to the Company of more than $40,000.

          (c)  Nothing contained herein is intended or shall be deemed to be 
granted to Executive in lieu of any rights or privileges to which Executive 
may be entitled as an employee of the Company under any retirement, pension,
insurance, hospitalization, stock option, stock bonus or purchase, incentive
compensation or other plan of the Company which may now be in effect or which
may hereafter be adopted, it being understood that Executive shall have the
same rights and privileges to participate in such plans as any other executive
officers of the Company.

     6.  Reimbursement of Expenses.  The Company shall reimburse Executive 
for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with 
the performance of his duties hereunder, provided that Executive furnishes to
the Company receipts and other documentation reasonably acceptable to the
Company evidencing such expenditures.

     7.  Performance of Duties.

          (a)  In consideration of the payments to be made hereunder, Executive
agrees to devote his entire business time and attention to the performance of 
his duties hereunder, to serve the Company diligently and to the best of his
abilities and not to compete with the Company or any of its Affiliates (as
defined below) in any manner whatsoever.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, Executive shall not, during the term of his employment by the
Company, directly or indirectly (whether for compensation or otherwise),
alone or as an agent, principal, partner, officer, employee, trustee,
director, shareholder or in any other capacity, own, manage, operate, join,
control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of
or furnish any capital to or be connected in any manner with or provide any
services as a consultant for any business which




                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
competes directly or indirectly with any of the businesses of the Company or
any of its Affiliates (as defined below) as they may be conducted from time
to time; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to preclude Executive from
owning not more than one percent of the publicly-traded capital stock of an
entity which is in competition with any of such businesses.  Affiliate of
the Company means any person, association or entity:  (a) that, in whole or
in part, owns or is owned by, or otherwise has a material interest (whether
debt, equity or otherwise) in, the Company; (b) that controls or is
controlled by the Company; (c) that is a subsidiary (whether owned in whole
or in part) of the Company; or (d) to which the Company is a "related tax
payer" as defined in Section 1313(c) of the IRC.

          (b)  Executive may continue his civic, educational and charitable 
activities and serve on boards of directors of other companies, if consistent 
with this Section 7 and if otherwise approved by the Board.

     8.  Term and Termination.

          (a)  The term of the Executive's employment with the Company 
hereunder shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue until the
Executive resigns or is terminated under this Section 8 or under Section 9 
of this Agreement.

          (b)  In the event of Executive's death or in the event of Executive's
total disability for any consecutive six-month period during the term of this
Agreement, the Company may at its sole option thereafter (unless Executive,
in the case of disability, shall have resumed his duties in full prior to
such termination) terminate this Agreement, and in such event the sole right
hereunder of Executive, Executive's widower or Executive's legal
representative, as the case may be, shall be to:  (i) receive the base salary
due Executive through the last day of the twelfth full calendar month
following the month in which his death or disability shall have occurred;
(ii) have any and all previously accruing bonuses or options or other rights
vest in Executive or in his estate immediately (unless Executive or his
estate shall elect to the contrary); and (iii) in the event of termination by
reason of disability, have the Company continue to maintain in effect at its
sole expense, the major medical, extended medical, extended disability and
term life insurance referred to in Section 5(a) for the one year period
following the date of any such termination.





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
          (c)  The Company, upon 30 days prior written notice to Executive,  may
terminate this Agreement For Cause (as defined herein).  For the purposes of
this Agreement, the term "For Cause" shall mean:  (i) Executive's breach of 
the covenants contained in Sections 7, 11 or 13(a) hereof; (ii) Executive's
conviction by, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere in, a court of
competent jurisdiction for any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony
punishable by imprisonment in the jurisdiction involved; (iii) Executive's
commission of any act of fraud or dishonesty in connection with, or related to,
his duties hereunder.  Upon termination of Executive For Cause, this Agreement
shall immediately terminate, and Executive shall not be entitled to any further
rights or payments hereunder (other than payment under Section 2(a) for
services rendered prior to the date of such  termination).  Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall have no right on or after the
date of such termination to any of the benefits set forth in Section 5 hereof
(other than payment for accrued vacation), any payment of base salary pursuant
to Section 2(a), any payment of performance bonus pursuant to Section 2(b) for
the Bonus Year in which such termination occurs or any other benefit or payment
of any kind whatsoever.

          (d)  Subject to the payment of amounts required by Sections 2(b) and 
3, the Company shall be entitled to terminate Executive's employment without 
cause at any time upon thirty days written notice.

     9.  Change in Control.  If a Change in Control (as defined below) of the 
Company occurs during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of this 
Section 9 shall become operative.  For the purposes of this Agreement, a 
Change in Control of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if any 
"person" (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as
defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly of 
securities of the Company representing more than 35% of the combined voting 
power of the Company's then outstanding securities, as a result of purchases 
of the Company's securities which are not expressly approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company.  For purposes of this Section 9, the Board of 
Directors expressly approving the 35% or more voting power ownership must 
consist of individuals who for the previous consecutive twenty-four month 
period, constituted at least a majority of such Board of Directors.

     For a period of two months after a Change in Control of the Company,
Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment with the Company
pursuant to this Section 9, and the Company shall pay Executive the
following amounts no later than the 15th business day after the date of
termination of Executive's employment:



                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
          (a)  A lump sum severance payment equal to 2 multiplied by the sum of
(A) Executive's base annual salary at the highest rate in effect during the 
fiscal year of the Company immediately preceding the date Executive's employ-
ment terminates, and (B) the greater of the amount of any incentive, bonus or 
other cash compensation that was paid to Executive during either (x) the 12 
months immediately preceding the date Executive's employment terminates and 
(y) the 12 months immediately preceding the Change in Control; and

          (b)  A cash payment equal to the amount by which the greater of 
(A) the closing price of the Company's Common Stock on the day before the date 
Executive's employment terminates or (B) the highest price per share actually 
paid in connection with the Change in Control of the Company, exceeds the per 
share exercise price of each then vested and exercisable stock option held by
Executive on the day before the date Executive's employment terminates,
multiplied by the number of shares covered by each such option.  In exchange
for such payment, Executive will surrender all such options to the Company
without exercising them.

     10.  Deductibility of Payments to Executive. Notwith- standing anything 
else to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that the payments
to Executive under this Agreement, either alone or together with other payments
Executive has a right to receive from the Company, would be non-deductible (in
whole or in part) by the Company for Federal income tax purposes because of
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
then the aggregate present value of amounts payable to Executive pursuant to
this agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the "Reduced Amount."
The Reduced Amount shall be an amount expressed in present value which
maximizes the aggregate present value of all payments to be made to Executive
under this Agreement without causing any payment to be non-deductible by the
Company because of Section 280G of the Code.  For purposes of this Section 10,
present value shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the
Code.  The determination of the Reduced Amount shall be made exclusively by the
Company's outside auditors and in consultation with outside counsel to the
Company (each of whose fees and expenses shall be borne by the Company), and
such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
Executive.

     11.  Confidentiality.

          (a)  The Company (which for purposes of this Section 11 shall mean 
the Company and its Affiliates (as defined in Section 7(a)) and Executive 
recognize that during the course of Executive's employment with the Company 
he will accumulate certain crucial proprietary and confidential information 
and trade secrets





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
for use in the Company's business and will have divulged to him certain
crucial confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets about the
business, operations and prospects of the Company, including, without
limitation, confidential and proprietary information regarding suppliers and
employees of the Company, which constitute valuable business assets providing
the Company the opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not
know or use such information or have access to it without the investment of
considerable resources.  Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that such
information (the "Proprietary Information") is confidential and proprietary
and a trade secret and that such information shall include, without
limitation:

          (i)  the identity and location of customers and domestic and foreign 
suppliers of quality low-cost close-out merchandise that can profitably be 
resold, and their buying and selling histories and creditworthiness; informa-
tion regarding the quantity, quality, frequency, pricing and marketability of 
their supply offerings; and lists setting forth the same;

          (ii)  processes, methods and techniques, including but not limited to
primary contact points in the Company's network; methods of merchandising in 
the Company's stores; processes and methods of giving directions and 
instructions to the Company's stores and its employees in connection with 
merchandising moves; information, techniques, formulas and judgments relating 
to the appropriate bidding, pricing and marketing of close-out merchandise; 
and the price ranges and techniques by which such merchandise can be profitably
resold at substantial reductions from normal retail rates; and designs, styles 
and methods of packaging and distributing close-out merchandise distinctive to
the Company;

          (iii)  records of research, including but not limited to demographic
studies conducted by the Company and its agents which contribute to the 
Company's ability to locate retail store sites;

          (iv)  proposals and projections, including but not limited to long-
range plans for the Company's growth, expansion, development and continued 
fostering of its relationships with its employees, suppliers and customers; and

          (v)  files, reports, memoranda, computer software or programming and
budgets or other financial plans or information regarding the Company and its 
business, properties or affairs.





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
          (b)  Executive agrees that he shall not, at any time subsequent to 
the execution of this Agreement, whether during or after the term hereof,
disclose, divulge or make known, directly or indirectly, to any person, or
otherwise use or exploit, any Proprietary Information obtained by Executive
at any time prior to or subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, except
to the extent required by his performance of his duties hereunder for the
Company.  Executive agrees to disclose to the Company the identity and nature
of any contacts with any person or entity soliciting from Executive
disclosure of any Propriety Information or soliciting Executive's involvement
in any business venture competitive with the Company.  Executive shall not
conceal from or fail to disclose to the Company, or divert or exploit for his
own personal profit or that of others, any business opportunity or other
opportunity to acquire an interest in or a contractual relationship with any
person or entity where such person or entity is in the Company's line of
business or where such contractual relationship involves the acquisition of
real estate and which would be considered a feasible and advantageous
opportunity or acquisition for the Company.  Upon termination of this
Agreement, Executive will deliver to the Company all tangible displays and
repositories of customer and supplier lists, files, records of research,
proposals, reports, memoranda, business methods and techniques, computer
software and programming, budgets and other financial plans and information,
and other materials or records or writings of any other type (including all
copies thereof) made, used or obtained by, or provided to, Executive,
containing any Proprietary Information, whether obtained prior to or
subsequent to the execution of this Agreement.

     12.  Non-Solicitation of Employees.

          (a)  Executive hereby agrees that for the two-year period following 
the date of termination of this Agreement he will not (i) authorize his name 
to be used by any person, partnership, corporation or other business entity, 
or (ii) engage in or carry on, directly or indirectly, whether as advisor, 
principal, agent, partner, officer, director, employee, stockholder, associate
or consultant of any person, partnership, corporation or other business entity 
which is in competition with the bargain close-out business carried on by the 
Company or any of its Affiliates in Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San 
Bernardino, Ventura, Santa Barbara or San Diego Counties in the State of 
California, or any other county in California where business is then carried 
on or conducted by the Company or any of its Affiliates, or in the States of 
Arizona, Colorado, Alabama, Idaho, New Mexico, Texas, Nevada, Utah, Georgia, 
Florida or Louisiana.





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
          (b)  Executive further agrees that during the period from the date 
of this Agreement until two years after the termination of the Agreement he 
shall not contact any employee or supplier of the Company or any of its 
Affiliates without advising the Company of such contact and he shall not 
participate in any endeavor or activity which would disrupt the Company's or 
any of its Affiliate's good business relationships with the employees, 
suppliers and/or persons engaged in purchasing activities on behalf of the 
Company or such Affiliate, and he shall not make any false, deceptive or 
misleading statement or statements to any one or more of such suppliers or 
such persons which would be likely to cause such disruption.

     13.  Miscellaneous.

          (a)  Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is 
not now under any obligation of a contractual or other nature to any person, 
firm or corporation which is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement, 
or which would prevent, limit or impair in any way the performance by him of
his obligations hereunder.

          (b)  The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this 
Agreement must be in writing and shall not operate or be construed as a waiver 
of any subsequent breach thereof.

          (c)  This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement of Executive 
and the Company and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemp-
oraneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations between the parties 
with respect to the subject matter hereof.

          (d)  Any and all notices referred to herein shall be sufficiently 
furnished if in writing, and sent by registered or certified mail, postage 
prepaid, or by facsimile transmission (but only if confirmation of receipt is 
subsequently received by the sender either orally or in writing), or by 
overnight courier (if such overnight courier guarantees next day delivery 
and such notice is sent for delivery on a day on which such courier guarantees 
such overnight delivery), to the respective parties at the following addresses 
or such other address as either party may from time to time designate in 
writing in the manner set forth in this Section 13(d):





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10
The Company:

     Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc.
     2430 E. Del Amo Boulevard
     Dominguez, California 90220

     Attention: Board of Directors and
                Chief Executive Officer

     Telephone Number: (310) 761-4200

Executive:

     Richard N. Lodwick
     19542 Pompano Lane, #107
     Huntington Beach, California 92648

          (e)  If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall be invalid 
or unenforceable for any reason, there shall be deemed to be made such minor
changes (and only such minor changes) in such provision or portion as are
necessary to make it valid and enforceable.  The invalidity or
unenforceability of any provision or portion of this Agreement shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions or portions
of this Agreement.  If any such unenforceable or invalid provision or
provisions shall be rendered enforceable and valid by changes in applicable
law, then such provision or provisions shall be deemed to read as they
presently do in this Agreement without change.

          (f)  The rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall inure to
and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors 
and assigns.

          (g)  The waiver by either party of a breach of a provision of this 
Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of a subsequent 
breach hereof.

          (h)  This Agreement is intended to and shall be governed by, and 
interpreted under and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of 
California, without reference to any conflict of laws or principles.

          (i)  If any litigation, arbitration or any other proceedings is 
instituted in connection with or related to this Agreement, the non-prevailing 
party in such litigation, arbitration or other proceeding shall pay the 
expenses, including, without limitation, the attorneys' fees and expenses of
investigation, of the prevailing party.





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11
          (j)  Arbitration.

               (i)  Any controversy, claim or dispute between the parties
directly or indirectly concerning this Agreement or the breach hereof, or the
subject matter hereof (except in instances where only injunctive relief is
sought by the Company), shall be finally settled by arbitration held in Los
Angeles, California.  The Company and Executive shall each select an
arbitrator from a panel of seven (7) arbitrators (the "Arbitration Pool")
obtained by the Company from the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service
within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice from either party
demanding any such proceeding.  Such two chosen arbitrators shall agree on a
third arbitrator from the Arbitration Pool within fifteen days thereafter.
In the event an agreement has not been reached on the third arbitrator by the
end of such fifteen-day period, the third arbitrator shall be chosen by the
American Arbitration Association.  The arbitration shall be held and a final
decision reached within 30 days thereafter.  The decision of a majority of the
three chosen arbitrators shall be final and conclusive on the parties, and
there shall be no appeal therefrom.  A decision of the arbitrators may be
enforced by the prevailing party in a court of competent jurisdiction.  All
other issues in connection with such arbitration shall be in accordance with
the Rules of the American Arbitration Association.

               (ii)  The parties hereto agree that an action to compel
arbitration pursuant to this Agreement may be brought in any appropriate court
and in connection therewith the laws of the State of California shall control.  
Application may also be made to such court for confirmation of any decision 
or award of the arbitrators but only if necessary to effectuate such decision 
or award.  The parties hereto hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the 
arbitrators and of such court and waive any objection to the jurisdiction of 
such arbitrators or court.

          (k)  The Company and Executive expressly agree that the provisions 
of Sections 11, 12 and 13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

     THE COMPANY:          MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC.


                           By: LEONARD S. WILLIAMS
                               -----------------------
                               Leonard S. Williams
                               Chief Executive Officer


     EXECUTIVE:
     
                               RICHARD N. LODWICK                               
                               -----------------------
                               Richard N. Lodwick





                                      -12-


<PAGE>   1
                                                                Exhibit 10.21

                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                ---------------
                            TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                            -----------------------

   THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is made and
entered into as of the 31st day of January, 1994, by and between MacFrugal's
Bargains o Close-outs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Mark J.
Miller ("Executive"), with reference to the following facts:

                                    RECITALS
                                    -------- 

   WHEREAS, the Company and Executive are parties to that certain Employment
Agreement dated as of September 25, 1992 (the "Employment Agreement") pursuant
to which Executive serves as the Executive Vice President, General Merchandise
Manager of the Company;

   WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement
in certain respects as hereinafter set forth;

   NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

   1. Section 2(b) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and restated
in its entirety as follows:

            "(b)  Performance Bonus.  With respect to each full fiscal year of
   the Company that this Agreement is in effect throughout and any fiscal year
   of the Company in which Executive is terminated pursuant to Section 8(d) 
   hereof (each, a "Bonus Year"), Executive shall be entitled to participate 
   in a performance bonus plan approved annually for executive officers of 
   the Company by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  The 
   calculation and payment to Executive of the performance bonus contemplated 
   by this Section 2(b) shall be made as soon as practicable in the fiscal 
   year of the Company immediately succeeding such Bonus Year, following 
   preparation of the Company's annual audited financial statements for such 
   Bonus Year.  At the Company's option, the Company may apply any bonus 
   payable pursuant to this Section 2(b) against amounts then due and payable 
   under that certain Promissory Note of even date herewith in the original 
   principal amount of $30,000 of which Executive is the maker and the Company
   is the holder.  Any performance bonus paid to Executive under this Section
   2(b) shall be treated as an expense of the Company in determining whether 
   such bonus is payable."
<PAGE>   2
   2. Section 2(c) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its 
entirety.

   3. The first sentence of Section 3 of the Employment Agreement is hereby
deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

            "In the event of the termination of Executive's employment 
   hereunder pursuant to Section 8(d), the Company shall continue to make the
   payments provided for in Section 2(a) at the rate then being paid to 
   Executive and shall continue to provide Executive with the medical, 
   disability and life insurance benefits provided in Section 5(a) hereof: 
   (a) if this Agreement is so terminated on or prior to September 27, 1994, 
   for nine (9) months after the date of such termination; (b) if this 
   Agreement is so terminated on or prior to September 27, 1995, for eighteen 
   (18) months after the date of such termination; and (c) if the Company 
   elects not to renew  Executive's employment after the expiration of the 
   term of this Agreement, for eighteen (18) months after the expiration of 
   the term."

   4. Section 4 of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and restated in
its entirety as follows:

            "4.  Options.  Executive shall be entitled to participate in any
   performance stock option plan approved  annually for other executive 
   officers of the Company by the Compensation Committee of the Board of 
   Directors.  To the maximum extent permitted by the Internal Revenue Code
   of 1986, as amended, including the rules and regulations  thereunder, all 
   such options shall be incentive stock options, and the remainder of such 
   options shall be non-qualified stock options."

   5. Section 5(b) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and restated
in its entirety as follows:

            "(b) Every two years during the term of Executive's employment, the
   Company shall furnish Executive with a  motor vehicle of his choice to use 
   for business purposes, provided, however, that such motor vehicle shall not
   have an original cost to the Company of more than $50,000."

   6. The second sentence of Section 8(c) of the Employment Agreement is hereby
deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

            "For the purposes of this Agreement, the term 'For Cause' shall
   mean: (i) Executive's breach of the covenants contained in Sections 7, 11 
   or 13(a)



                                     Page 2
<PAGE>   3
   hereof; (ii) Executive's conviction by, or entry of a plea of guilty or 
   nolo contendere in, a court of  competent jurisdiction for any crime 
   involving moral turpitude or any felony punishable by imprisonment in the
   jurisdiction involved; or (iii) Executive's commission of any act of fraud
   or dishonesty in connection with, or  related to, his duties hereunder."

   7. The last sentence of Section 8(c) of the Employment Agreement is hereby
deleted and restated in its entirety as follows:

            "Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall
   have no right on or after the date of  such termination to any of the 
   benefits set forth in Section 5 hereof (other than payment for accrued 
   vacation), any payment of base salary pursuant to Section  2(a), any payment
   of performance bonus for the Bonus Year in which such termination occurs or 
   any other benefit or  payment of any kind whatsoever."

   8. Section 8(d) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted and restated
in its entirety as follows:

            "Subject to the payment of amounts required by Sections 2(b) and 3,
   the Company shall be entitled to terminate Executive's employment without 
   cause at any time upon thirty days written notice."

   9. Except as set forth above, no other amendments or modifications are made
to the Employment Agreement and the Employment Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect.

   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Amendment as of the
date first written above.


The Company:              MacFrugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc.,
                          a Delaware corporation


                         By LEONARD S. WILLIAMS
                            -----------------------
                            Leonard S. Williams
                            Chief Executive Officer


Executive:

                            MARK J. MILLER
                            -----------------------
                            Mark J. Miller


                                     Page 3



<PAGE>   1
                                                                Exhibit 10.23
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              --------------------
                              
         This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into
as of the 31st day of January, 1994, by and between Mac Frugal's Bargains o
Close-outs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Philip L. Carter
("Executive").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------
                                    
         WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive as an Executive Vice
President on the terms and conditions set forth herein and Executive desires to
accept such employment with the Company;

                                   AGREEMENT
                                   ---------
                                   
         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the terms
and conditions set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

         1.  Employment and Duties.  The Company hereby engages Executive in 
the capacity of Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, of the 
Company.  Executive shall perform such duties and functions as shall be 
specified from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees to perform such duties.
During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall not be required without his
consent to undertake responsibilities not commensurate with his position as an
Executive Vice President.

         2.  Compensation.

         (a)  Base Salary.  For all services to be rendered by Executive
hereunder, Executive shall be paid a base salary at the rate of two hundred
seventy-four thousand dollars ($274,000) per year.  Executive's base
compensation shall be reviewed at least annually and may be increased at the
discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), but during
the term of this Agreement may not be decreased below the then-effective base
salary.  Executive's salary shall be paid on such basis as is the normal
payment pattern for executive officers of the Company.  The base salary payable
under this Section 2(a) shall be in addition to and exclusive of any payments
to Executive from time to time under formal or informal bonus, incentive
compensation or similar plans now in effect or which hereafter may be adopted.
<PAGE>   2
         (b)  Performance Bonus.  With respect to each full fiscal year of the
Company that this Agreement is in effect throughout and any fiscal year of the
Company in which Executive is terminated pursuant to Section 8(d) hereof 
(each, a "Bonus Year"), the Executive shall be entitled to participate in a 
performance bonus plan approved annually for executive officers of the Company
by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  The calculation and 
payment to Executive of a performance bonus contemplated by this Section 2(b),
if any,  shall be made as soon as practicable in the fiscal year of the Company
immediately succeeding such Bonus Year, following preparation of the Company's 
annual audited financial statements for such Bonus Year.

         (c)  Bonus Treated as Expense Item.  Performance Bonuses paid to 
Executive under Section 2(b) hereof shall be treated as expenses of the 
Company in determining whether such bonus is payable.

         3.  Payment in Event of Termination.  In the event of the termination
of Executive's employment hereunder pursuant to Section 8(d), the Company 
shall continue to make the payments provided for in Section 2(a) at the rate 
then being paid to Executive and shall continue to provide Executive with the 
medical, disability and life insurance benefits provided in Section 5(a) 
hereof for eighteen (18) months from the date of such termination.  Executive 
shall not be required or obligated to obtain other employment to mitigate the 
payments due hereunder.  Executive may, at his sole option, terminate this 
Agreement and receive the payments provided for in this Section 3 following 
the occurrence of either of the following events (a "Company Breach"):  
(a) Executive's authority to function as an Executive Vice President shall be 
removed or limited in any material respect, unless such removal or limitation 
was a result of one or more events that would permit the Board to terminate 
Executive's employment For Cause (as defined in Section 8(c)), or (b) the 
Company shall have breached in any material respect any of its covenants and 
agreements in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall 
not be entitled to terminate this Agreement unless Executive provides written 
notice to the Company specifying in reasonable detail the nature of the 
Company Breach, and the Company shall have failed to cure such Company Breach 
within 45 days thereafter.

         4.  Options.  The Executive shall be entitled to participate in any 
performance stock option plan approved annually for other executive officers 
of the Company by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  To 
the maximum extent permitted by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
including the rules and regulations thereunder, all such options shall be 
incentive stock options, and the remainder of such options shall be non-
qualified stock options.





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
         5.  Benefits.

         (a)  Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits and 
perquisites as are generally made available to executive officers of the
Company, and such other fringe benefits as may be approved by the Board 
for executive officers of the Company during the term hereof including, 
without limitation, major medical, extended medical and extended disability 
insurance, group term life insurance in face amount of the base salary payable
pursuant to Section 2(a) and annual vacation time of not less than four weeks.

         (b)  Every two years during the term of Executive's employment, the 
Company shall furnish Executive with a motor vehicle of his choice to use for
business purposes, provided, however, that such motor vehicle shall not
have an original cost to the Company of more than $50,000.

         (c)  Nothing contained herein is intended or shall be deemed to be 
granted to Executive in lieu of any rights or privileges to which Executive 
may be entitled as an employee of the Company under any retirement, pension,
insurance, hospitalization, stock option, stock bonus or purchase, incentive
compensation or other plan of the Company which may now be in effect or which
may hereafter be adopted, it being understood that Executive shall have the
same rights and privileges to participate in such plans as any other executive
officers of the Company.

         6.  Reimbursement of Expenses.  The Company shall reimburse Executive
for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with 
the performance of his duties hereunder, provided that Executive furnishes to
the Company receipts and other documentation reasonably acceptable to the
Company evidencing such expenditures.

         7.  Performance of Duties.

         (a)  In consideration of the payments to be made hereunder, Executive
agrees to devote his entire business time and attention to the performance of 
his duties hereunder, to serve the Company diligently and to the best of his
abilities and not to compete with the Company or any of its Affiliates (as
defined below) in any manner whatsoever.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, Executive shall not, during the term of his employment by the
Company, directly or indirectly (whether for compensation or otherwise),
alone or as an agent, principal, partner, officer, employee, trustee,
director, shareholder or in any other capacity, own, manage, operate, join,
control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of
or furnish any capital to or be connected in any manner with or provide any
services as a consultant for any business which





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
competes directly or indirectly with any of the businesses of the Company or
any of its Affiliates (as defined below) as they may be conducted from time
to time; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to preclude Executive from
owning not more than one percent of the publicly-traded capital stock of an
entity which is in competition with any of such businesses.  Affiliate of
the Company means any person, association or entity:  (a) that, in whole or
in part, owns or is owned by, or otherwise has a material interest (whether
debt, equity or otherwise) in, the Company; (b) that controls or is
controlled by the Company; (c) that is a subsidiary (whether owned in whole
or in part) of the Company; or (d) to which the Company is a "related tax
payer" as defined in Section 1313(c) of the IRC.

         (b)  Executive may continue his civic, educational and charitable 
activities and serve on boards of directors of other companies, if consistent
with this Section 7 and if otherwise approved by the Board.

         8.  Term and Termination.

         (a)  The term of the Executive's employment with the Company hereunder
shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue until the Executive 
resigns or is terminated under this Section 8 or under Section 9 of this
Agreement.

         (b)  In the event of Executive's death or in the event of Executive's
total disability for any consecutive six-month period during the term of this
Agreement, the Company may at its sole option thereafter (unless Executive,
in the case of disability, shall have resumed his duties in full prior to
such termination) terminate this Agreement, and in such event the sole right
hereunder of Executive, Executive's widower or Executive's legal
representative, as the case may be, shall be to:  (i) receive the base salary
due Executive through the last day of the twelfth full calendar month
following the month in which his death or disability shall have occurred;
(ii) have any and all previously accruing bonuses or options or other rights
vest in Executive or in his estate immediately (unless Executive or his
estate shall elect to the contrary); and (iii) in the event of termination by
reason of disability, have the Company continue to maintain in effect at its
sole expense, the major medical, extended medical, extended disability and
term life insurance referred to in Section 5(a) for the one year period
following the date of any such termination.





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
         (c)  The Company, upon 30 days prior written notice to Executive, may
terminate this Agreement For Cause (as defined herein).  For the purposes of 
this Agreement, the term "For Cause" shall mean: (i) Executive's breach of the
covenants contained in Sections 7, 11 or 13(a) hereof; (ii) Executive's 
conviction by, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere in, a court of 
competent jurisdiction for any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony 
punishable by imprisonment in the jurisdiction involved; (iii) Executive's 
commission of any act of fraud or dishonesty in connection with, or related 
to, his duties hereunder.  Upon termination of Executive For Cause, this 
Agreement shall immediately terminate, and Executive shall not be entitled to 
any further rights or payments hereunder (other than payment under Section 
2(a) for services rendered prior to the date of such termination).  Without 
limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall have no right on or 
after the date of such termination to any of the benefits set forth in Section
5 hereof (other than payment for accrued vacation), any payment of base salary
pursuant to Section 2(a), any payment of performance bonus pursuant to Section
2(b) for the Bonus Year in which such termination occurs or any other benefit 
or payment of any kind whatsoever.

         (d)  Subject to the payment of amounts required by Sections 2(b) and 
3, the Company shall be entitled to terminate Executive's employment without 
cause at any time upon thirty days written notice.

         9.  Change in Control.  If a Change in Control (as defined below) of 
the Company occurs during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of this 
Section 9 shall become operative.  For the purposes of this Agreement, a 
Change in Control of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if any 
"person" (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as 
defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly of 
securities of the Company representing more than 35% of the combined voting 
power of the Company's then outstanding securities, as a result of purchases
of the Company's securities which are not expressly approved by the Board of 
Directors of the Company.  For purposes of this Section 9, the Board of 
Directors expressly approving the 35% or more voting power ownership
must consist of individuals who for the previous consecutive twenty-four month
period, constituted at least a majority of such Board of Directors.

         For a period of two months after a Change in Control of the
Company, Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment with the
Company pursuant to this Section 9, and the Company shall pay Executive the
following amounts no later than the 15th business day after the date of
termination of Executive's employment:



                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
         (a)  A lump sum severance payment equal to 2 multiplied by the sum of
(A) Executive's base annual salary at the highest rate in effect during the 
fiscal year of the Company immediately preceding the date Executive's 
employment terminates, and (B) the greater of the amount of any incentive, 
bonus or other cash compensation that was paid to Executive during either (x) 
the 12 months immediately preceding the date Executive's employment terminates
and (y) the 12 months immediately preceding the Change in Control; and

         (b)  A cash payment equal to the amount by which the greater of (A)
the closing price of the Company's Common Stock on the day before the date 
Executive's employment terminates or (B) the highest price per share actually
paid in connection with the Change in Control of the Company, exceeds the per 
share exercise price of each then vested and exercisable stock option held by
Executive on the day before the date Executive's employment terminates,
multiplied by the number of shares covered by each such option.  In exchange
for such payment, Executive will surrender all such options to the Company
without exercising them.

         10.  Deductibility of Payments to Executive. Notwithstanding
anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that the payments
to Executive under this Agreement, either alone or together with other payments
Executive has a right to receive from the Company, would be non-deductible (in
whole or in part) by the Company for Federal income tax purposes because of
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
then the aggregate present value of amounts payable to Executive pursuant to
this agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the "Reduced Amount."
The Reduced Amount shall be an amount expressed in present value which
maximizes the aggregate present value of all payments to be made to Executive
under this Agreement without causing any payment to be non-deductible by the
Company because of Section 280G of the Code.  For purposes of this Section 10,
present value shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the
Code.  The determination of the Reduced Amount shall be made exclusively by the
Company's outside auditors and in consultation with outside counsel to the
Company (each of whose fees and expenses shall be borne by the Company), and
such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
Executive.

         11.  Confidentiality.

         (a)  The Company (which for purposes of this Section 11 shall mean 
the Company and its Affiliates (as defined in Section 7(a)) and Executive 
recognize that during the course of Executive's employment with the Company 
he will accumulate certain crucial proprietary and confidential information 
and trade secrets





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
for use in the Company's business and will have divulged to him certain
crucial confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets about the
business, operations and prospects of the Company, including, without
limitation, confidential and proprietary information regarding suppliers and
employees of the Company, which constitute valuable business assets providing
the Company the opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not
know or use such information or have access to it without the investment of
considerable resources.  Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that such
information (the "Proprietary Information") is confidential and proprietary
and a trade secret and that such information shall include, without
limitation:

         (i)  the identity and location of customers and domestic and foreign 
suppliers of quality low-cost close-out merchandise that can profitably be 
resold, and their buying and selling histories and creditworthiness; 
information regarding the quantity, quality, frequency, pricing and 
marketability of their supply offerings; and lists setting forth the same;

         (ii)  processes, methods and techniques, including but not limited to
primary contact points in the Company's network; methods of merchandising in 
the Company's stores; processes and methods of giving directions and instruc-
tions to the Company's stores and its employees in connection with 
merchandising moves; information, techniques, formulas and judgments relating 
to the appropriate bidding, pricing and marketing of close-out merchandise; 
and the price ranges and techniques by which such merchandise can be profitably
resold at substantial reductions from normal retail rates; and designs, styles
and methods of packaging and distributing close-out merchandise distinctive to
the Company;

         (iii)  records of research, including but not limited to demographic 
studies conducted by the Company and its agents which contribute to the 
Company's ability to locate retail store sites;

         (iv)  proposals and projections, including but not limited to long-
range plans for the Company's growth, expansion, development and continued 
fostering of its relationships with its employees, suppliers and customers; and

         (v)  files, reports, memoranda, computer software or programming and 
budgets or other financial plans or information regarding the Company and its 
business, properties or affairs.





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
         (b)  Executive agrees that he shall not, at any time subsequent to the
execution of this Agreement, whether during or after the term hereof,
disclose, divulge or make known, directly or indirectly, to any person, or
otherwise use or exploit, any Proprietary Information obtained by Executive
at any time prior to or subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, except
to the extent required by his performance of his duties hereunder for the
Company.  Executive agrees to disclose to the Company the identity and nature
of any contacts with any person or entity soliciting from Executive
disclosure of any Propriety Information or soliciting Executive's involvement
in any business venture competitive with the Company.  Executive shall not
conceal from or fail to disclose to the Company, or divert or exploit for his
own personal profit or that of others, any business opportunity or other
opportunity to acquire an interest in or a contractual relationship with any
person or entity where such person or entity is in the Company's line of
business or where such contractual relationship involves the acquisition of
real estate and which would be considered a feasible and advantageous
opportunity or acquisition for the Company.  Upon termination of this
Agreement, Executive will deliver to the Company all tangible displays and
repositories of customer and supplier lists, files, records of research,
proposals, reports, memoranda, business methods and techniques, computer
software and programming, budgets and other financial plans and information,
and other materials or records or writings of any other type (including all
copies thereof) made, used or obtained by, or provided to, Executive,
containing any Proprietary Information, whether obtained prior to or
subsequent to the execution of this Agreement.

         12.  Non-Solicitation of Employees.

         (a)  Executive hereby agrees that for the two-year period following 
the date of termination of this Agreement he will not (i) authorize his name 
to be used by any person, partnership, corporation or other business entity, 
or (ii) engage in or carry on, directly or indirectly, whether as advisor, 
principal, agent, partner, officer, director, employee, stockholder, associate
or consultant of any person, partnership, corporation or other business entity 
which is in competition with the bargain close-out business carried on by the 
Company or any of its Affiliates in Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San 
Bernardino, Ventura, Santa Barbara or San Diego Counties in the State of 
California, or any other county in California where business is then carried 
on or conducted by the Company or any of its Affiliates, or in the States of 
Arizona, Colorado, Alabama, Idaho, New Mexico, Texas, Nevada, Utah, Georgia, 
Florida or Louisiana.





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
         (b)  Executive further agrees that during the period from the date of
this Agreement until two years after the termination of the Agreement he shall
not contact any employee or supplier of the Company or any of its Affiliates
without advising the Company of such contact and he shall not participate in
any endeavor or activity which would disrupt the Company's or any of its
Affiliate's good business relationships with the employees, suppliers and/or
persons engaged in purchasing activities on behalf of the Company or such
Affiliate, and he shall not make any false, deceptive or misleading statement
or statements to any one or more of such suppliers or such persons which
would be likely to cause such disruption.

         13.  Miscellaneous.

         (a)  Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is not 
now under any obligation of a contractual or other nature to any person, firm 
or corporation which is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement, or
which would prevent, limit or impair in any way the performance by him of
his obligations hereunder.

         (b)  The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this 
Agreement must be in writing and shall not operate or be construed as a waiver
of any subsequent breach thereof.

         (c)  This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement of Executive and
the Company and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous 
oral agreements, understandings and negotiations between the parties with 
respect to the subject matter hereof.

         (d)  Any and all notices referred to herein shall be sufficiently 
furnished if in writing, and sent by registered or certified mail, postage 
prepaid, or by facsimile transmission (but only if confirmation of receipt is
subsequently received by the sender either orally or in writing), or by 
overnight courier (if such overnight courier guarantees next day delivery and
such notice is sent for delivery on a day on which such courier guarantees such
overnight delivery), to the respective parties at the following addresses or 
such other address as either party may from time to time designate in writing
in the manner set forth in this Section 13(d):





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10
The Company:

         Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc.
         2430 E. Del Amo Boulevard
         Dominguez, California 90220

         Attention: Board of Directors and
                    Chief Executive Officer

         Telephone Number: (310) 761-4200

Executive:

         Philip L. Carter
         10520 Wilshire Blvd., #702
         Los Angeles, California 90024

         (e)  If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or
unenforceable for any reason, there shall be deemed to be made such minor
changes (and only such minor changes) in such provision or portion as are
necessary to make it valid and enforceable.  The invalidity or
unenforceability of any provision or portion of this Agreement shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions or portions
of this Agreement.  If any such unenforceable or invalid provision or
provisions shall be rendered enforceable and valid by changes in applicable
law, then such provision or provisions shall be deemed to read as they
presently do in this Agreement without change.

         (f)  The rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall inure to 
and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors 
and assigns.

         (g)  The waiver by either party of a breach of a provision of this 
Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of a subsequent breach
hereof.

         (h)  This Agreement is intended to and shall be governed by, and 
interpreted under and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State 
of California, without reference to any conflict of laws or principles.

         (i)  If any litigation, arbitration or any other proceedings is 
instituted in connection with or related to this Agreement, the non-prevailing
party in such litigation, arbitration or other proceeding shall pay the 
expenses, including, without limitation, the attorneys' fees and expenses of
investigation, of the prevailing party.





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11
         (j)  Arbitration.

              (i)  Any controversy, claim or dispute between the parties 
directly  or indirectly concerning this Agreement or the breach hereof, or the
subject matter hereof (except in instances where only injunctive relief is 
sought by the Company), shall be finally settled by arbitration held in
Los Angeles, California.  The Company and Executive shall each select an 
arbitrator from a panel of seven (7) arbitrators (the "Arbitration Pool") 
obtained by the Company from the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service 
within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice from either party 
demanding any such proceeding.  Such two chosen arbitrators shall agree on a 
third arbitrator from the Arbitration Pool within fifteen days thereafter.  
In the event an agreement has not been reached on the third arbitrator by the 
end of such fifteen-day period, the third arbitrator shall be chosen by the 
American Arbitration Association.  The arbitration shall be held and a final 
decision reached within 30 days thereafter.  The decision of a majority of the
three chosen arbitrators shall be final and conclusive on the parties, and 
there shall be no appeal therefrom.  A decision of the arbitrators may be 
enforced by the prevailing party in a court of competent jurisdiction.  
All other issues in connection with such arbitration shall be in accordance 
with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association.

              (ii)  The parties hereto agree that an action to compel 
arbitration pursuant to this Agreement may be brought in any appropriate court
and in connection therewith the laws of the State of California shall control.  
Application may also be made to such court for confirmation of any decision or
award of the arbitrators but only if necessary to effectuate such decision or 
award.  The parties hereto hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the 
arbitrators and of such court and waive any objection to the jurisdiction of 
such arbitrators or court.

         (k)  The Company and Executive expressly agree that the provisions of
Sections 11, 12 and 13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

         THE COMPANY:        MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC.



                             By: LEONARD S. WILLIAMS 
                                 -------------------------
                                 Leonard S. Williams
                                 Chief Executive Officer


         EXECUTIVE:

                                 PHILIP L. CARTER
                                 -------------------------
                                 Philip L. Carter





                                      -12-


<PAGE>   1
                                                                Exhibit 10.24
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              --------------------
                              
         This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into
as of the 2nd day of August, 1993, by and between Mac Frugal's Bargains o
Close-outs Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Patricia J. Wehner
("Executive").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------
                                    
         WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive as a Senior Vice
President on the terms and conditions set forth herein and Executive desires to
accept such employment with the Company;

                                   AGREEMENT
                                   ---------
                                   
         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the terms
and conditions set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

         1.  Employment and Duties.  The Company hereby engages Executive in 
the capacity of Senior Vice President, Real Estate and Construction, of the
Company.  Executive shall perform such duties and functions as shall be
specified from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees to perform such duties.
During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall not be required without her
consent to undertake responsibilities not commensurate with her position as a
Senior Vice President.

         2.  Compensation.

         (a)  Base Salary.  For all services to be rendered by Executive
hereunder, Executive shall be paid a base salary at the rate of one hundred
eighty-six thousand Dollars ($186,000) per year.  Executive's base compensation
shall be reviewed at least annually and may be increased at the discretion of
the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), but during the term of
this Agreement may not be decreased below the then-effective base salary.
Executive's salary shall be paid on such basis as is the normal payment pattern
for executive officers of the Company.  The base salary payable under this
Section 2(a) shall be in addition to and exclusive of any payments to Executive
from time to time under formal or informal bonus, incentive compensation or
similar plans now in effect or which hereafter may be adopted.
<PAGE>   2
         (b)  Performance Bonus.  With respect to each full fiscal year of the
Company that this Agreement is in effect throughout and any fiscal year of the
Company in which Executive is terminated pursuant to Section 8(d) hereof (each,
a "Bonus Year"), the Executive shall be entitled to participate in a 
performance bonus plan approved annually for executive officers of the Company
by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  The calculation and 
payment to Executive of a performance bonus contemplated by this Section 2(b),
if any,  shall be made as soon as practicable in the fiscal year of the Company
immediately succeeding such Bonus Year, following preparation of the Company's 
annual audited financial statements for such Bonus Year.

         (c)  Bonus Treated as Expense Item.  Performance Bonuses paid to 
Executive under Section 2(b) hereof shall be treated as expenses of the Company
in determining whether such bonus is payable.

         3.  Payment in Event of Termination.  In the event of the termination
of Executive's employment hereunder pursuant to Section 8(d), the Company 
shall continue to make the payments provided for in Section 2(a) at the rate 
then being paid to Executive and shall continue to provide Executive with the
medical, disability and life insurance benefits provided in Section 5(a) hereof
for one (1) year from the date of such termination.  Executive shall not be 
required or obligated to obtain other employment to mitigate the payments due
hereunder.  Executive may, at her sole option, terminate this Agreement and 
receive the payments provided for in this Section 3 following the occurrence of
either of the following events (a "Company Breach"):  (a) Executive's authority
to function as a Senior Vice President shall be removed or limited in any 
material respect, unless such removal or limitation was a result of one or more
events that would permit the Board to terminate Executive's employment For 
Cause (as defined in Section 8(c)), or (b) the Company shall have breached in
any material respect any of its covenants and agreements in this Agreement.  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to terminate 
this Agreement unless Executive provides written notice to the Company 
specifying in reasonable detail the nature of the Company Breach, and the
Company shall have failed to cure such Company Breach within 45 days 
thereafter.

         4.  Options.  The Executive shall be entitled to participate in any 
performance stock option plan approved annually for other executive officers 
of the Company by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  To 
the maximum extent permitted by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
including the rules and regulations thereunder, all such options shall be 
incentive stock options, and the remainder of such options shall be non-
qualified stock options.





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
         5.  Benefits.

         (a)  Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits and 
perquisites as are generally made available to executive officers of the 
Company, and such other fringe benefits as may be approved by the Board 
for executive officers of the Company during the term hereof including, without
limitation, major medical, extended medical and extended disability insurance,
group term life insurance in face amount of the base salary payable pursuant to
Section 2(a) and annual vacation time of not less than four weeks.

         (b)  Every two years during the term of Executive's employment, the 
Company shall furnish Executive with a motor vehicle of her choice to use for
business purposes, provided, however, that such motor vehicle shall not have 
an original cost to the Company of more than $40,000.

         (c)  Nothing contained herein is intended or shall be deemed to be 
granted to Executive in lieu of any rights or privileges to which Executive 
may be entitled as an employee of the Company under any retirement, pension,
insurance, hospitalization, stock option, stock bonus or purchase, incentive
compensation or other plan of the Company which may now be in effect or which
may hereafter be adopted, it being understood that Executive shall have the
same rights and privileges to participate in such plans as any other executive
officers of the Company.

         6.  Reimbursement of Expenses.  The Company shall reimburse Executive
for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in connection with 
the performance of her duties hereunder, provided that Executive furnishes to
the Company receipts and other documentation reasonably acceptable to the
Company evidencing such expenditures.

         7.  Performance of Duties.

         (a)  In consideration of the payments to be made hereunder, Executive
agrees to devote her entire business time and attention to the performance of
her duties hereunder, to serve the Company diligently and to the best of her
abilities and not to compete with the Company or any of its Affiliates (as
defined below) in any manner whatsoever.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, Executive shall not, during the term of her employment by the
Company, directly or indirectly (whether for compensation or otherwise),
alone or as an agent, principal, partner, officer, employee, trustee,
director, shareholder or in any other capacity, own, manage, operate, join,
control or





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of or furnish
any capital to or be connected in any manner with or provide any services
as a consultant for any business which competes directly or indirectly
with any of the businesses of the Company or any of its Affiliates (as
defined below) as they may be conducted from time to time; provided,
however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this
Agreement shall be deemed to preclude Executive from owning not more than
one percent of the publicly-traded capital stock of an entity which is in
competition with any of such businesses.  Affiliate of the Company means
any person, association or entity:  (a) that, in whole or in part, owns or
is owned by, or otherwise has a material interest (whether debt, equity or
otherwise) in, the Company; (b) that controls or is controlled by the
Company; (c) that is a subsidiary (whether owned in whole or in part) of
the Company; or (d) to which the Company is a "related tax payer" as
defined in Section 1313(c) of the IRC.

         (b)  Executive may continue her civic, educational and charitable 
activities and serve on boards of directors of other companies, if consistent 
with this Section 7 and if otherwise approved by the Board.

         8.  Term and Termination.

         (a)  The term of Executive's employment with the Company hereunder 
shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue until the Executive 
resigns or is terminated under this Section 8 or under Section 9 of this
Agreement.

         (b)  In the event of Executive's death or in the event of Executive's
total disability for any consecutive six-month period during the term of this
Agreement, the Company may at its sole option thereafter (unless Executive,
in the case of disability, shall have resumed her duties in full prior to
such termination) terminate this Agreement, and in such event the sole right
hereunder of Executive, Executive's widower or Executive's legal
representative, as the case may be, shall be to:  (i) receive the base salary
due Executive through the last day of the twelfth full calendar month
following the month in which her death or disability shall have occurred;
(ii) have any and all previously accruing bonuses or options or other rights
vest in Executive or in her estate immediately (unless Executive or her
estate shall elect to the contrary); and (iii) in the event of termination by
reason of disability, have the Company continue to maintain in effect at its
sole expense, the major medical, extended medical, extended disability and
term life insurance referred to in Section 5(a) for the one year period
following the date of any such termination.





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
         (c)  The Company, upon 30 days prior written notice to Executive, may
terminate this Agreement For Cause (as defined herein).  For the purposes of 
this Agreement, the term "For Cause" shall mean:  (i) Executive's breach of the
covenants contained in Sections 7, 11 or 13(a) hereof; (ii) Executive's
conviction by, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere in, a court of
competent jurisdiction for any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony
punishable by imprisonment in the jurisdiction involved; or (iii) Executive's
commission of any act of fraud or dishonesty in connection with, or related
to, her duties hereunder.  Upon termination of Executive For Cause, this
Agreement shall immediately terminate, and Executive shall not be entitled to
any further rights or payments hereunder (other than payment under Section
2(a) for services rendered prior to the date of such  termination).  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall have no right on or
after the date of such termination to any of the benefits set forth in Section
5 hereof (other than payment for accrued vacation), any payment of base salary
pursuant to Section 2(a), any payment of performance bonus pursuant to Section
2(b) for the Bonus Year in which such termination occurs or any other benefit
or payment of any kind whatsoever.

         (d)  Subject to the payment of amounts required by Sections 2(b) and 
3, the Company shall be entitled to terminate Executive's employment without 
cause at any time upon thirty days written notice.

         9.  Change in Control.  If a Change in Control (as defined below) of
the Company occurs during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of this 
Section 9 shall become operative.  For the purposes of this Agreement, a Change
in Control of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if any "person" (as
defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act")) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly of securities of the Company 
representing more than 35% of the combined voting power of the Company's then 
outstanding securities, as a result of purchases of the Company's securities
which are not expressly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.
For purposes of this Section 9, the Board of Directors expressly approving 
the 35% or more voting power ownership must consist of individuals who for the
previous consecutive twenty-four month period, constituted at least a majority
of such Board of Directors.

         For a period of two months after a Change in Control of the Company,
Executive shall have the right to terminate her employment with the Company
pursuant to this Section 9, and the Company shall pay Executive the
following amounts no later than the 15th business day after the date of
termination of Executive's employment:



                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

         (a)  A lump sum severance payment equal to 2 multiplied by the sum of
(A) Executive's base annual salary at the highest rate in effect during the 
fiscal year of the Company immediately preceding the date Executive's employ-
ment terminates, and (B) the greater of the amount of any incentive, bonus or 
other cash compensation that was paid to Executive during either (x) the 12 
months immediately preceding the date Executive's employment terminates and 
(y) the 12 months immediately preceding the Change in Control; and

         (b)  A cash payment equal to the amount by which the greater of 
(A) the closing price of the Company's Common Stock on the day before the 
date Executive's employment terminates or (B) the highest price per share 
actually paid in connection with the Change in Control of the Company, exceeds
the per share exercise price of each then vested and exercisable stock option 
held by Executive on the day before the date Executive's employment terminates,
multiplied by the number of shares covered by each such option.  In exchange
for such payment, Executive will surrender all such options to the Company
without exercising them.

         10.  Deductibility of Payments to Executive. Notwithstanding 
anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that the payments
to Executive under this Agreement, either alone or together with other payments
Executive has a right to receive from the Company, would be non-deductible (in
whole or in part) by the Company for Federal income tax purposes because of
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
then the aggregate present value of amounts payable to Executive pursuant to
this agreement shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the "Reduced Amount."
The Reduced Amount shall be an amount expressed in present value which
maximizes the aggregate present value of all payments to be made to Executive
under this Agreement without causing any payment to be non-deductible by the
Company because of Section 280G of the Code.  For purposes of this Section 10,
present value shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the
Code.  The determination of the Reduced Amount shall be made exclusively by the
Company's outside auditors and in consultation with outside counsel to the
Company (each of whose fees and expenses shall be borne by the Company), and
such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
Executive.





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
         11.  Confidentiality.

         (a)  The Company (which for purposes of this Section 11 shall mean 
the Company and its Affiliates (as defined in Section 7(a)) and Executive 
recognize that during the course of Executive's employment with the Company 
she will accumulate certain crucial proprietary and confidential information 
and trade secrets for use in the Company's business and will have divulged to 
her certain crucial confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets
about the business, operations and prospects of the Company, including,
without limitation, confidential and proprietary information regarding
suppliers and employees of the Company, which constitute valuable business
assets providing the Company the opportunity to obtain an advantage over
competitors who do not know or use such information or have access to it
without the investment of considerable resources.  Executive hereby
acknowledges and agrees that such information (the "Proprietary Information")
is confidential and proprietary and a trade secret and that such information
shall include, without limitation:

         (i)  the identity and location of customers and domestic and foreign 
suppliers of quality low-cost close-out merchandise that can profitably be 
resold, and their buying and selling histories and creditworthiness; 
information regarding the quantity, quality, frequency, pricing and market-
ability of their supply offerings; and lists setting forth the same;

         (ii)  processes, methods and techniques, including but not limited to
primary contact points in the Company's network; methods of merchandising in 
the Company's stores; processes and methods of giving directions and instruc-
tions to the Company's stores and its employees in connection with merchandis-
ing moves; information, techniques, formulas and judgments relating to the 
appropriate bidding, pricing and marketing of close-out merchandise; and the 
price ranges and techniques by which such merchandise can be profitably resold
at substantial reductions from normal retail rates; and designs, styles and 
methods of packaging and distributing close-out merchandise distinctive to 
the Company;

         (iii)  records of research, including but not limited to demographic 
studies conducted by the Company and its agents which contribute to the 
Company's ability to locate retail store sites;

         (iv)  proposals and projections, including but not limited to long-
range plans for the Company's growth, expansion, development and continued 
fostering of its relationships with its employees, suppliers and customers; and

         (v)  files, reports, memoranda, computer software or programming and 
budgets or other financial plans or information regarding the Company and its 
business, properties or affairs.



                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
         (b)  Executive agrees that she shall not, at any time subsequent to 
the execution of this Agreement, whether during or after the term hereof,
disclose, divulge or make known, directly or indirectly, to any person, or
otherwise use or exploit, any Proprietary Information obtained by Executive
at any time prior to or subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, except
to the extent required by her performance of her duties hereunder for the
Company.  Executive agrees to disclose to the Company the identity and nature
of any contacts with any person or entity soliciting from Executive
disclosure of any Propriety Information or soliciting Executive's involvement
in any business venture competitive with the Company.  Executive shall not
conceal from or fail to disclose to the Company, or divert or exploit for her
own personal profit or that of others, any business opportunity or other
opportunity to acquire an interest in or a contractual relationship with any
person or entity where such person or entity is in the Company's line of
business or where such contractual relationship involves the acquisition of
real estate and which would be considered a feasible and advantageous
opportunity or acquisition for the Company.  Upon termination of this
Agreement, Executive will deliver to the Company all tangible displays and
repositories of customer and supplier lists, files, records of research,
proposals, reports, memoranda, business methods and techniques, computer
software and programming, budgets and other financial plans and information,
and other materials or records or writings of any other type (including all
copies thereof) made, used or obtained by, or provided to, Executive,
containing any Proprietary Information, whether obtained prior to or
subsequent to the execution of this Agreement.

         12.  Non-Solicitation of Employees.

         (a)  Executive hereby agrees that for the two-year period following 
the date of termination of this Agreement she will not (i) authorize her name 
to be used by any person, partnership, corporation or other business entity, 
or (ii) engage in or carry on, directly or indirectly, whether as advisor,
principal, agent, partner, officer, director, employee, stockholder,
associate or consultant of any person, partnership, corporation or other
business entity whose primary business is close-out retailing and is in
competition with the bargain close-out business carried on by the Company
or any of its Affiliates in Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino,
Ventura, Santa Barbara or San Diego Counties in the State of California, or
any other county in California where business is then carried on or
conducted by the Company or any of its Affiliates, or in the States of
Arizona, Colorado, Alabama, Idaho, New Mexico, Texas, Nevada, Utah,
Georgia, Florida or Louisiana.





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
         (b)  Executive further agrees that during the period from the date of
this Agreement until two years after the termination of the Agreement she shall
not contact any employees of the Company or supplier of merchandise to the
Company without advising the Company of such contact and she shall not
participate in any endeavor or activity which would disrupt the Company's or
any of its Affiliate's good business relationships with the employees,
suppliers and/or persons engaged in purchasing activities on behalf of the
Company or such Affiliate, and she shall not make any false, deceptive or
misleading statement or statements to any one or more of such suppliers or
such persons which would be likely to cause such disruptions.

         (c)  Any and all active and inactive real estate transactions, 
involving the leasing of retail space or the purchase of land and/or 
buildings, are the property of the Company.  Within two years after the 
termination of the Agreement, the Executive cannot attempt to stop or 
interfere with the Company concluding these transactions and agreements.

         13.  Miscellaneous.

         (a)  Executive represents and warrants to the Company that she is not
now under any obligation of a contractual or other nature to any person, firm 
or corporation which is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement, or
which would prevent, limit or impair in any way the performance by her of
her obligations hereunder.

         (b)  The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this 
Agreement must be in writing and shall not operate or be construed as a waiver
of any subsequent breach thereof.

         (c)  This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement of Executive and
the Company and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous 
oral agreements, understandings and negotiations between the parties with 
respect to the subject matter hereof.

         (d)  Any and all notices referred to herein shall be sufficiently 
furnished if in writing, and sent by registered or certified mail, postage 
prepaid, or by facsimile transmission (but only if confirmation of receipt is 
subsequently received by the sender either orally or in writing), or by 
overnight courier (if such overnight courier guarantees next day delivery and 
such notice is sent for delivery on a day on which such courier guarantees 
such overnight delivery), to the respective parties at the following addresses
or such other address as either party may from time to time designate in 
writing in the manner set forth in this Section 13(d):



                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10
The Company:

          Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc.
          2430 E. Del Amo Boulevard
          Dominguez, California 90220

          Attention: Board of Directors and
                     Chief Executive Officer

          Telephone Number: (310) 761-4200

Executive:

         Patricia J. Wehner
         803 Loma Drive
         Hermosa Beach, California 90254

         (e)  If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall be invalid 
or unenforceable for any reason, there shall be deemed to be made such minor
changes (and only such minor changes) in such provision or portion as are
necessary to make it valid and enforceable.  The invalidity or
unenforceability of any provision or portion of this Agreement shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions or portions
of this Agreement.  If any such unenforceable or invalid provision or
provisions shall be rendered enforceable and valid by changes in applicable
law, then such provision or provisions shall be deemed to read as they
presently do in this Agreement without change.

         (f)  The rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall inure 
to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, 
successors and assigns.

         (g)  The waiver by either party of a breach of a provision of this
Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of a subsequent breach
hereof.

         (h)  This Agreement is intended to and shall be governed by, and 
interpreted under and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of
California, without reference to any conflict of laws or principles.

         (i)  If any litigation, arbitration or any other proceedings is 
instituted in connection with or related to this Agreement, the non-prevailing
party in such litigation, arbitration or other proceeding shall pay the 
expenses, including, without limitation, the attorneys' fees and expenses of
investigation, of the prevailing party.





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11
         (j)  Arbitration.

              (i)  Any controversy, claim or dispute between the parties 
directly or indirectly concerning this Agreement or the breach hereof, or the 
subject matter hereof (except in instances where only injunctive relief is 
sought by the Company), shall be finally settled by arbitration held in Los 
Angeles, California.  The Company and Executive shall each select an 
arbitrator from a panel of seven (7) arbitrators (the "Arbitration Pool") 
obtained by the Company from the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service 
within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice from either party 
demanding any such proceeding.  Such two chosen arbitrators shall agree on a 
third arbitrator from the Arbitration Pool within fifteen days thereafter.  
In the event an agreement has not been reached on the third arbitrator by the 
end of such fifteen-day period, the third arbitrator shall be chosen by the 
American Arbitration Association.  The arbitration shall be held and a final 
decision reached within 30 days thereafter.  The decision of a majority of the
three chosen arbitrators shall be final and conclusive on the parties, and there
shall be no appeal therefrom.  A decision of the arbitrators may be enforced
by the prevailing party in a court of competent jurisdiction.  All other
issues in connection with such arbitration shall be in accordance with the
Rules of the American Arbitration Association.

              (ii)  The parties hereto agree that an action to compel 
arbitration pursuant to this Agreement may be brought in any appropriate court
and in connection therewith the laws of the State of California shall control.  
Application may also be made to such court for confirmation of any decision or
award of the arbitrators but only if necessary to effectuate such decision or 
award.  The parties hereto hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the 
arbitrators and of such court and waive any objection to the jurisdiction of 
such arbitrators or court.

         (k)  The Company and Executive expressly agree that the provisions of
Sections 11, 12 and 13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

         THE COMPANY:        MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC.



                             By: LEONARD S. WILLIAMS
                                 ------------------------------
                                 Leonard S. Williams
                                 Chief Executive Officer

         EXECUTIVE:


                                 PATRICIA J. WEHNER
                                 ------------------------------
                                 Patricia J. Wehner





                                      -12-


<PAGE>   1

                                                               Exhibit 10.26

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                          dated as of October 5, 1993


                                     among


                    MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC.,

                         WEST COAST LIQUIDATORS, INC.,

                               PNS STORES, INC.,

                           THE LENDERS LISTED HEREIN,

                                      and

             BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

                            as Administrative Agent

                                      and

                             CONTINENTAL BANK N.A.

                                  as Co-Agent


                                            
<PAGE>   2



                    MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC.
                          WEST COAST LIQUIDATORS, INC.
                                PNS STORES, INC.


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of October 5, 1993


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
            <S>                                                                 <C> 
            Section 1.  DEFINITIONS                                              2
               1.1    Certain Defined Terms                                      2
               1.2    Computation of Time Periods                               27
               1.3    Accounting Terms                                          28
               1.4    Other Definitional Provisions                             28
                                                                                
            Section 2.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS                         
                        AND LOANS                                               28
               2.1    Loans                                                     28
               2.2    Making the Loan                                           32
               2.3    Fees                                                      40
               2.4    Voluntary Reductions of Commitments                       40
               2.5    Repayment                                                 41
               2.6    Optional and Mandatory Prepayments                        41
               2.7    Interest                                                  43
               2.8    Interest Rate Determination and Protection                44
               2.9    Voluntary Conversion or Continuation of Loans             45
               2.10   Increased Costs and Funding Losses                        47
               2.11   Payments and Computations                                 49
               2.12   Taxes                                                     50
               2.13   Sharing of Payments, Etc.                                 53
               2.14   Use of Proceeds                                           54
               2.15   Illegality                                                54
               2.16   Letters of Credit                                         55
               2.17   Evidence of Debt; Bid Notes                               63
               2.18   Obligations Joint and Several                             64
               2.19   Contribution Among Borrowers                              65
               2.20   Financial Condition of Borrowers                          65
               2.21   Extension of Revolver Maturity Date                       66
               2.22   Existing Loans and Existing Letters of Credit             66
                                                                                
            Section 3.  CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO LOANS                        
                        AND LETTERS OF CREDIT                                   67
               3.1    Conditions to Initial Loans                               67
               3.2    Conditions to All Loans                                   69               
               3.3    Conditions to All Letters of Credit                       70
</TABLE>                                                                        



                                                                 i

<PAGE>   3


<TABLE>
            <S>                                                                       <C>  
            Section 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                                71
                                                                                      
               4.1    Organization, Powers, Good Standing and                         
                      Subsidiaries                                                    71
               4.2    Authorization of Borrowing, etc.                                72
               4.3    Financial Condition                                             73
               4.4    Changes, Etc.                                                   73
               4.5    Litigation; Adverse Facts                                       73
               4.6    Payment of Tax                                                  74
               4.7    Materially Adverse Agreements; Performance                      74
               4.8    Governmental Regulation                                         75
               4.9    Securities Activities                                           75
               4.10   Employee Benefit Plans                                          75
               4.11   Patents, Trademarks and Licenses                                75
               4.12   Title to Properties; Liens                                      76
               4.13   Environmental Protection                                        76
               4.14   Labor Matters                                                   78
               4.15   Disclosure                                                      78
               4.16   No Partnerships or Joint Ventures                               79
                                                                                      
            Section 5.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS                                         79
               5.1    Financial Statements and Other Reports                          79
               5.2    Corporate Existence, etc.                                       84
               5.3    Payment of Taxes and Claims; Tax Consolidation                  84
               5.4    Maintenance of Properties; Insurance                            85
               5.5    Equal Security for Obligations; No Further                      
                      Negative Pledges                                                85
               5.6    Inspection; Records, etc.                                       86
               5.7    Compliance with Laws, etc.                                      86
               5.8    Further Assurances                                              86
               5.9    Environmental Notice and Inspection                             87
                                                                                      
            Section 6.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS                                            89
               6.1    Indebtedness                                                    89
               6.2    Liens                                                           90
               6.3    Investments                                                     91
               6.4    Contingent Obligations                                          92
               6.5    Restricted Junior Payments                                      92
               6.6    Financial Covenants                                             93
               6.7    Restriction on Fundamental Changes                              93
               6.8    Restriction on Asset Sales                                      94
               6.9    Sales and Lease-Backs                                           95
               6.10   Sale or Discount of Receivables                                 95
               6.11   Transactions with Stockholders and Affiliates                   95
               6.12   Disposal of Subsidiary Stock                                    96
               6.13   Limitation on Consolidated Capital Expenditures                 96
               6.14   Conduct of Business                                             96
               6.15   Independence of Covenants                                       97
               6.16   Use of Proceeds                                                 97

             Section 7.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT                                            97
               7.1    Failure to Make Payments When Due                               97
               7.2    Breach of Warranty                                              97
               7.3    Breach of Covenants                                             97
</TABLE>                                                                      



                                                                ii

<PAGE>   4
<TABLE>
            <S>                                                                      <C>     
               7.4    Breach of Other Agreements                                      98
               7.5    Bankruptcy                                                      98
               7.6    Judgments                                                       99
               7.7    Dissolution                                                     99
               7.8    ERISA                                                          100
               7.9    Control of the Borrowers                                       101
                                                                                     
            Section 8.  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT; CO-AGENTS                          104
               8.1    Appointment and Authorization                                  104
               8.2    Delegation of Duties                                           104
               8.3    Liability of Administrative Agent                              104
               8.4    Reliance by Administrative Agent                               105
               8.5    Notice of Default                                              106
               8.6    Credit Decision                                                106
               8.7    Indemnification                                                107
               8.8    Administrative Agent in Individual Capacity                    108
               8.9    Successor Administrative Agent                                 108
               8.10   Co-Agents                                                      109

            Section 9.  THE LENDERS' REPRESENTATIONS                                 109
                                                                                     
            Section 10.  MISCELLANEOUS                                               109
               10.1   Amendments, Etc.                                               109
               10.2   Notices, Etc.                                                  110
               10.3   No Waiver; Remedies                                            111
               10.4   Costs and Expenses                                             111
               10.5   Right of Set-off                                               111
               10.6   Indemnification                                                112
               10.7   Binding Effect                                                 113
               10.8   Assignments and Participations                                 113
               10.9   Severability                                                   117
               10.10  Survival of Warranties and Certain Agreements                  117
               10.11  Headings                                                       117
               10.12  Applicable Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury
                      Trial                                                          117
               10.13  Termination of Collateral Documents; Release of
                      Security                                                       118
               10.14  Execution in Counterparts; Effectiveness                       119
               10.15  Obligations Several                                            119
               10.16  Complete Agreement                                             119
                                                                                      
            SIGNATURE PAGES
</TABLE>



                                                                iii

<PAGE>   5

         EXHIBITS

                 I    FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING (1.1)
                II    FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION (1.1)
               III    FORM OF BID NOTE (1.1)
                IV    FORM OF COMPETITIVE BID REQUEST (2.2E)
                 V    FORM OF COMPETITIVE BID (2.2E)
                VI    FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (1.1)
               VII    FORM OF OPINIONS OF COUNSEL TO BORROWERS (3.1)
              VIII    FORM OF OPINION OF O'MELVENY & MYERS (3.1)
                IX    FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE (1.1)


                                      iv

<PAGE>   6

            SCHEDULES

               A    APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES
               B    SUBSIDIARIES
               C    PATENT, TRADEMARK AND COPYRIGHT DISCLOSURE
               D    ENVIRONMENTAL DISCLOSURE
               E    RESTRICTED JUNIOR PAYMENTS
               F    EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND LIENS
               G    EXISTING INVESTMENTS
               H    EXISTING CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS
               I    CONFLICTS DISCLOSURE
               J    LITIGATION DISCLOSURE
               K    SPECIFIED TRADEMARKS


                                      v

<PAGE>   7



                    MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC.
                          WEST COAST LIQUIDATORS, INC.
                                PNS STORES, INC.

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of October 5, 1993


                      This Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is
            dated as of October 5, 1993, and is entered into by and
            among MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS INC., a Delaware
            corporation (the "Company"), WEST COAST LIQUIDATORS, INC., a
            California corporation ("WCL"), PNS STORES, INC., a
            California corporation ("PNS") (the Company, WCL and PNS are
            sometimes referred to herein individually as a "Borrower"
            and collectively as the "Borrowers"), the LENDERS listed on
            the signature pages hereof (such lenders, together with each
            Person that may become a party hereto pursuant to subsection
            10.8 hereof, are referred to herein individually as a
            "LENDER" and collectively as the "LENDERS"), BANK OF AMERICA
            NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION ("BofA"), as
            administrative agent for the Lenders and the Issuing Banks
            (in such capacity, the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT") and
            CONTINENTAL BANK N.A. as co-agent (in such capacity, the
            "CO-AGENT").


                               PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

                      A.   As of May 15, 1991, the Borrowers entered
            into a Credit Agreement with certain lenders (the "EXISTING
            LENDERS"), BofA (as successor by merger to Security Pacific
            National Bank), as agent and The First National Bank of
            Chicago, as co-agent (as amended to the date hereof, the
            "EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT").

                      B.   The Borrowers desire to amend and restate the
            Existing Credit Agreement to provide, among other things,
            (i) that the Lenders extend certain credit facilities to the
            Borrowers and that the Issuing Banks issue Letters of Credit
            for the account of the Borrowers, (ii) for a bid loan
            option, (iii) for performance-based pricing, and (iv) for
            certain other changes and amendments.

                      C.   Concurrently with the effectiveness of this
            Agreement, the Collateral Documents (as defined in the
            Existing Credit Agreement) shall be terminated and all Liens
            pursuant to the Collateral Documents in favor of the agent
            under the Existing Credit Agreement, in such capacity, or in
            favor of any Existing Lender, in such capacity, shall be
            terminated and released.


                                            1





<PAGE>   8

                      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises
            and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein
            contained, the Borrowers, the Lenders, the Administrative
            Agent, the Co-Agent and the Issuing Banks agree as follows:


                  SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS

                           1.1  CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS

                      The following terms used in this Agreement shall
            have the following meanings:

                      "ABSOLUTE RATE" has the meaning assigned to
                 such term in subsection 2.2E(iii)(b)(IV).

                      "ABSOLUTE RATE AUCTION" means a solicitation
                 of Competitive Bids setting forth Absolute Rates
                 pursuant to subsection 2.2E.

                      "ABSOLUTE RATE BID LOAN" means a Bid Loan
                 that bears interest at a rate determined with
                 reference to the Absolute Rate.

                      "ADJUSTED EURODOLLAR RATE" means, for the Interest
                 Period for each Eurodollar Rate Loan comprising part of
                 the same Borrowing, an interest rate per annum equal to
                 the rate per annum obtained by dividing (a) the rate of
                 interest determined by the Administrative Agent to be
                 the arithmetic average of the rates per annum (rounded
                 upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%
                 annum) at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered by
                 each Reference Bank in London, England to prime banks
                 in the London interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London
                 time) two Business Days before the first day of such
                 Interest Period in an amount substantially equal to the
                 Eurodollar Rate Loan comprising part of such Borrowing
                 and for a period equal to such Interest Period by (b) a
                 percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Rate
                 Reserve Percentage (as defined below) for such Interest
                 Period.  If any Reference Bank fails to provide its
                 offered rate to the Administrative Agent, the Adjusted
                 Eurodollar Rate shall be determined on the basis of the
                 average of the offered rate(s) of the other Reference
                 Bank(s).  The "EURODOLLAR RATE RESERVE PERCENTAGE" for
                 the Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Loan
                 comprising part of the same Borrowing means the reserve
                 percentage applicable two Business Days before the
                 first day of such Interest Period under regulations
                 issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of
                 the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for
                 determining the maximum reserve requirement (including,
                 but not limited to, any emergency, supplemental or

                                            2





<PAGE>   9
                 other marginal reserve requirement) for a member bank
                 of the Federal Reserve System in New York City with
                 respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or
                 including eurocurrency liabilities (or with respect to
                 any other category of liabilities which includes
                 deposits by reference to which the interest rate on a
                 Eurodollar Rate Loan is determined) having a term equal
                 to such Interest Period.  The Adjusted Eurodollar Rate
                 shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective
                 date of any change in the Eurodollar Rate Reserve
                 Percentage.

                      "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" means BofA, and any
                 successor thereto appointed pursuant to subsection 8.9.

                      "AFFILIATE", as applied to any Person, means any
                 other Person directly or indirectly controlling,
                 controlled by, or under common control with, that
                 Person.  For the purposes of this definition, "control"
                 (including with correlative meanings, the terms
                 "controlling", "controlled by" and "under common
                 control with"), as applied to any Person, means the
                 possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
                 direct or cause the direction of the management and
                 policies of that Person, whether through the ownership
                 of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

                      "AGENT-RELATED PERSONS" means BofA and any
                 successor agent arising under subsection 8.9, together
                 with their respective Affiliates, and the officers,
                 directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of
                 such Persons and Affiliates.

                      "AGREED UPON CHARGE" has the meaning assigned to
                 that term in subsection 2.16E.

                      "AGREEMENT" means this Amended and Restated Credit
                 Agreement dated as of October 5, 1993, as it may
                 hereafter be amended, supplemented, restated or
                 otherwise modified from time to time.

                      "APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICE" means, with respect to
                 any Lender, such Lender's Domestic Lending Office in
                 the case of a Base Rate Loan and such Lender's
                 Eurodollar Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar
                 Rate Loan.

                      "APPLICABLE MARGIN" means with respect to
                 Eurodollar Rate Loans and the fees payable with respect
                 to Standby Letters of Credit pursuant to subsection
                 2.16E(2), the relevant percentage per annum set forth
                 below:


                                            3





<PAGE>   10
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio        Applicable Margin
                 <S>                                     <C>
                 Less than or equal to 1.25              0.750%
                 Greater than 1.25 but
                    less than 2.00                       0.625%
                 Greater than or equal to 2.00           0.500%
</TABLE>

                      The Applicable Margin shall be determined by the
                 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio set forth in the relevant
                 Applicable Margin Certificate for the four-fiscal
                 quarter period covered by such Applicable Margin
                 Certificate.  The Applicable Margin shall become
                 effective (including with respect to outstanding
                 Eurodollar Rate Loans) upon delivery of an Applicable
                 Margin Certificate and shall remain effective until the
                 delivery of the next Applicable Margin Certificate;
                 provided that if such Applicable Margin Certificate is
                 not delivered at the time required pursuant to
                 subsection 5.1(iii), the Applicable Margin shall equal
                 0.750% until the date such Applicable Margin
                 Certificate is delivered.  Notwithstanding the
                 foregoing, from the Closing Date until delivery of the
                 Applicable Margin Certificate covering the four-fiscal
                 quarter period ending January 30, 1994, the Applicable
                 Margin shall equal 0.625%.

                      "APPLICABLE MARGIN CERTIFICATE" means an Officers'
                 Certificate delivered with the financial statements
                 required pursuant to subsection 5.1(i) and (ii) setting
                 forth in reasonable detail calculation of the Fixed
                 Charge Coverage Ratio for the four-fiscal quarter
                 period ending as of the Fiscal Quarter End of the last
                 fiscal quarter covered by such financial statements.

                      "ASSET SALE" means the sale, transfer or other
                 disposition by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
                 to any Person of any asset of any such Borrower or any
                 such Subsidiary (other than sales, transfers or other
                 dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary course of
                 business and obsolete equipment in the ordinary course
                 of business for which aggregate consideration for all
                 such sales, transfers and dispositions of such
                 equipment does not exceed $1,000,000 per Fiscal Year).

                      "ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE" means an assignment
                 and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Eligible
                 Assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in
                 substantially the form of Exhibit IX hereto.

                      "ATTORNEY COSTS" means and includes all reasonable
                 fees and disbursements of any law firm or other
                 external counsel, the allocated cost of internal legal
                 services and all disbursements of internal counsel.

                                            4





<PAGE>   11

                      "AUTHORIZED PERSON" means an officer or employee
                 of a Borrower designated by the President, an Executive
                 Vice President or a Senior Vice President of the
                 Borrower making such designation, in a certificate
                 delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Closing
                 Date as being authorized to give Notices of Borrowing,
                 Notices of Continuation/Conversion or requests for
                 Letters of Credit, which certificate may be amended
                 from time to time by the President, any Executive Vice
                 President or any Senior Vice President of such Borrower
                 to add or subtract names therefrom.

                      "BANKRUPTCY CODE" means Title 11 of the United
                 States Code entitled "Bankruptcy" as now and hereafter
                 in effect, or any successor statute.

                      "BASE RATE" means, for any period, a fluctuating
                 interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time
                 to time which rate per annum shall at all times be
                 equal to the higher of:

                           (a) the rate of interest announced publicly
                      by BofA in San Francisco, California, from time to
                      time, as BofA's "reference rate".  It is a rate
                      set by BofA based upon various factors including
                      BofA's costs and desired return, general economic
                      conditions and other factors, and is used as a
                      reference point for pricing some loans, which may
                      be priced at, above, or below such announced rate;
                      and

                           (b) 0.50% per annum above the latest Federal
                      Funds Rate.

                           Any change in the reference rate announced by
                      BofA shall take effect at the opening of business
                      on the day specified in the public announcement of
                      such change.

                      "BASE RATE LOAN" means a Committed Loan which
                 bears interest as provided in subsection 2.7A.

                      "BID BORROWING" means a Borrowing hereunder
                 consisting of one or more Bid Loans made to the
                 Borrowers on the same day by one or more Lenders.

                      "BID LOAN" means a Loan by a Lender to the
                 Borrowers under subsection 2.1C, which may be a
                 LIBOR Bid Loan or an Absolute Rate Bid Loan.

                      "BID LOAN LENDER" means, in respect of any
                 Bid Loan, the Lender making such Loan to the
                 Borrowers.

                                            5





<PAGE>   12

                      "BID NOTE" means a promissory note issued pursuant
                 to subsection 2.17D payable to the order of a Lender in
                 substantially the form of Exhibit III annexed hereto.

                      "BOfA" means Bank of America National Trust and
                 Savings Association, a national banking association.

                      "BORROWER" means any one or more of the Company,
                 WCL or PNS.

                      "BORROWING" means a borrowing consisting of Loans
                 made on the same day, and may be a Bid Borrowing or a
                 Committed Borrowing.

                      "BUSINESS DAY" means (i) for all purposes other
                 than as covered by clause (ii) below, any day excluding
                 Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday
                 under the laws of the State of New York or the State of
                 California or is a day on which banking institutions
                 located in either state are authorized by law or other
                 governmental action to close and (ii) with respect to
                 all notices, determinations, fundings and payments in
                 connection with Eurodollar Rate Loans and LIBOR Bid
                 Loans, any day which is a Business Day described in
                 clause (i) and which is also a day for trading by and
                 between banks in Dollar deposits in the Eurodollar
                 market.

                      "CAPITAL ADEQUACY REGULATION" means any guideline,
                 request or directive of any central bank or other
                 Governmental Authority, or any other law, rule or
                 regulation, whether or not having the force of law, in
                 each case, regarding capital adequacy of any bank or of
                 any corporation controlling a bank.

                      "CAPITAL LEASE", as applied to any Person, means
                 any lease of any property (whether real, personal or
                 mixed) by that Person as a lessee that, in conformity
                 with GAAP, should be accounted for as a capital lease
                 on the balance sheet of that Person.

                      "CASH" means money, currency or a credit balance
                 in a deposit account.

                      "CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT" has the meaning assigned
                 to that term in the penultimate paragraph of Section 7.

                      "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means (i) marketable direct
                 obligations issued or unconditionally guarantied by the
                 United States Government or issued by any agency
                 thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the
                 United States, in each case maturing within one year
                 from the date of acquisition thereof; (ii) marketable


                                            6





<PAGE>   13
                 direct obligations issued by any state of the United
                 States of America or any political subdivision of any
                 such state or any public instrumentality thereof
                 maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
                 thereof and, at the time of acquisition, either (a)
                 having a rating of at least "A2" by Standard & Poor's
                 Corporation or at least "P2" by Moody's Investors
                 Service, Inc. or an equivalent long-term debt rating or
                 (b) supported by standby letters of credit issued by
                 any Lender; (iii) commercial paper maturing no more
                 than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at
                 the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least
                 "A2" by Standard & Poor's Corporation and at least "P2"
                 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.; (iv) certificates
                 of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within one
                 year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any
                 Lender or by any other commercial bank organized under
                 the laws of the United States of America or any state
                 thereof or the District of Columbia having combined
                 capital and surplus of not less than $200,000,000;
                 (v) repurchase agreements with any commercial bank
                 organized under the laws of the United States of
                 America or any state thereof or the District of
                 Columbia having combined capital and surplus of not
                 less than $200,000,000, with any Lender or with any
                 primary dealer or investment bank with its long-term
                 debt rated at least "A-" by Standard & Poor's
                 Corporation and at least "A3" by Moody's Investors
                 Service, Inc. and having combined capital and surplus
                 of not less than $200,000,000, in each case relating to
                 marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally
                 guarantied by the United States Government or issued by
                 any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and
                 credit of the United States; provided, that the terms
                 of such agreements comply with the guidelines set forth
                 in the Federal Financial Institutions Examination
                 Council Supervisory Policy-Repurchase Agreements of
                 Depository Institutions With Securities Dealers and
                 Others as adopted by the Comptroller of the Currency on
                 October 31, 1985; and (vi) money market mutual funds
                 organized under the laws of the United States of
                 America or any state thereof or the District of
                 Columbia that invest primarily in any of the types of
                 Cash Equivalents defined in clauses (i) through (v) of
                 this definition; provided, that in each case any
                 investment in such mutual funds by its terms requires,
                 or permits the holder of such investment at its option
                 to require, repayment, redemption or repurchase thereof
                 on an overnight basis from the date of acquisition
                 thereof.

                      "CO-AGENT" has the meaning assigned to such term
                 in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

                                            7





<PAGE>   14

                      "CLEAN-DOWN DEBT" means, as at any date of
                 determination, the sum of (i) the outstanding Loans,
                 (ii) that portion of the Letter of Credit Usage
                 consisting of Unreimbursed drawings under Letters of
                 Credit, and (iii) outstanding Indebtedness of the
                 Borrowers permitted under subsection 6.1(x).

                      "CLEAN-DOWN PERIOD" has the meaning assigned to
                 such term in subsection 2.1A.

                      "CLOSING DATE" means the date on or before
                 October 15, 1993 that is the date under this Agreement
                 on which the initial Loans are made and the conditions
                 set forth in subsection 3.1 are satisfied or waived.

                      "COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS" means the Collateral
                 Documents (as such term is defined in the Existing
                 Credit Agreement) outstanding immediately prior to the
                 Closing Date.

                      "COMMERCIAL LETTERS OF CREDIT" means Letters of
                 Credit issued in favor of the Borrowers for the purpose
                 of providing the principal payment mechanism in
                 connection with the purchase of Inventory by the
                 Borrowers in the ordinary course of business.

                      "COMMITMENT" of any Lender means such Lender's
                 Revolving Commitment and with respect to the Swing Line
                 Lender, its Swing Line Commitment, and the
                 "Commitments" of any Lender means the total of all the
                 Commitments of such Lender.

                      "COMMITTED BORROWING" means a Borrowing hereunder
                 consisting of Committed Loans made on the same day and,
                 in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same
                 Interest Periods.

                      "COMMITTED LOAN" means a Revolving Loan made by a
                 Lender under subsection 2.1A, or a Swing Line Loan made
                 by the Swing Line Lender under subsection 2.1B and may
                 be a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan (each of
                 which shall be a "TYPE" of Loan).

                      "COMPANY" means Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-Outs
                 Inc.

                      "COMPETITIVE BID" means an offer by a Lender
                 to make a Bid Loan in accordance with subsection
                 2.2E(ii).

                      "COMPETITIVE BID REQUEST" has the meaning
                 assigned to such term in subsection 2.2E(i).


                                            8





<PAGE>   15
                     "COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" means a certificate
                 substantially in the form of Exhibit VI annexed hereto,
                 delivered to the Lenders by the Borrowers pursuant to
                 subsection 5.1(iii).

                      "CONSOLIDATED", when used with respect to any of
                 the terms defined herein, refers to such terms as
                 reflected in a consolidation of the accounts of the
                 Company and its Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP
                 (including giving effect to the elimination of all
                 intercompany items in conformity with GAAP).

                      "CONSOLIDATED ADJUSTED CASH FLOW" means, for any
                 period, the sum of the amounts for such period of
                 (i) Consolidated Net Income, (ii) depreciation expense,
                 (iii) amortization expense with respect to all
                 intangibles of the Company and its Subsidiaries
                 (determined on a Consolidated basis in conformity with
                 GAAP), (iv) Consolidated Interest Expense (net of
                 interest income), (v) Consolidated Operating Lease
                 Payments actually paid during such period,
                 (vi) increases in deferred income taxes, (vii) non-cash
                 extraordinary losses and non-cash charges reducing
                 Consolidated Net Income, minus the sum of (x) decreases
                 in any deferred income taxes for such period,
                 (y) Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such period,
                 and (z) non-cash extraordinary gains increasing
                 Consolidated Net Income for such period.

                      "CONSOLIDATED ASSETS" means, as at any date of
                 determination, the total assets of the Company and the
                 Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis determined in
                 conformity with GAAP.

                      "CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" means, for any
                 period, the expenditures (excluding capitalized
                 interest), whether paid in cash or accrued as a
                 liability, including the portion of Capital Leases that
                 is capitalized on the Consolidated balance sheet of the
                 Company and its Subsidiaries (but excluding Capital
                 Leases resulting from sale and leasebacks consummated
                 within the same 12 month period in which the underlying
                 property has been acquired), by the Company and its
                 Subsidiaries during that period that are or should be
                 included in "capital expenditures", "additions to
                 property, plant or equipment" or comparable items in
                 the Consolidated cash flow statement of the Company and
                 its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that expenditures
                 of insurance or condemnation proceeds used to rebuild
                 or replace destroyed or lost properties relating to
                 such insurance or condemnation proceeds shall not be
                 included as Consolidated Capital Expenditures.


                                            9





<PAGE>   16
                      "CONSOLIDATED CURRENT ASSETS" means, as at any
                 date of determination, the Current Assets of the
                 Company and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis
                 determined in conformity with GAAP.

                      "CONSOLIDATED CURRENT LIABILITIES" means, as at
                 any date of determination, the current liabilities of
                 the Company and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated
                 basis determined in conformity with GAAP.

                      "CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means,
                 for any period, the ratio of (A) Consolidated Adjusted
                 Cash Flow for such period to (B) Consolidated Fixed
                 Charges for such period.

                      "CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGES" means, for any
                 period, the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense
                 (net of interest income) for such period, (ii) the
                 aggregate regularly scheduled principal installments of
                 all Consolidated Funded Debt paid or payable during
                 such period, and (iii) Consolidated Operating Lease
                 Payments paid or payable during such period.

                      "CONSOLIDATED FUNDED DEBT" means, as at any date
                 of determination, the sum of (i) the outstanding Bid
                 Loans, (ii) the outstanding Revolving Loans, (iii) the
                 outstanding Swing Line Loans, (iv) that portion of the
                 Letter of Credit Usage consisting of unreimbursed
                 drawings under Letters of Credit, (v) the portion of
                 obligations with respect to Capital Leases which is
                 properly classified as a liability on the Consolidated
                 balance sheet of the Borrowers in conformity with GAAP,
                 (vi) Indebtedness of the Borrowers secured by real
                 property determined on a Consolidated basis in
                 conformity with GAAP and (vii) other Consolidated Long
                 Term Indebtedness.

                      "CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any
                 period, total interest expense (including that portion
                 attributable to Capital Leases in conformity with GAAP)
                 of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period on
                 a Consolidated basis, including, without limitation,
                 net costs under Interest Rate Agreements and fees
                 payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in
                 connection with the Loans (including, without
                 limitation, the commitment fees referred to in
                 subsection 2.3A and the fees referred to subsection
                 2.3B, other than fees paid on or prior to the Closing
                 Date).

                      "CONSOLIDATED LIABILITIES" means, as at any date
                 of determination, the total liabilities of the Company
                 and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis determined


                                           10



 


<PAGE>   17
                 in conformity with GAAP, including, without limitation,
                 (i) any balance sheet liability with respect to a
                 Pension Plan recognized pursuant to Financial
                 Accounting Standards Board Statements 87 or 88 and
                 (ii) any withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of
                 ERISA with respect to a withdrawal from a Multiemployer
                 Plan, as such liability may be set forth in a notice of
                 withdrawal liability under Section 4219 (and as
                 adjusted from time to time subsequent to the date of
                 such notice).

                      "CONSOLIDATED LONG TERM INDEBTEDNESS" means, at
                 any date of determination, (i) all Indebtedness
                 maturing one year or more from the date of creation
                 thereof, (ii) all Indebtedness directly or indirectly
                 renewable or extendible, at the option of the debtor,
                 by its terms or by the terms of any instrument or
                 agreement relating thereto, to a date one year or more
                 from the date of creation thereof and (iii) all
                 Indebtedness under a revolving credit or similar
                 agreement obligating the lender or lenders to extend
                 credit over a period of one year or more even though
                 such Indebtedness might otherwise conform to the
                 definition of Consolidated Current Liabilities.

                      "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any period,
                 the net income (or loss) of the Company and its
                 Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis determined in
                 conformity with GAAP for such period taken as a single
                 accounting period; provided that there shall be
                 excluded (i) the income (or loss) of any Person (other
                 than a Subsidiary of the Company) in which any other
                 Person (other than the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries) has a joint interest, except to the
                 extent of the amount of dividends or other
                 distributions actually paid to the Company or any of
                 its Subsidiaries by such Person during such period,
                 (ii) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior
                 to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or
                 is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any
                 of its Subsidiaries or that Person's assets are
                 acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and
                 (iii) the income of any Subsidiary (other than PNS and
                 WCL) of the Company to the extent that the declaration
                 or payment of dividends or similar distributions by
                 that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time
                 permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or
                 any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
                 statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to
                 that Subsidiary.

                      "CONSOLIDATED OPERATING LEASE PAYMENTS" means, for
                 any period, all rental payments and other amounts due

                                           11





<PAGE>   18
                 under all Operating Leases of the Company and its
                 Subsidiaries during such period.

                      "CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE ASSETS" means, at any date
                 of determination, (i) Consolidated Assets minus
                 (ii) goodwill, patents, trademarks and other
                 intellectual property, organizational expense, deferred
                 research and development costs, deferred marketing
                 expenses and other intangible assets of the Company and
                 its Subsidiaries (determined on a Consolidated basis in
                 conformity with GAAP) for the period commencing on the
                 Closing Date and ending on the date of such
                 determination.

                      "CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE NET WORTH" means, at any
                 date of determination, the excess of Consolidated
                 Tangible Assets over Consolidated Liabilities.

                      "CONTINGENT OBLIGATION", as applied to any Person,
                 means any direct or indirect liability, contingent or
                 otherwise, of that Person with respect to any
                 Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or
                 other obligation of another, including, without
                 limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly
                 guarantied, endorsed (otherwise than for collection or
                 deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-made,
                 or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or
                 in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly
                 or indirectly liable, including, without limitation,
                 any such obligation for which that Person is in effect
                 liable through any agreement (contingent or otherwise)
                 to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such
                 obligation or any security therefor, or to provide
                 funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation
                 (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock
                 purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), or to
                 maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level
                 of income or other financial condition of the obligor
                 of such obligation, or to make payment for any
                 products, materials or supplies or for any
                 transportation, services or lease regardless of the
                 non-delivery or non-furnishing thereof, in any case if
                 the purpose or intent of such agreement is to provide
                 assurance that such obligation will be paid or
                 discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto
                 will be complied with, or that the holders of such
                 obligation will be protected (in whole or in part)
                 against loss in respect thereof.  The amount of any
                 Contingent Obligation shall be equal to the amount of
                 the obligation so guarantied or otherwise supported.

                      "CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION", as applied to any
                 Person, means any provision of any material indenture,


                                       12





<PAGE>   19
                 mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking,
                 agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a
                 party or by which it or any of its properties is bound
                 or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

                      "CONVERSION" and "CONVERT" and "CONVERTED" each
                 refers to a conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans into
                 Base Rate Loans, or vice versa, in accordance with the
                 terms of this Agreement.

                      "CURRENT ASSETS" as applied to any Person, means,
                 at any date of determination, the total assets of such
                 Person that may be properly classified as current
                 assets in conformity with GAAP.

                      "DOLLARS" or the sign "$" means the lawful money
                 of the United States of America.

                      "DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICE" means, with respect to
                 any Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its
                 "Domestic Lending Office" opposite its name on Schedule
                 A hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant
                 to which it became a Lender, or such other office of
                 such Lender as such Lender may from time to time
                 specify to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

                      "ELIGIBLE ASSIGNEE" means (i) a commercial bank
                 organized under the laws of the United States, or any
                 State thereof and having a combined capital and surplus
                 of at least $500,000,000; (ii) a commercial bank
                 organized under the laws of any other country, or a
                 political subdivision thereof, and having a combined
                 capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000 provided
                 that (x) such bank is acting through a branch or agency
                 located in the United States or (y) such bank is
                 organized under the laws of a country that is a member
                 of the OECD or a political subdivision of such country;
                 and (iii) any Affiliate of a Lender, in each case that
                 is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;
                 provided, however, that no Affiliate of any Loan Party
                 shall be an Eligible Assignee.

                      "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN" means any Pension Plan,
                 any employee welfare benefit plan, or any other
                 employee benefit plan which is described in Section
                 3(3) of ERISA and which is maintained for employees of
                 the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate of the Borrowers.

                      "ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES AND COSTS" means all
                 liabilities, obligations, responsibilities, Remedial
                 Actions, losses, damages, punitive damages,
                 consequential damages, treble damages, costs and
                 expenses (including all reasonable fees, disbursements


                                           13





<PAGE>   20
                 and expenses of counsel, expert and consulting fees and
                 costs of investigation and feasibility studies), fines,
                 penalties, sanctions and interest, incurred as a result
                 of any claim or demand, by any Person, whether based in
                 contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict
                 liability, criminal or civil statute, including any
                 Hazardous Materials Law, permit, law, rule, regulation,
                 order or agreement with a governmental authority or
                 other Person, arising from environmental, health or
                 safety conditions related to, or the Release or
                 threatened Release by reason of, the past, present or
                 future operations of the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries.

                      "ENVIRONMENTAL LIEN" means any Lien in favor of
                 any Governmental Authority for Environmental
                 Liabilities and Costs.

                      "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income
                 Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and
                 any successor statute.

                      "ERISA AFFILIATE", as applied to any Person, means
                 (i) any corporation which is a member of a controlled
                 group of corporations within the meaning of Section
                 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that
                 Person is a member; (ii) any trade or business (whether
                 or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of
                 trades or businesses under common control within the
                 meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code
                 of which that Person is a member; and (iii) any member
                 of an affiliated service group within the meaning of
                 Section 414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                 which that Person, any corporation described in clause
                 (i) above or any trade or business described in clause
                 (ii) above is a member.

                      "EURODOLLAR LENDING OFFICE" means, with respect to
                 any Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its
                 "Eurodollar Lending Office" opposite its name on
                 Schedule A hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance
                 pursuant to which it became a Lender (or, if no such
                 office is specified, its Domestic Lending Office) or
                 such other office of such Lender as such Lender may
                 from time to time specify to the Borrowers and the
                 Administrative Agent.

                      "EURODOLLAR RATE LOAN" means a Committed Loan
                 which bears interest as provided in subsection 2.7B.

                      "EVENT OF DEFAULT" means each of the events set
                 forth in Section 7.


                                           14





<PAGE>   21
                      "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act
                 of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any
                 successor statute.

                      "EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT" has the meaning
                 assigned to such term in the Preliminary Statements to
                 this Agreement.

                      "EXISTING LENDERS" has the meaning assigned to
                 such term in the Preliminary Statements to this
                 Agreement.

                      "EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT" has the meaning
                 assigned to such term in subsection 2.22.

                      "EXISTING LOANS" has the meaning assigned to such
                 term in subsection 2.22.

                      "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" means, for any period, the
                 rate set forth in the weekly statistical release
                 designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication,
                 published by the Federal Reserve Board (including any
                 such successor, "H.15(519)") for such day opposite the
                 caption "Federal Funds (Effective)".  If on any
                 relevant day such rate is not yet published in
                 H.15(519), the rate for such day will be the rate set
                 forth in the daily statistical release designated as
                 the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government
                 Securities, or any successor publication, published by
                 the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any
                 such successor, the "COMPOSITE 3:30 P.M. QUOTATION")
                 for such day under the caption "Federal Funds Effective
                 Rate".  If on any relevant day the appropriate rate for
                 such previous day is not yet published in either
                 H.15(519) or the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations, the
                 rate for such day will be the arithmetic mean of the
                 rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal
                 funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York time) on
                 that day be each of three leading brokers of Federal
                 funds transactions in New York City selected by the
                 Administrative Agent.

                      "FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD" means the Board of
                 Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

                      "FISCAL QUARTER END" means for any fiscal quarter
                 in a Fiscal Year of the Borrowers, the last day of such
                 fiscal quarter which shall be determined in accordance
                 with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.

                      "FISCAL YEAR" means the fiscal year of the
                 Borrowers, which shall be the 52 or 53 week period
                 ending on the Sunday closest to January 31 in each year


                                           15





<PAGE>   22
                 or such other period as the Borrowers may designate and
                 the Requisite Lenders may approve in writing, such
                 approval not to be unreasonably withheld and, if such
                 approval is withheld, with notice to the Borrowers
                 specifying the basis therefor.

                      "FUNDING DATE" means the date of the funding of a
                 Loan.

                      "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting
                 principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements
                 of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
                 Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
                 statements and pronouncements of the Financial
                 Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements
                 by such other entity as may be approved by a
                 significant segment of the accounting profession, which
                 are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of
                 determination.

                      "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any nation or
                 government, any state or other political subdivision
                 thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or
                 regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising
                 executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or
                 administrative functions of or pertaining to
                 government, and any corporation or other entity owned
                 or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or
                 otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

                      "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" means (i) any chemical,
                 material or substance defined as or included in the
                 definition of "hazardous substances," "hazardous
                 wastes," "hazardous materials," "extremely hazardous
                 waste," "restricted hazardous waste," or "toxic
                 substances" or words of similar import under any
                 applicable local, state or federal law or under the
                 regulations adopted or promulgated pursuant thereto,
                 including, without limitation, Hazardous Materials
                 Laws, (ii) any oil, petroleum or petroleum derived
                 substance, any drilling fluids, produced waters and
                 other wastes associated with the exploration,
                 development or production of crude oil, any flammable
                 substances or explosives, any radioactive materials,
                 (iii) asbestos in any form which is or could become
                 friable, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, electrical
                 equipment which contains any oil or dielectric fluid
                 containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls in
                 excess of fifty parts per million, and (iv) any other
                 chemical, material or substance, exposure to which may
                 or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of the
                 owners or occupants of or any Persons surrounding any


                                           16





<PAGE>   23
                 of the properties of the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries.

                      "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS LAWS" means all statutes,
                 ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, plans or
                 decrees and the like relating to health or welfare or
                 protection of the environment, including, without
                 limitation, those relating to fines, orders,
                 injunctions, penalties, damages, contribution, cost
                 recovery compensation, losses or injuries resulting
                 from the Release or threatened Release of Hazardous
                 Materials and to the generation, use, storage,
                 transportation, or disposal of Hazardous Materials, in
                 any manner applicable to the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties,
                 including, without limitation, the Comprehensive
                 Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
                 (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.), the Hazardous Material
                 Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq.), the
                 Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C.
                 Section 6901 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control
                 Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42
                 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control
                 Act (15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq.), the Occupational Safety
                 and Health Act (29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq.), and the
                 Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (42
                 U.S.C. Section 11001 et seq.), each as amended or
                 supplemented, and any analogous future or present
                 local, state and federal statutes and regulations
                 promulgated pursuant thereto, each as in effect as of
                 the date of determination.

                      "INDEBTEDNESS", as applied to any Person, means
                 (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) that
                 portion of obligations with respect to Capital Leases
                 which is properly classified as a liability on a
                 balance sheet in conformity with GAAP, (iii) notes
                 payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of
                 credit whether or not representing obligations for
                 borrowed money, (iv) any obligation owed for all or any
                 part of the deferred purchase price of property or
                 services which purchase price is due more than six
                 months from the date of incurrence of the obligation in
                 respect thereof or evidenced by a note or similar
                 written instrument, and (v) all similar indebtedness
                 secured by any Lien existing on any property or asset
                 owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the
                 indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by
                 that Person or is non-recourse to the credit of that
                 Person.

                      "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means, with respect to any
                 Eurodollar Rate Loan, or Bid Loan, the last day of each


                                           17





<PAGE>   24
                 Interest Period applicable to such Loan and, with
                 respect to Base Rate Loans, the last Business Day of
                 each fiscal quarter, provided, however, that (a) if any
                 Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or Bid Loan
                 exceeds three months, the date which falls three months
                 after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also
                 be an "Interest Payment Date" and (b) in respect of any
                 Bid Loan, such intervening days prior to the maturity
                 thereof as may be agreed between the Borrowers and the
                 applicable Bid Loan Lender shall also be "Interest
                 Payment Dates".

                      "INTEREST PERIOD" means, (a) with respect to each
                 Eurodollar Rate Loan comprising part of the same
                 Borrowing, the period commencing on the Funding Date of
                 such Eurodollar Rate Loan or the date of the Conversion
                 of any Base Rate Loan into such a Eurodollar Rate Loan
                 and ending on the last day of the period selected by
                 the Borrowers pursuant to the provisions below and,
                 thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the
                 last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period
                 and ending on the last day of the period selected by
                 the Borrowers pursuant to the provisions below and
                 (b) with respect to any Bid Loan, a period commencing
                 on the Funding Date of such Bid Loan and ending on the
                 last day of the period selected by the Borrowers
                 pursuant to the provisions below.  The duration of each
                 such Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate
                 Loan shall be one, two, three or six months (if
                 available), as the Borrowers may, upon notice received
                 by the Administrative Agent not later than 9:00 A.M.
                 (San Francisco time) on the third Business Day prior to
                 the first day of such Interest Period, select;
                 provided, however, that:

                           (i) no Interest Period with respect to any
                      Bid Loan shall exceed 183 days in the case of an
                      Absolute Rate Bid Loan and six months in the case
                      of a LIBOR Bid Loan;

                           (ii) whenever the last day of any Interest
                      Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a
                      Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period
                      shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding
                      Business Day; provided, however, that if such
                      extension would cause the last day of such
                      Interest Period to occur in the next following
                      calendar month, the last day of such Interest
                      Period shall occur on the next preceding Business
                      Day;

                           (iii) there shall be no more than fifteen
                      Interest Periods outstanding at any one time; and

                                           18





<PAGE>   25

                           (iv) no Interest Period shall extend beyond
                      the Revolver Maturity Date.

                      "INTEREST RATE AGREEMENT" means any interest rate
                 swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest
                 rate collar agreement or other similar agreement,
                 evidenced by an International Swap Dealers Association
                 form agreement, designed to protect the Borrowers
                 against fluctuations in interest rates; provided that
                 the counterparty to any such agreement shall be a
                 Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.

                      "INTERNAL REVENUE CODE" means the Internal Revenue
                 Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any
                 successor statute.

                      "INVENTORY" means all of the Borrowers' now owned
                 and hereafter acquired goods, merchandise and other
                 personal property (including freight and handling costs
                 capitalized under GAAP), wherever located, to be
                 furnished under any contract of service or held for
                 sale or lease, all raw materials, work in process,
                 finished goods and materials and supplies of any kind,
                 nature or description which are or might be used or
                 consumed in a person's business or used in connection
                 with the manufacture, packing, shipping, advertising,
                 selling or finishing of such goods, merchandise and
                 other personal property, and all documents of title or
                 other documents representing them.

                      "INVESTMENT", as applied to any Person, means any
                 direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by
                 that Person of, or a beneficial interest in, stock or
                 other securities of any other Person, or any direct or
                 indirect loan, advance (other than advances to
                 employees or consultants for moving and travel
                 expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in
                 the ordinary course of business) or capital
                 contribution by that Person to any other Person,
                 including all Indebtedness and accounts receivable from
                 that other Person which are not Current Assets or did
                 not arise from sales to that other Person in the
                 ordinary course of business.  The amount of any
                 Investment (for purposes of the Dollar limitations set
                 forth in subsection 6.3) shall be the original cost of
                 such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto,
                 without any adjustments for increases or decreases in
                 value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with
                 respect to such Investment.

                      "INVITATION FOR COMPETITIVE BIDS" means a
                 solicitation for Competitive Bids and has the meaning
                 specified in subsection 2.2E(ii).

                                           19





<PAGE>   26

                      "ISSUING BANK" means, with respect to a Letter of
                 Credit, the Lender selected by the applicable Borrower
                 to issue such Letter of Credit under this Agreement.

                      "LENDERS" means the Lenders listed on the
                 signature pages hereof and each Eligible Assignee that
                 shall become a party hereto pursuant to subsection
                 10.8.

                      "LETTER OF CREDIT" means any Commercial Letter of
                 Credit or Standby Letter of Credit which is hereafter
                 issued pursuant to this Agreement at the request of and
                 for the account of the Borrowers by an Issuing Bank.

                      "LETTER OF CREDIT USAGE" means, as at any date of
                 determination, the sum of (i) the maximum aggregate
                 amount that is or at any time thereafter may become
                 available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then
                 issued and outstanding plus (ii) the aggregate amount
                 of all drawings under Letters of Credit honored by the
                 Issuing Bank and not theretofore reimbursed by the
                 Borrowers.

                      "LEVERAGE RATIO" means, at any date of
                 determination, the ratio of (A) Consolidated
                 Liabilities to (B) Consolidated Tangible Assets.

                      "LIBOR" means the rate of interest per annum
                 determined by the Administrative Agent to be the
                 arithmetic mean (if such percentage is not a
                 multiple of 1/100th of one percent, rounded upward
                 to the nearest 1/100th of one percent) of the
                 rates of interest per annum notified to the
                 Administrative Agent by each Reference Bank as the
                 rate of interest (rounded upward to the nearest
                 1/100th of one-percent) at which dollar deposits
                 in an amount approximately equal to the aggregate
                 amount of LIBOR Bid Loans requested to be
                 borrowed, and having a maturity equal to such
                 Interest Period are offered to major banks in the
                 London interbank market at their request at or
                 about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second
                 Business Day before the commencement of such
                 Interest Period.  If one of the Reference Banks
                 shall be unable or shall otherwise fail to notify
                 the Administrative Agent of such a rate, LIBOR
                 shall be determined on the basis of the rates as
                 notified by the remaining Reference Banks.

                      "LIBOR AUCTION" means a solicitation of
                 Competitive Bids setting forth a LIBOR Bid Margin
                 pursuant to subsection 2.2E.


                                           20





<PAGE>   27
                      "LIBOR BID LOAN" means any Bid Loan that
                 bears interest at a rate determined with reference
                 to LIBOR.

                      "LIBOR BID MARGIN" has the meaning specified
                 in subsection 2.2E(iii)(b)(III).

                      "LIEN" means any lien, mortgage, pledge, security
                 interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including
                 any conditional sale or other title retention
                 agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any
                 agreement to give any security interest).

                      "LOAN" or "LOANS" means one or more of the Loans
                 made by the Lenders pursuant to subsection 2.1 and may
                 be a Committed Loan or a Bid Loan.

                      "LOAN DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement and the Bid
                 Notes.

                      "LOAN PARTIES" means the Borrowers.

                      "MARGIN STOCK" has the meaning assigned to that
                 term in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the
                 Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

                      "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means (i) a material
                 adverse effect upon the business, operations,
                 properties, assets, business prospects or condition
                 (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its
                 Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the material
                 impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform
                 or of the Lenders to enforce the Obligations.

                      "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means a "multiemployer plan"
                 as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA which is
                 maintained for employees of the Borrowers or any ERISA
                 Affiliate of the Borrowers.

                      "NET CASH PROCEEDS" means, in the case of any
                 Asset Sale, cash payments received (including any cash
                 received by way of deferred payment pursuant to a note
                 receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so
                 received) by any Loan Party from any Asset Sale (other
                 than liabilities assumed directly or indirectly by the
                 buyer) less (i) the amount of actual liabilities for
                 taxes (net of any amount of tax benefits) reasonably
                 anticipated by the Borrowers to be attributable to such
                 sale or other disposition, (ii) the amount of any
                 reserves against any liabilities associated with such
                 sale required to be retained by any Loan Party after
                 such sale or other disposition in conformity with GAAP
                 (but only for the period required to be retained as a


                                           21





<PAGE>   28
                 reserve), (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured
                 solely by the assets sold required to be repaid under
                 the terms thereof in connection with such Asset Sale
                 and (iv) the amount of fees and commissions payable to
                 persons other than any Loan Party or any Affiliate of
                 any Loan Party, and other costs and expenses related to
                 such sale or other disposition that are to be paid in
                 cash, in each case only to the extent customarily borne
                 by a seller in an arm's-length transaction or
                 reasonable in light of the applicable circumstances.

                      "NEW ORLEANS DISTRIBUTION CENTER" means WCL's
                 interest in the real property and improvements thereon
                 located at 3501 Jourdan Road, New Orleans, Louisiana.

                      "NOTICE OF BORROWING" means a notice substantially
                 in the form of EXHIBIT I annexed hereto with respect to
                 a proposed Borrowing.

                      "NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION" means a notice
                 substantially in the form of EXHIBIT II annexed hereto
                 delivered by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent
                 pursuant to subsection 2.9.

                      "OBLIGATIONS" means all loans, advances, debts,
                 reimbursement obligations, liabilities, obligations,
                 covenants and duties owing by any Loan Party to any
                 Lender, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, any
                 Affiliate of any Lender or the Administrative Agent, or
                 Person entitled to indemnification pursuant to
                 subsection 10.6 of this Agreement, of any kind or
                 nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by
                 any note, guaranty or other instrument, and arising
                 under this Agreement, under any other Loan Document or
                 under any Interest Rate Agreements (other than interest
                 rate cap agreements), whether or not for the payment of
                 money, whether arising by reason of an extension of
                 credit, loan, guaranty, indemnification, foreign
                 exchange or interest rate swap transactions or in any
                 other manner, whether direct or indirect (including
                 those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent,
                 due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising
                 and however acquired.  The term includes, without
                 limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, fees,
                 attorneys' fees and disbursements and any other sum
                 chargeable to any Loan Party under this Agreement, any
                 other Loan Document or any Interest Rate Agreements
                 (other than interest rate cap agreements).

                      "OECD" means the Organization for Economic
                 Cooperation and Development.


                                       22





<PAGE>   29
                      "OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means a certificate
                 executed on behalf of any Loan Party, by its President,
                 its Chief Executive Officer, any Executive Vice
                 President or any Senior Vice President and by its Chief
                 Financial Officer, or its Treasurer or Controller, in
                 each case acting in such capacity.

                      "OPERATING LEASE" means, as applied to any Person,
                 any lease (including, without limitation, leases that
                 may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any
                 property (whether real, personal or mixed) that is not
                 a Capital Lease other than any such lease under which
                 that Person is the lessor.

                      "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
                 (or any successor thereto).

                      "PENSION PLAN" means any employee plan which is
                 subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code and
                 which is maintained for employees of the Borrowers or
                 any ERISA Affiliate of the Borrowers, other than a
                 Multiemployer Plan.

                      "PERMITTED LIENS" means

                      (i)  Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental
                 charges or claims the payment of which is not at the
                 time required by the covenant on payment of taxes;

                      (ii) Statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of
                 carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and
                 other similar Persons and other Liens imposed by law
                 incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums
                 not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if
                 such reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any,
                 as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made
                 therefor;

                      (iii) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA)
                 incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of
                 business in connection with workers' compensation,
                 unemployment insurance and other types of social
                 security, or to secure the performance of tenders,
                 statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids,
                 leases, government contracts, performance and return-
                 of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive
                 of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

                      (iv) Any attachment or judgment Lien, unless the
                 judgment it secures (a) shall not, within 30 days after
                 the entry thereof, have been discharged or execution
                 thereof stayed pending appeal, or shall not have been
                 discharged within 30 days after the expiration of any


                                           23





<PAGE>   30
                 such stay or (b) shall be in effect and a period of 10
                 days or less remains prior to any proposed sale
                 thereunder; and

                      (v)  Easements, rights of way, servitudes or
                 zoning or building restrictions and other minor
                 encumbrances on real property which do not in the
                 aggregate materially interfere with or impair the
                 operation of such property for the purposes for which
                 it is or may reasonably be expected to be used.

                      "PERSON" means and includes natural persons,
                 corporations, limited partnerships, general
                 partnerships, joint stock companies, joint ventures,
                 associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust
                 companies, land trusts, business trusts or other
                 organizations, whether or not legal entities, and
                 governments and agencies and political subdivisions
                 thereof.

                      "PNS" means PNS Stores, Inc., a California
                 corporation and a wholly owned Subsidiary of the
                 Company.

                      "POTENTIAL EVENT OF DEFAULT" means a condition or
                 event which, after notice or lapse of time or both,
                 would constitute an Event of Default if that condition
                 or event were not cured or waived within any applicable
                 grace or cure period.

                      "PRO RATA SHARE" means, with respect to any of the
                 Commitments of each Lender (other than the Swing Line
                 Commitment of the Swing Line Lender), or, if such
                 Commitment has terminated, the Loans or participations
                 held by such Lender with respect to such Commitment,
                 the percentage designated as such Lender's Pro Rata
                 Share under the name of such Lender on the applicable
                 signature page of this Agreement with respect to such
                 Commitment, in each case as such percentage may be
                 adjusted as a result of assignments permitted under
                 subsection 10.8 and evidenced as provided in subsection
                 2.17.

                      "REFERENCE BANKS" means BofA and Continental Bank N.A.

                      "REFUNDED SWING LINE LOANS" has the meaning
                 specified in subsection 2.1B.

                      "REGISTER" has the meaning specified in subsection
                 10.8.


                                           24





<PAGE>   31
                      "RELEASE" means any release, spill, emission,
                 leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal,
                 discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration of any
                 Hazardous Materials into the indoor or outdoor
                 environment (including, without limitation, the
                 abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or
                 other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous
                 Materials) or into or out of any property owned, used
                 or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
                 including the movement of any Hazardous Materials
                 through or in the air, soil, surface water, groundwater
                 or property.

                       "REMEDIAL ACTION" means all actions required to
                 (i) clean up, remove, treat or in any other way address
                 Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor
                 environment; (ii) prevent the Release or threat of
                 Release or minimize the further Release of Hazardous
                 Materials so they do not migrate or endanger or
                 threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the
                 indoor or outdoor environment; or (iii) perform pre-
                 remedial studies and investigations and post-remedial
                 monitoring and care.

                      "REQUISITE LENDERS" means Persons holding at any
                 time more than sixty-six and two-thirds percent
                 (66-2/3%) of the sum of the aggregate Commitments or,
                 in the event that the Commitments have terminated, the
                 Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments.

                      "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means any of the Chief
                 Executive Officer, any Senior Vice President, any
                 Executive Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer
                 or the Controller.

                      "RESTRICTED JUNIOR PAYMENT" means (i) any dividend
                 or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account
                 of any shares of any class of stock of the Company or
                 any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding,
                 except a dividend payable solely in shares of that
                 class of stock to the holders of that class, (ii) any
                 repurchase, redemption, retirement, sinking fund or
                 similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for
                 value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class
                 of stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries now
                 or hereafter outstanding, (iii) any payment or
                 prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or
                 interest on, redemption, purchase, retirement,
                 defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment with
                 respect to, any Indebtedness owed to shareholders of
                 the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (iv) any
                 payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of,
                 any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to


                                           25





<PAGE>   32
                 acquire shares of any class of stock of the Company or
                 any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding.

                      "REVOLVER MATURITY DATE" means the earlier of
                 (i) October 5, 1996 (or such other date as the Lenders
                 may consent to pursuant to subsection 2.21), or if such
                 date is not a Business Day, the Business Day next
                 succeeding such date, and (ii) the date upon which the
                 Revolving Commitments terminate in accordance with
                 subsection 2.4 or any other provision contained in this
                 Agreement.

                      "REVOLVING COMMITMENT" means the commitment or
                 commitments of a Lender or the Lenders to make
                 Revolving Loans as set forth in subsection 2.1A.  The
                 amount of the original Commitment of each Lender is set
                 forth on the applicable signature page of this
                 Agreement.

                      "REVOLVING LOAN" means a Loan made by a Lender to
                 the Borrowers pursuant to subsection 2.1A, which Loan
                 may be a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

                      "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange
                 Commission, and any successor thereto.

                      "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933
                 as amended from time to time, and any successor
                 statute.

                      "SPECIFIED TRADEMARKS" means the trademarks of the
                 Borrowers identified on Schedule K, as such Schedule K
                 may be amended from time to time.

                      "STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT" means any Letter of
                 Credit which is not a Commercial Letter of Credit.

                      "SUBSIDIARY", with respect to any Person, means
                 any corporation, association or other business entity
                 of which more than 50% of the total voting power of
                 shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of
                 directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time
                 owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that
                 Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that
                 Person or a combination thereof.

                      "SWING LINE COMMITMENT" means the commitment of
                 the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Loans as set
                 forth in subsection 2.1B.

                      "SWING LINE LENDER" means BofA, or any successor
                 Swing Line Lender appointed in accordance with
                 subsection 2.1B.

                                           26





<PAGE>   33

                      "SWING LINE LOAN" means a Loan made by the Swing
                 Line Lender to the Borrowers pursuant to subsection
                 2.1B, which Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan.

                      "TERMINATION EVENT" means (i) a "Reportable Event"
                 described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations
                 issued thereunder (other than a "Reportable Event" not
                 subject to the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC
                 under such regulations), or (ii) the withdrawal of any
                 Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from a Pension
                 Plan during a plan year in which it was a "substantial
                 employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, or
                 (iii) the distribution of a notice of intent to
                 terminate a Pension Plan or the treatment of a Pension
                 Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of
                 ERISA, or (iv) the institution of proceedings by the
                 PBGC to terminate, or to appoint a trustee to
                 administer, a Pension Plan or (v) any other event or
                 condition which might reasonably be expected to
                 constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of,
                 or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any
                 Pension Plan, or (vi) the complete or partial
                 withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan by any Borrower or
                 any ERISA Affiliate that results in liability under
                 Section 4201 of ERISA or the receipt by any Borrower or
                 any ERISA Affiliate of notice from a Multiemployer Plan
                 that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to
                 Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA or that it intends to
                 terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A of
                 ERISA, or (vii) the imposition of a lien pursuant to
                 Section 412(n) of the Internal Revenue Code.

                      "TOTAL UTILIZATION OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS"
                 means, as at any date of determination, the sum of
                 (i) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans
                 outstanding plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of
                 Swing Line Loans outstanding plus (iii) the aggregate
                 principal amount of Bid Loans outstanding plus (iv) the
                 Letter of Credit Usage.

                      "TYPE" has the meaning specified in the definition
                 of "Committed Loans".

                      "WCL" means West Coast Liquidators, Inc., a
                 California corporation and a wholly owned Subsidiary of
                 the Company.

                        1.2  COMPUTATION OF TIME PERIODS

                      In this Agreement, in the computation of periods
            of time from a specified date to a later specified date,
            unless otherwise specifically provided, the word "from"


                                           27





<PAGE>   34
            means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until"
            each means "to but excluding".

                      1.3  ACCOUNTING TERMS

                      All accounting terms not specifically defined
            herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

                       1.4  OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS

                      References to "Sections" and "subsections" shall
            be to Sections and subsections, respectively, of this
            Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided.  Any of
            the terms defined in subsection 1.1 may, unless the context
            otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural
            depending on the reference.  Unless otherwise expressly
            provided herein, references to agreements and other
            contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all
            subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto, but
            only to the extent such amendments and other modifications
            are not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document.
            References to any statute or regulation are to be construed
            as including all statutory and regulatory provisions
            consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or
            interpreting the statute or regulation.


                 SECTION 2.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND LOANS

                      2.1  LOANS

                      A.   REVOLVING COMMITMENTS.  Each Lender severally
            agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth,
            to make Revolving Loans to the Borrowers from time to time
            on any Business Day during the period from the date hereof
            until the Revolver Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not
            to exceed at any time outstanding the amount set forth
            opposite such Lender's name on the signature pages hereof,
            or, if such Lender has entered into one or more Assignments
            and Acceptances, set forth for such Lender in the Register
            maintained by the Administrative Agent, as such amount may
            be reduced pursuant to subsection 2.4 or any other provision
            contained in this Agreement (such Lender's "Revolving
            Commitment").  The aggregate original amount of the
            Revolving Commitments is $150,000,000.  Each Borrowing shall
            be in an aggregate amount not less than $3,000,000 or an
            integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, except in
            the case of Borrowings made to repay Swing Line Loans
            pursuant to subsection 2.1B.  Each Committed Borrowing of
            Revolving Loans shall be made by the Lenders proportionately
            to their Pro Rata Shares of the Revolving Commitments.
            Within the limits of each Lender's Revolving Commitments,


                                           28





<PAGE>   35
            the Borrowers may from time to time, borrow under this
            subsection 2.1A, repay and reborrow under this subsection
            2.1A.  The Lenders' Revolving Commitments shall expire on
            the Revolver Maturity Date.

                      Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
            subsection 2.1A, (i) at no time shall the Total Utilization
            of Revolving Commitments exceed the aggregate Revolving
            Commitments then in effect, and (ii) for 45 consecutive days
            during each twelve consecutive month period (a "Clean-Down
            Period") set forth below, the aggregate principal amount of
            Clean-Down Debt shall not exceed the correlative amounts
            indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      12-month Period Ending          Amount
                      <S>                            <C>
                      September 30, 1994             $60,000,000
                      September 30, 1995              55,000,000
                      September 30, 1996              50,000,000
</TABLE>

            ; provided, that if the sale of the New Orleans Distribution
            Center has been consummated during any of the aforementioned
            12-month periods, on and from the date of consummation of
            such sale, for each subsequent Clean-Down Period, the
            aggregate principal amount of Clean-Down Debt shall not
            exceed the correlative amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      12-month Period Ending          Amount
                      <S>                            <C>
                      September 30, 1994             $35,000,000
                      September 30, 1995              30,000,000
                      September 30, 1996              25,000,000
</TABLE>

                      B.   SWING LINE COMMITMENT.  The Swing Line Lender
            severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter
            set forth, to make Swing Line Loans to the Borrowers from
            time to time on any Business Day during the period from the
            date hereof until the Revolver Maturity Date in an aggregate
            amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $10,000,000
            (the "Swing Line Commitment").  Each Borrowing shall be in
            an aggregate amount not less than $100,000 or an integral
            multiple of $25,000 in excess thereof.  Within the limits of
            the Swing Line Commitment, the Borrowers may, from time to
            time, borrow under this subsection 2.1B, repay and reborrow
            under this subsection 2.1B.  The Swing Line Commitment shall
            expire on the Revolver Maturity Date.

                      Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
            subsection 2.1B, (i) at no time shall the aggregate
            principal amount of Swing Line Loans outstanding exceed the
            Swing Line Commitment and (ii) at no time shall the Total
            Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceed the aggregate
            Revolving Commitments then in effect.

                                           29





<PAGE>   36

                      The Swing Line Lender, in its sole and absolute
            discretion may, on and after the fifth Business Day after
            the making of a Swing Line Loan which has not been
            voluntarily prepaid by the Borrowers pursuant to subsection
            2.6A, on one Business Day's notice to the Administrative
            Agent and the Borrowers, so long as amounts are available to
            be borrowed under the Revolving Commitments, require each
            Lender, including the Swing Line Lender, and each Lender
            hereby agrees, subject to this subsection 2.1B, to make a
            Revolving Loan in an amount equal to such Lender's Pro Rata
            Share of the amount of the Swing Line Loans (the "Refunded
            Swing Line Loans") outstanding on the date notice is given
            which the Swing Line Lender requests the Lenders to prepay;
            provided that the obligation of each Lender to make any such
            Revolving Loan is unconditional so long as one of the
            following is true and applicable:  (i) the Swing Line Lender
            believed in good faith that all conditions under Section 3
            to the making of the Swing Line Loan were satisfied at the
            time such Swing Line Loan was made, or (ii) such Lender had
            actual knowledge, by receipt of the statements required
            pursuant to subsection 5.1 or otherwise, that any such
            condition had not been satisfied and failed to notify the
            Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender in writing
            that it had no obligation to make Revolving Loans until such
            condition was satisfied (which notice shall be effective as
            of the date of receipt by the Administrative Agent and the
            Swing Line Lender), or (iii) the satisfaction of any such
            condition not satisfied had been waived by Requisite Lenders
            prior to or at the time such Swing Line Loan was made.  In
            the case of Revolving Loans made by Lenders other than the
            Swing Line Lender under the immediately preceding sentence,
            each such Lender shall, before 10:00 A.M. (San Francisco
            time) on the Business Day next succeeding the date such
            notice is given, make available for the account of its
            Applicable Lending Office to the Administrative Agent the
            amount of its Revolving Loan by depositing same day funds
            with the Administrative Agent.  The proceeds of such
            Revolving Loans shall be immediately delivered to the Swing
            Line Lender (and not to the Borrowers) and applied to repay
            the Refunded Swing Line Loans.  On the day such Revolving
            Loans are made, the Swing Line Lender's Pro Rata Share of
            the Refunded Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be paid
            with the proceeds of a Revolving Loan made by the Swing Line
            Lender and such portion of the Swing Line Loan deemed to be
            so paid shall no longer be outstanding as Swing Line Loans
            and shall only be outstanding as a Revolving Loan.  The
            Borrowers authorize the Swing Line Lender to charge the
            Borrowers' accounts with the Swing Line Lender (up to the
            amount available in each such account) in order to
            immediately pay the Swing Line Lender the amount of such
            Refunded Swing Line Loans to the extent that amounts
            received from the Lenders, including amounts deemed to be
            received from the Swing Line Lender, are not sufficient to


                                           30





<PAGE>   37
            repay in full such Refunded Swing Line Loans, and the Swing
            Line Lender agrees to give notice to the Borrowers of any
            such charge concurrently with the making of such charge.  If
            any portion of any such amount paid (or deemed to be paid)
            to the Swing Line Lender should be recovered by or on behalf
            of the Borrowers from the Swing Line Lender in bankruptcy,
            by assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise, the
            loss of the amount so recovered shall be ratably shared
            among all Lenders that have made Refunded Swing Line Loans
            in the manner contemplated by subsection 2.13.  Subject to
            the proviso contained in the first sentence of this
            paragraph, each Lender's obligation to make the Revolving
            Loans referred to in this paragraph shall be absolute and
            unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance,
            including, without limitation (i) any set-off, counterclaim,
            recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may
            have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrowers or anyone
            else for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or
            continuance of an Event of Default or Potential Event of
            Default; (iii) the occurrence of any Material Adverse
            Effect; (iv) any breach of this Agreement by any of the
            Borrowers or any other Lender; or (v) any other
            circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not
            similar to any of the foregoing.  A copy of each notice
            given by the Swing Line Lender to the Administrative Agent
            pursuant to this paragraph shall promptly be delivered by
            the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers and the Lenders.

                      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
            the Swing Line Lender shall not be obligated to make any
            Swing Line Loans if it has elected after the occurrence and
            during the continuation of a Potential Event of Default or
            Event of Default not to make Swing Line Loans and has
            notified the Borrowers in writing or by telephone of such
            election.  The Swing Line Lender shall promptly give notice
            to the Administrative Agent of such election not to make
            Swing Line Loans.

                      The Swing Line Lender may resign, effective as set
            forth below, at any time by giving written notice thereof to
            the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers.  Upon any such
            resignation, Requisite Lenders shall have the right to
            appoint one of the Lenders as successor Swing Line Lender.
            If no successor Swing Line Lender shall have been so
            appointed by Requisite Lenders, and shall have accepted such
            appointment within 30 days after the retiring Swing Line
            Lender's giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring
            Swing Line Lender may appoint a successor Swing Line Lender
            from among the Lenders.  Upon the acceptance of any
            appointment as Swing Line Lender hereunder by a successor
            Swing Line Lender, the resignation of the retiring Swing
            Line Lender shall become effective and such successor Swing
            Line Lender shall thereupon succeed to and become vested


                                           31





<PAGE>   38
            with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the
            retiring Swing Line Lender, and the retiring Swing Line
            Lender shall be discharged from its duties and obligations
            as Swing Line Lender under this Agreement.

                      C.   BID BORROWINGS.  In addition to Committed
            Borrowings pursuant to subsections 2.1A and 2.1B, each
            Lender severally agrees that the Borrowers may, as set forth
            in subsection 2.2E, from time to time request the Lenders
            prior to the Revolver Maturity Date to submit offers to make
            Bid Loans to the Borrowers; provided, however, that the
            Lenders may, but shall have no obligation to, submit such
            offers and the Borrowers may, but shall have no obligation
            to, accept any such offers; and provided, further, that (i)
            at no time shall the Total Utilization of Revolving
            Commitments exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments; and
            (ii) at no time shall the outstanding aggregate principal
            amount of all Bid Loans made by all Lenders exceed the
            lesser of (a) 50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments and
            (b) $75,000,000.

                      2.2  MAKING THE LOAN

                      A.   PROCEDURE FOR COMMITTED BORROWING.  Each
            Committed Borrowing shall be made on notice, given, in the
            case of Base Rate Loans, not later than 9:00 A.M. (San
            Francisco time) on the Business Day prior to the date of
            such proposed Borrowing, in the case of Swing Line Loans,
            not later than 11:00 A.M. (San Francisco time) on the date
            of the proposed Borrowing and in the case of Eurodollar Rate
            Loans, not later than 9:00 A.M. (San Francisco time) on the
            third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed
            Borrowing, by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent,
            which shall give to the Swing Line Lender or each Lender, as
            the case may be, prompt notice thereof by telecopy, telex or
            cable.  Each such notice of a Committed Borrowing (a "Notice
            of Borrowing") shall be by telecopy, telex or cable,
            confirmed immediately in writing, in substantially the form
            of EXHIBIT I hereto, specifying therein (i) whether such
            Borrowing is to consist of a Swing Line Loan or Revolving
            Loans, (ii) the requested Funding Date (which shall be a
            Business Day), (iii) whether such Committed Borrowing is to
            consist of Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, (iv) in
            the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, the requested Interest
            Period therefor, (v) the requested aggregate amount of such
            Committed Borrowing, (vi) the Borrower that is to receive
            the proceeds of such Borrowing and (vii) the amount of
            proceeds to be received by each such Borrower.  In addition,
            a Notice of Borrowing shall certify that the amount of the
            proposed Borrowing, when added to the Total Utilization of
            Revolving Loan Commitments immediately prior to such
            Borrowing, will not exceed the aggregate Revolving
            Commitments then in effect.  Each Lender shall, before


                                           32





<PAGE>   39
            10:00 A.M. (San Francisco time) on the date of such
            Committed Borrowing of Revolving Loans, make available for
            the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the
            Administrative Agent, such Lender's Pro Rata Share (with
            respect to the applicable Commitment) of such Borrowing by
            depositing same day funds in the Administrative Agent's
            Account No. 12332-15414 re:  Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-
            Outs Inc. Attention:  Global Agency #5596, maintained at
            Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, ABA
            No. 1210-0035-8 or in such other account as the
            Administrative Agent may from time to time specify in
            writing to the Lenders.  The Swing Line Lender shall, before
            2:00 P.M. (San Francisco time) on the date of such Borrowing
            of Swing Line Loans, make available to the Administrative
            Agent, the amount of such Borrowing by depositing same day
            funds with the Administrative Agent as described in the
            immediately preceding sentence.  Upon fulfillment of the
            applicable conditions set forth in Section 3, the
            Administrative Agent will make the proceeds of the Loans
            received by it available to the Borrowers, that, in
            accordance with the related Notice of Borrowing, are to
            receive such proceeds, by crediting such Borrowers' accounts
            maintained at such office of the Administrative Agent or any
            other account of any Borrower with the Administrative Agent
            as such Borrower shall advise the Administrative Agent in
            writing.

                      With respect to any Committed Borrowing, in lieu
            of delivering the above described Notice of Borrowing,
            Authorized Persons, on behalf of the Borrowers, may give the
            Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time
            of any proposed borrowing under this subsection 2.2;
            provided, however, that such notice shall be promptly
            confirmed in writing by delivery of a Notice of Borrowing to
            the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall
            incur no liability to the Borrowers in acting upon any
            telephonic notice referred to above (or with respect to any
            other Borrowing hereunder) which the Administrative Agent
            believes in good faith to have been given by an Authorized
            Person or Authorized Persons of the Borrowers or for
            otherwise acting in good faith under this subsection 2.2 and
            in making any Loans in accordance with this Agreement
            pursuant to any telephonic notice.

                      B.   NOTICE OF BORROWING.  Each Notice of
            Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrowers.
            The Borrowers shall indemnify each Lender against any loss,
            cost or expense incurred by such Lender as a result of any
            failure by the Borrowers to fulfill on or before the date
            specified in such Notice of Borrowing for such Borrowing the
            applicable conditions set forth in Section 3 (other than
            conditions that have been waived by the Lenders in
            accordance with subsection 10.1), including, without


                                           33





<PAGE>   40
            limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated
            profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the
            liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds
            acquired by such Lender to fund the Loan to be made by such
            Lender as a part of such Borrowing when such Loan, as a
            result of such failure, is not made on such date.

                      C.   PAYMENTS BY LENDERS.  Unless the
            Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a
            Lender (i) prior to the date of any such Borrowing
            (including without limitation Borrowings made pursuant to
            subsection 2.1B) that such Lender will not make available to
            the Administrative Agent such Lender's Pro Rata Share (with
            respect to the applicable Commitment) of such Borrowing or
            (ii) prior to the date of the issuance of any Letter of
            Credit that such Lender will not purchase a participation in
            such Letter of Credit, in each case because of an existence
            of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, the
            Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made
            such amount available to the Administrative Agent on the
            date of such Borrowing in accordance with subsection 2.2A
            (or otherwise in accordance with subsection 2.1B) or that
            such Lender will purchase a participation in such Letter of
            Credit in accordance with subsection 2.16, as the case may
            be, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such
            assumption, make available to the Borrowers (or in the case
            of a Revolving Loan made pursuant to subsection 2.1B, to the
            Swing Line Lender) on such date a corresponding amount and
            the Issuing Bank may, in reliance upon such assumption,
            issue the Letter of Credit, as the case may be.  If and to
            the extent that a Lender not providing such notice shall not
            have so made its Pro Rata Share (with respect to the
            applicable Commitment) available to the Administrative
            Agent, such Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to
            repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such
            corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for
            each day from the date such amount is made available to the
            Borrowers or the Swing Line Lender (as the case may be)
            until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative
            Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrowers, the interest
            rate applicable at the time to Loans comprising such
            Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Federal
            Funds Rate.  If such Lender shall repay to the
            Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount
            so repaid shall constitute such Lender's Loan as part of
            such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.  The
            Borrowers reserve all of their rights against any defaulting
            Lender.

                      D.   SEVERAL OBLIGATIONS OF LENDERS.  The failure
            of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of
            any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its
            obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date


                                       34





<PAGE>   41
            of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for
            the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made
            by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

                       E.   PROCEDURE FOR BID BORROWINGS.

                      (i)  When the Borrowers wish to request the
            Lenders to submit offers to make Bid Loans hereunder, they
            shall transmit to the Administrative Agent by telephone call
            followed promptly by written transmission a notice in
            substantially the form of EXHIBIT IV (a "Competitive Bid
            Request") so as to be received no later than 9:00 A.M. (San
            Francisco time) (x) four Business Days prior to the date of
            a proposed Bid Borrowing in the case of a LIBOR Auction, or
            (y) one Business Day prior to the date of a proposed Bid
            Borrowing in the case of an Absolute Rate Auction,
            specifying:

                           (a)  the Funding Date for such
                   Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

                           (b)  the aggregate amount of such
                 Borrowing, which shall be a minimum amount of
                 $5,000,000 or in multiples of $1,000,000 in excess
                 thereof;

                           (c)  whether the Competitive Bids
                 requested are to be for LIBOR Bid Loans or
                 Absolute Rate Bid Loans;

                           (d)  the duration of the Interest Period
                 applicable thereto, subject to the provisions of
                 the definition of "Interest Period;" and

                           (e)  the Borrower that is to receive the
                 proceeds of such Borrowing.

            Subject to subsection 2.2E(iii), the Borrowers may not
            request Competitive Bids more than twice in any period of
            five consecutive Business Days.

                      (ii)  Upon receipt of a Competitive Bid Request
            and a bid fee of $400 in respect thereof, the Administrative
            Agent will promptly send to the Lenders by telex or
            facsimile transmission an invitation by the Borrowers to
            each Lender to submit Competitive Bids offering to make the
            Bid Loans to which such Competitive Bid Request relates in
            accordance with this subsection 2.2E (an "Invitation for
            Competitive Bids").

                      (iii)(a)  Each Lender may at its discretion
                 submit a Competitive Bid containing an offer or
                 offers to make Bid Loans in response to any


                                           35





<PAGE>   42
                 Invitation for Competitive Bids.  Each Competitive
                 Bid must comply with the requirements of this
                 subsection 2.2E(iii) and must be submitted to the
                 Administrative Agent by telex or facsimile
                 transmission at the Administrative Agent's office
                 specified in the Invitation for Competitive Bids
                 not later than (1) 7:30 A.M. (San Francisco time)
                 three Business Days prior to the proposed Funding
                 Date, in the case of a LIBOR Auction or
                 (2) 7:30 A.M. (San Francisco time) on the proposed
                 Funding Date, in the case of an Absolute Rate
                 Auction; provided that Competitive Bids submitted
                 by BofA (or any Affiliate of BofA) in the capacity
                 of a Lender may be submitted, and may only be
                 submitted, if BofA or such Affiliate notifies the
                 Borrowers of the terms of the offer or offers
                 contained therein not later than (A) 7:15 A.M.
                 (San Francisco time) three Business Days prior to
                 the proposed Funding Date, in the case of a LIBOR
                 Auction or (B) 7:15 A.M. (San Francisco time) on
                 the proposed Funding Date, in the case of an
                 Absolute Rate Auction.

                           (b)  Each Competitive Bid shall be in
                 substantially the form of EXHIBIT V, specifying
                 therein:

                                (I)  the proposed Funding Date;

                                     (II)  the principal amount of each
                      Bid Loan for which such Competitive Bid is
                      being made, which principal amount (x) may be
                      equal to, greater than or less than the
                      Revolving Commitment of the quoting Lender,
                      (y) must be $5,000,000 or in multiples of
                      $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and (z) may not
                      exceed the principal amount of Bid Loans for
                      which Competitive Bids were requested;

                                     (III)  in case the Borrowers elect
                      a LIBOR Auction, the margin above or below
                      LIBOR (the "LIBOR Bid Margin") offered for
                      each such Bid Loan, expressed as a percentage
                      (rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) to be
                      added to or subtracted from the applicable
                      LIBOR and the Interest Period applicable
                      thereto;

                                     (IV)  in case the Borrowers elect
                      an Absolute Rate Auction, the rate of
                      interest per annum (rounded upward to the
                      nearest 1/100th of 1%) (the "Absolute Rate")
                      offered for each such Bid Loan;


                                           36





<PAGE>   43

                                     (V)  the identity of the quoting
                      Lender; and

                                     (VI)  any Interest Payment Dates
                      other than the last day of the Interest
                      Period applicable thereto.

                 A Competitive Bid may contain up to three separate
                 offers by the quoting Lender with respect to each
                 Interest Period specified in the related
                 Invitation for Competitive Bids.

                           (c)  Any Competitive Bid shall be
                 disregarded if it:

                                     (I)  is not substantially in
                      conformity with EXHIBIT V or does not specify
                      all of the information required by subsection
                      (iii)(b) of this subsection;

                                     (II)  contains qualifying,
                      conditional or similar language;

                                     (III)  proposes terms other than or
                      in addition to those set forth in the
                      applicable Invitation for Competitive Bids;
                      or

                                     (IV)  arrives after the time set
                      forth in subsection (iii)(a).

                      (iv)  Promptly on receipt and not later than
            8:00 A.M. (San Francisco time) three Business Days prior to
            the proposed Funding Date in the case of a LIBOR Auction, or
            8:00 A.M. (San Francisco time) on the proposed Funding Date,
            in the case of an Absolute Rate Auction, the Administrative
            Agent will notify the Borrowers of the terms (a) of any
            Competitive Bid submitted by a Lender that is in accordance
            with subsection 2.2E(iii), and (b) of any Competitive Bid
            that amends, modifies or is otherwise inconsistent with a
            previous Competitive Bid submitted by such Lender with
            respect to the same Competitive Bid Request.  Any such
            subsequent Competitive Bid shall be disregarded by the
            Administrative Agent unless such subsequent Competitive Bid
            is submitted solely to correct a manifest error in such
            former Competitive Bid and only if received within the times
            set forth in subsection 2.2E(iii).  The Administrative
            Agent's notice to the Borrowers shall specify (1) the aggre-
            gate principal amount of Bid Loans for which offers have
            been received for each Interest Period specified in the
            related Competitive Bid Request; and (2) the respective
            principal amounts and LIBOR Bid Margins or Absolute Rates,
            as the case may be, so offered.  Subject only to the


                                           37





<PAGE>   44
            provisions of subsection 3.2 hereof and the provisions of
            this subsection (iv), any Competitive Bid shall be
            irrevocable except with the written consent of the
            Administrative Agent given on the written instructions of
            the Borrowers.

                      (v)  Not later than 8:45 A.M. (San Francisco time)
            three Business Days prior to the proposed Funding Date, in
            the case of a LIBOR Auction, or 8:45 A.M. (San Francisco
            time) on the proposed Funding Date, in the case of an
            Absolute Rate Auction, the Borrowers shall notify the
            Administrative Agent of their acceptance or non-acceptance
            of the offers so notified to them pursuant to subsection
            2.2E(iv).  The Borrowers shall be under no obligation to
            accept any offer and may choose to reject all offers.  In
            the case of acceptance, such notice shall specify the
            aggregate principal amount of offers for each Interest
            Period that is accepted.  The Borrowers may accept any
            Competitive Bid in whole or in part; provided that:

                           (a)  the aggregate principal amount of
                 each Bid Borrowing may not exceed the applicable
                 amount set forth in the related Competitive Bid
                 Request;

                           (b)  the principal amount of each Bid
                 Borrowing must be $5,000,000 or in any multiple of
                 $1,000,000 in excess thereof;

                           (c)  acceptance of offers may only be
                 made on the basis of ascending LIBOR Bid Margins
                 or Absolute Rates within each Interest Period, as
                 the case may be; and

                           (d)  the Borrowers may not accept any
                 offer that is described in subsection 2.2E(iii)(c)
                 or that otherwise fails to comply with the
                 requirements of this Agreement.

                      (vi)  If offers are made by two or more Lenders
            with the same LIBOR Bid Margins or Absolute Rates, as the
            case may be, for a greater aggregate principal amount than
            the amount in respect of which such offers are accepted for
            the related Interest Period, the principal amount of Bid
            Loans in respect of which such offers are accepted shall be
            allocated by the Administrative Agent among such Lenders as
            nearly as possible (in such multiples, not less than
            $1,000,000, as the Administrative Agent may deem
            appropriate) in proportion to the aggregate principal
            amounts of such offers.  Determination by the Administrative
            Agent of the amounts of Bid Loans shall be conclusive in the
            absence of manifest error.


                                           38





<PAGE>   45
                      (vii)  (a)  The Administrative Agent will promptly
                 by no later than 9:15 A.M. notify each Lender having
                 submitted a Competitive Bid if its offer has been
                 accepted and, if its offer has been accepted, of the
                 amount of the Bid Loan or Bid Loans to be made by it on
                 the Funding Date.

                           (b)  Each Lender, which has received
                 notice pursuant to subsection 2.2E(vii)(a) that
                 its Competitive Bid has been accepted, shall make
                 the amounts of such Bid Loans available to the
                 Administrative Agent for the account of the
                 Borrowers at the Administrative Agent's payment
                 office, by 12:00 Noon (San Francisco time) in the
                 case of Absolute Rate Bid Loans, and by 12:00 Noon
                 (San Francisco time) in the case of LIBOR Bid
                 Loans, on such Funding Date, in funds immediately
                 available to the Administrative Agent for the
                 account of the Borrowers at the Administrative
                 Agent's payment office.

                           (c)  Promptly following each Bid
                 Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall notify
                 each Lender of the ranges of bids submitted and
                 the highest and lowest Competitive Bids accepted
                 for each Interest Period requested by the
                 Borrowers and the aggregate amount borrowed
                 pursuant to such Bid Borrowing.

                           (d)  From time to time, the Borrowers
                 and the Lenders shall furnish such information to
                 the Administrative Agent as the Administrative
                 Agent may request relating to the making of Bid
                 Loans, including the amounts, interest rates,
                 dates of borrowings and maturities thereof, for
                 purposes of the allocation of amounts received
                 from the Borrowers for payment of all amounts
                 owing hereunder.

                      (viii)  If, on or prior to the proposed Funding
            Date, the Revolving Commitments have not been terminated and
            if, on such proposed Funding Date all applicable conditions
            to funding referenced in subsection 3.2 hereof are
            satisfied, the Lender or Lenders whose offers the Borrowers
            have accepted will fund each Bid Loan so accepted.  Nothing
            in this subsection 2.2E shall be construed as a right of
            first offer in favor of the Lenders or to otherwise limit
            the ability of the Borrowers to request and accept credit
            facilities from any Person (including any of the Lenders),
            provided that no Potential Event of Default or Event of
            Default would otherwise arise or exist as a result of the
            Borrower executing, delivering or performing under such
            credit facilities.

                                           39





<PAGE>   46

                      (ix)  Each outstanding Bid Loan shall reduce pro
            tanto the available Revolving Commitments, but shall not
            reduce or affect the Bid Loan Lender's available Revolving
            Commitment or its Pro Rata Share.

                      2.3  FEES

                      A.   COMMITMENT FEES.

                      (i)  The Borrowers agree to pay a commitment fee
            to each Lender on the average daily unused portion of such
            Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Commitments at the
            rate of 0.250% per annum, from the Closing Date, and from
            the effective date specified in the Assignment and
            Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case
            of each other Lender, until the Revolver Maturity Date.
            Such commitment fee shall be payable on the last Business
            Day of each fiscal quarter in arrears for such fiscal
            quarter (or portion thereof).

                      (ii) Anything contained in this Agreement to the
            contrary notwithstanding, for purposes of calculating the
            commitment fees payable by the Borrowers hereunder, (a) the
            "unused portion" of the Revolving Commitments, as of any
            date of determination, shall be an amount equal to the
            aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments in effect on
            such date of determination minus the sum of (1) the
            Revolving Loans outstanding on such date of determination
            and (2) the Letter of Credit Usage as of such date of
            determination and (b) such calculation shall not give effect
            to any limitation on the amount available for borrowing set
            forth in subsection 2.1A but shall give effect to any
            voluntary reduction pursuant to subsection 2.4.

                      B.   OTHER FEES.  The Borrowers agree to pay all
            other fees, including without limitation the arrangement fee
            and the annual agency fee, referred to in the fee letter
            dated August 30, 1993 between the Company and the
            Administrative Agent and the letter dated August 24, 1993
            between Company and the Co-Agent at the times and in the
            amounts specified in such letters.

                      C.   AMENDMENT FEE.  The Borrowers agree to pay on
            the Closing Date an amendment fee to each Lender in amount
            equal to such Lender's Pro Rata Share of 0.10% of the
            aggregate Revolving Commitments.

                      2.4  VOLUNTARY REDUCTIONS OF COMMITMENTS

                      The Borrowers, acting together, shall have the
            right, at any time and from time to time, to terminate in
            whole or permanently reduce ratably in part, without premium
            or penalty, the unused portions of the Lenders' respective


                                           40





<PAGE>   47
            Commitments, by giving not less than five Business Days'
            prior written notice to the Administrative Agent or
            telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing designating
            that the Commitments are to be reduced, the date (which
            shall be a Business Day) of any such termination or
            reduction and the amount of any partial reduction.  Such
            termination or partial reduction of the Commitments shall be
            effective on the dates specified in such notice and shall
            reduce the respective Commitment of each Lender
            proportionately to its Pro Rata Share for such Commitment.
            Any such partial reduction of the Commitments shall be in an
            aggregate minimum amount of $5,000,000 and integral
            multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount.  Any
            reduction of the aggregate Revolving Commitments to an
            amount below the then current amount of the Swing Line
            Commitment shall result in an automatic corresponding
            reduction of the Swing Line Commitment to the amount of the
            Revolving Commitments, as so reduced.

                      2.5  REPAYMENT

                      A.   Each Bid Loan shall mature, and the principal
            amount thereof shall be due and payable, on the last day of
            the Interest Period applicable thereto.  Subject to
            subsection 10.1, the Borrowers may not voluntarily prepay
            all or any portion of the principal amount of any Bid Loan
            prior to the maturity thereof.

                      B.   The Borrowers shall repay to the
            Administrative Agent the principal amount of each Revolving
            Loan owing to each Lender for the account of each Lender and
            all other amounts owing hereunder with respect to the
            Revolving Commitments on the Revolver Maturity Date for the
            account of each Lender.

                      C.   The Borrowers shall repay to the
            Administrative Agent the principal amount of each Swing Line
            Loan for the account of the Swing Line Lender and all other
            amounts owing hereunder with respect to the Swing Line
            Commitment on the Revolver Maturity Date for the account of
            the Swing Line Lender.

                      2.6  OPTIONAL AND MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS

                      A.   OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS.  The Borrowers may,
            upon written notice to the Administrative Agent stating the
            Type of the Loans to be prepaid and the Committed Borrowing
            of which such Loans were a part, and the proposed date and
            aggregate principal amount of the prepayment (provided that
            such notice shall be given not later than 10:00 A.M. (San
            Francisco time) (a) on the proposed date of such prepayment
            in the case of a Swing Line Loan, (b) at least one Business
            Day prior to the proposed date of such prepayment, in the


                                           41





<PAGE>   48
            case of a prepayment of Revolving Loans that are Base Rate
            Loans and (c) at least four Business Days prior to the
            proposed date of such prepayment, in the case of Revolving
            Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans prepaid on other than
            the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto), and
            if such notice is given, the Borrowers shall, prepay without
            premium or penalty the outstanding principal amounts of the
            Loans of the Type specified comprising part of the same
            Borrowing in whole or ratably in part; provided, however,
            that any prepayment of any Eurodollar Rate Loans on other
            than the last day of an Interest Period for such Loans shall
            be subject to subsection 2.10; and provided, further, that
            each partial prepayment of the Loans shall be in an
            aggregate principal amount not less than $3,000,000 or an
            integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.  In lieu
            of delivering the above described notice, Authorized
            Persons, on behalf of the Borrowers, may give the
            Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time
            of any proposed prepayments; provided, however that such
            notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing.  The
            Administrative Agent shall incur no liability to the
            Borrowers in acting upon any such telephonic notice which
            the Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been
            given by an Authorized Person or Authorized Persons of the
            Borrowers or for otherwise acting in good faith under this
            subsection 2.6A.  Notice of prepayment having been given as
            aforesaid, the principal amount of the Loans specified in
            such notice, and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, all
            interest accrued thereon through the date of prepayment,
            shall become due and payable on the prepayment date.

                      B.   MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS.  At any time the Total
            Utilization of Revolving Commitments outstanding exceeds the
            aggregate Revolving Commitments then in effect the Borrowers
            shall immediately prepay the Loans in an amount equal to the
            applicable excess.  In addition, at the commencement of and
            during the 45 consecutive day period set forth in clause
            (ii) of the last paragraph of subsection 2.1A, the Borrowers
            shall immediately prepay the Loans in an amount necessary to
            reduce and maintain the aggregate principal amount of Clean-
            Down Debt to the level required thereby.

                      C.   APPLICATION OF MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS.

                           (i)  Application to Loans.  Mandatory
                 prepayments of Loans shall be applied first to repay
                 outstanding Swing Line Loans, to the full extent
                 thereof, second to repay outstanding Revolving Loans,
                 to the full extent thereof, and third to cash
                 collateralize all Letters of Credit and to repay
                 amounts to become due thereunder.


                                           42





<PAGE>   49
                           (ii)  Application by Type of Loan.  Subject to
                 clause (i) above, any mandatory prepayment shall be
                 applied first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent
                 thereof before application to Eurodollar Rate Loans.

                           (iii)  Application to Principal and Interest of
                 Loans.  All mandatory prepayments of Eurodollar Rate
                 Loans shall include payment of accrued interest on the
                 principal amount so prepaid and shall be applied to
                 payment of interest before application to principal.

                      2.7  INTEREST

                      The Borrowers shall pay interest on the unpaid
            principal amount of each Loan made by each Lender from the
            date of each such Loan until such principal amount shall be
            paid in full, at the applicable rate set forth below:

                           A.   BASE RATE LOANS.  During such periods as
                 a Committed Loan is a Base Rate Loan, at a rate per
                 annum equal at all times to the Base Rate in effect
                 from time to time, payable in arrears on each Interest
                 Payment Date with respect to such Loan during such
                 periods and on the date such Loan shall be paid in
                 full; provided, however, that after the occurrence and
                 during the continuance of any Event of Default, the
                 Base Rate Loans shall bear interest, payable on demand,
                 at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2.00% per
                 annum above the rate of interest otherwise payable
                 under this Agreement;

                           B.   EURODOLLAR RATE LOANS.  During such
                 periods as a Committed Loan is a Eurodollar Rate Loan,
                 at a rate per annum equal at all times during each
                 Interest Period for such Loan to the sum of the
                 Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus
                 the Applicable Margin, payable in arrears on each
                 Interest Payment Date with respect to such Loan during
                 such Interest Period, and on the date such Loan shall
                 be paid in full; provided, however, that after the
                 occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of
                 Default, the Eurodollar Rate Loans shall bear interest,
                 payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all
                 times to 2.00% per annum above the rate of interest
                 otherwise payable under this Agreement.  Anything
                 herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (w) none of the
                 Loans made pursuant to subsection 2.1A shall constitute
                 a Eurodollar Rate Loan (or shall bear interest at the
                 rate provided in this subsection 2.7B) unless the
                 Borrowers shall so request by notice given pursuant to
                 subsection 2.2 or 2.9; (x) in the absence of such
                 request by the Borrower, or if an Event of Default or
                 Potential Event of Default occurs and is continuing,


                                           43





<PAGE>   50
                 none of the Loans made pursuant to subsection 2.1A
                 shall constitute a Eurodollar Rate Loan (or shall bear
                 interest at the rate provided in this subsection 2.7B)
                 and with respect to an outstanding Eurodollar Rate
                 Loan, at the end of the Interest Period in effect at
                 the time of such Event of Default or Potential Event of
                 Default, such Loan shall constitute a Base Rate Loan
                 and shall bear interest at the rate provided in
                 subsection 2.7A above; (y) none of the Swing Line Loans
                 shall constitute a Eurodollar Rate Loan; and (z) none
                 of the Loans made pursuant to subsection 2.1A on the
                 Closing Date shall constitute a Eurodollar Rate Loan
                 (or shall bear interest as provided in this subsection
                 2.7B).

                           C.   LIBOR BID LOANS.  During such period as
                 a Bid Loan is a LIBOR Bid Loan, at a rate per annum
                 equal at all times to LIBOR plus (or minus) the LIBOR
                 Bid Margin, payable in arrears on each Interest Payment
                 Date with respect to such Loan during the applicable
                 Interest Period and on the date such Loan is paid in
                 full; provided, however, that after the occurrence and
                 during the continuance of any Event of Default, the
                 LIBOR Bid Loans shall bear interest, payable on demand,
                 at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2.00% per
                 annum above the rate of interest otherwise payable
                 under this Agreement.

                           D.   ABSOLUTE RATE BID LOANS.  During such
                 period as a Bid Loan is an Absolute Rate Bid Loan, at a
                 rate per annum equal at all times to the Absolute Rate,
                 payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with
                 respect to such Loan during the applicable Interest
                 Period and on the date such Loan is paid in full;
                 provided, however, that after the occurrence and during
                 the continuance of any Event of Default, the Absolute
                 Bid Rate Loans shall bear interest, payable on demand ,
                 at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2.00% per
                 annum above the rate of interest otherwise payable
                 under this Agreement.

                      2.8  INTEREST RATE DETERMINATION AND PROTECTION

                      A.   The Administrative Agent shall give prompt
            notice to the Borrowers and the Lenders of the applicable
            interest rate determined by the Administrative Agent for
            purposes of subsection 2.7.

                      B.   If, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans
            or LIBOR Bid Loans, any Lender notifies (and provides a
            certificate in reasonable detail as to the reasons and
            amounts relating thereto) the Borrowers with a copy to the
            Administrative Agent that, as a result of circumstances


                                           44





<PAGE>   51
            affecting Eurodollar markets, the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate
            or LIBOR, as the case may be for any Interest Period for
            such Loans will not adequately reflect the cost to such
            Lender of making, funding or maintaining its Eurodollar Rate
            Loans or LIBOR Bid Loans for such Interest Period,
            whereupon:

                           (i) the Borrowers shall from time to time
                 pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such
                 Lender all amounts payable under subsection 2.10A and
                 2.10B,

                           (ii) each such Eurodollar Rate Loan by such
                 Lender will automatically, on the last day of the then
                 existing Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base
                 Rate Loan (or, if such Loan is then a Base Rate Loan,
                 will continue as a Base Rate Loan), and

                           (iii) the obligations of such Lender to make,
                 or to Convert Loans into, Eurodollar Rate Loans shall
                 be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall
                 notify the Borrowers that the circumstances causing
                 such suspension by such Lender no longer exist (and
                 such Lender shall make all of its Loans as Base Rate
                 Loans notwithstanding any election by the Borrowers to
                 have the Lenders make, or to Convert any Loans into,
                 Eurodollar Rate Loans).

                      C.   If the Borrower shall fail to select the
            duration of any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate
            Loans in accordance with the provisions contained in the
            definition of "Interest Period" in subsection 1.1, the
            Administrative Agent will forthwith so notify the Borrowers
            and the Lenders and such Loans will automatically, on the
            last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor,
            Convert into Base Rate Loans.

                      2.9  VOLUNTARY CONVERSION OR CONTINUATION OF LOANS

                      The Borrowers may, subject to the provisions of
            subsections 2.8 and 2.15, (i) Convert all or any portion of
            the Base Rate Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) into
            Eurodollar Rate Loans, and vice versa and (ii) upon the
            expiration of any Interest Period applicable to a Eurodollar
            Rate Loan, continue all or any portion of such Loan as a
            Eurodollar Rate Loan; provided, however, that any such
            Conversion of any Eurodollar Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans
            shall be made on, and only on, the last day of an Interest
            Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loans, and any such
            Conversion of Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans
            shall (i) be in an amount not less than the minimum amount
            specified in subsection 2.1 for a Borrowing of the relevant


                                           45





<PAGE>   52
            type and (ii) not be made if an Event of Default or
            Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

                      The Borrowers shall deliver a Notice of
            Conversion/Continuation (executed by an Authorized Person from each
            Borrower) to the Administrative Agent no later than 9:00 A.M. (San
            Francisco time) at least three Business Days in advance of the
            proposed conversion/continuation date (in the case of a Conversion
            to, or a continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate Loan).  A Notice of
            Conversion/Continuation shall certify (i) the proposed
            conversion/continuation date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii)
            the type and amount of the Loan to be converted/continued, (iii)
            the nature of the proposed conversion/continuation, (iv) in the
            case of a Conversion to, or a continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate
            Loan, the requested Interest Period, and (v) that no Potential
            Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
            or would result from the proposed conversion/continuation.  In lieu
            of delivering the above described Notice of
            Conversion/Continuation, Authorized Persons of the Borrowers may
            give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required
            time of any proposed conversion/continuation under this subsection
            2.9; provided that such notice shall be promptly confirmed in
            writing by delivery of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to the
            Administrative Agent on or before the proposed
            conversion/continuation date.

                      Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall
            incur any liability to the Borrowers in acting upon any telephonic
            notice referred to above that the Administrative Agent believes in
            good faith to have been given by an Authorized Person or Authorized
            Persons on behalf of the Borrowers or for otherwise acting in good
            faith under this subsection 2.9 and upon conversion/continuation by
            the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement pursuant
            to any telephonic notice, the Borrowers shall have effected the
            conversion/continuation of Loans hereunder.

                      A Notice of Conversion/Continuation for Conversion
            to, or continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate Loan (or
            telephonic notice in lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable on
            and after such notice is given and the Borrowers shall be
            bound to Convert or continue in accordance therewith.

                      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
            the Borrowers shall not have any right to
            Convert outstanding Swing Line Loans which are Base Rate
            Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans.

                      After the occurrence of and during the continuance
            of a Potential Event of Default or Event of Default, the


                                           46





<PAGE>   53
            Borrowers may not elect to have a Loan be made or continued
            as, or Converted to, a Eurodollar Rate Loan, in each case
            after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect
            for that Loan.

                     2.10  INCREASED COSTS AND FUNDING LOSSES

                      A.   If, due to either (i) the introduction of or
            any change after the date hereof (other than any change by
            way of imposition or increase of reserve requirements
            included in the Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage) in or in
            the interpretation of any law or regulation by any
            Governmental Authority or (ii) the compliance with any
            guideline or request issued or made after the date hereof
            from any central bank or other Governmental Authority
            (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any
            increase in the cost to any Lender or any Issuing Bank of
            agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining
            Eurodollar Rate Loans, LIBOR Bid Loans, or the Letters of
            Credit under this Agreement, then the Borrowers shall from
            time to time, upon demand by such Lender or Issuing Bank
            (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent),
            pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such
            Lender or Issuing Bank additional amounts sufficient to
            compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank for such increased
            cost.  A certificate specifying in reasonable detail the
            amount of such increased cost, the calculation thereof, and
            the basis therefor submitted to the Borrowers and the
            Administrative Agent by such Lender or Issuing Bank, shall
            be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest
            error.  If the Borrowers so notify the Administrative Agent
            within five Business Days after any Lender notifies the
            Borrowers of any increased cost pursuant to the foregoing
            provisions of this subsection 2.10, the Borrowers may
            Convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender then
            outstanding into Base Rate Loans in accordance with
            subsection 2.8 and, additionally, shall reimburse such
            Lender for such increased cost in accordance with this
            subsection 2.10.

                      B.   If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that
            (i) the introduction of any Capital Adequacy Regulation
            after the date hereof, (ii) any change in any Capital
            Adequacy Regulation after the date hereof, (iii) any change
            after the date hereof in the interpretation or
            administration of any Capital Adequacy Regulation by any
            central bank or other Governmental Authority charged with
            the interpretation or administration thereof, or
            (iv) compliance by such Lender or Issuing Bank (or its
            Applicable Lending Office) or any corporation controlling
            such Lender or Issuing Bank with any of the foregoing,
            affects or would affect the amount of capital required or
            expected by any Governmental Authority to be maintained by


                                           47





<PAGE>   54
            such Lender or Issuing Bank or any corporation controlling
            such Lender or Issuing Bank and (taking into consideration
            such Lender's or Issuing Bank's or such corporation's
            policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender's
            or Issuing Bank's desired return on capital) reasonably
            determines that the amount of such capital is increased as a
            consequence of its commitments, loans, credits or
            obligations or the existence of Letters of Credit under this
            Agreement, then, within five Business Days of a demand by
            such Lender or Issuing Bank to the Borrowers (with a copy of
            such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers
            shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of
            such Lender or Issuing Bank, from time to time as specified
            by such Lender or Issuing Bank, additional amounts
            sufficient to compensate such Lender, Issuing Bank or other
            corporation for such increase.  A certificate specifying in
            reasonable detail the amounts, the calculation of such
            amounts and the basis therefor submitted to the Borrowers
            and the Administrative Agent by such Lender or Issuing Bank
            shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent
            manifest error.  Each Lender and each Issuing Bank agrees
            promptly to notify the Borrowers and the Administrative
            Agent of any circumstances that would cause the Borrowers to
            pay additional amounts pursuant to this subsection; provided
            that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the
            Borrowers' obligation to pay such additional amounts
            hereunder.

                      C.   The Borrowers shall compensate each Lender, upon
            written request by that Lender (which request shall set forth in
            reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amounts), for all
            losses, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation,
            any loss or expense arising from interest or fees paid or payable
            by that Lender to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry
            its Eurodollar Rate Loans or Bid Loans and any loss sustained by
            that Lender in connection with the re-employment of such funds),
            that such Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a
            default or error by that Lender) a borrowing of any Eurodollar Rate
            Loan or Bid Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a
            Notice of Borrowing, a Notice of Conversion/Continuation,
            Invitation for Competitive Bids or a telephonic request for
            borrowing or conversion/continuation or a successive Interest
            Period does not commence after notice therefor is given pursuant to
            subsection 2.9, (ii) if any payment or prepayment (by acceleration
            of maturity, mandatory prepayments or otherwise) of any of its
            Eurodollar Rate Loans or Bid Loan occurs on a date that is not the
            last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan, (iii) if
            any payment or prepayment (by acceleration of maturity, mandatory
            prepayments or otherwise) of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans or
            Bid Loans is not made on any date specified in a


                                           48





<PAGE>   55
            notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers, or (iv) as a
            consequence of any other default by the Borrowers to repay
            its Eurodollar Rate Loans or Bid Loans when required by the
            terms of this Agreement.  Such written determination of such
            amount by such Lender shall be conclusive and binding in all
            matters in the absence of manifest error.  This covenant
            shall survive termination of this Agreement and payment of
            the outstanding Obligations.

                        2.11  PAYMENTS AND COMPUTATIONS

                      A.   MANNER AND TIME OF PAYMENT.  The Borrowers
            shall make each payment hereunder irrespective of and
            without condition or deduction for any counterclaim,
            defense, recoupment or setoff in U.S. dollars and in same
            day funds delivered to the Administrative Agent not later
            than 11:00 A.M. (San Francisco time) on the date when due by
            deposit of such funds to the Administrative Agent's Account
            No. 12332-15414, re:  Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-Outs
            Inc., Attention:  Global Agency #5596, maintained at Bank of
            America National Trust and Savings Association, ABA No.
            1210-0035-8, or at such other account as the Administrative
            Agent may from time to time designate by notice to the
            Borrowers.  The Administrative Agent will promptly
            thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to
            (i) the payment of principal or interest relating to the Bid
            Loans to the Bid Loan Lenders for the account of their
            respective Applicable Lending Offices, (ii) the payment of
            principal, interest or commitment fees relating to the
            Revolving Loans ratably (other than amounts payable pursuant
            to subsection 2.10 or 2.12) to the Lenders for the account
            of their respective Applicable Lending Offices, and
            (iii) the payment of any other amount payable to any Lender
            to such Lender for the account of its Applicable Lending
            Office, in each case to be applied in accordance with the
            terms of this Agreement.  Upon its acceptance of an
            Assignment and Acceptance and recording of the information
            contained therein in the Register pursuant to subsection
            10.8D, from and after the effective date specified in such
            Assignment and Acceptance, the Administrative Agent shall
            make all payments hereunder in respect of the interest
            assigned thereby to the Lender assignee thereunder, and the
            parties to such Assignment and Acceptance shall make all
            appropriate adjustments in such payments for periods prior
            to such effective date directly between themselves.

                      B.   AUTHORIZATION TO CHARGE ACCOUNTS.  The
            Borrowers hereby authorize each Lender and Issuing Bank, if
            and to the extent payment owed to such Lender or Issuing
            Bank is not made to the Administrative Agent when due
            hereunder, to charge from time to time against any or all of
            the Borrowers' accounts with such Lender or Issuing Bank any


                                           49





<PAGE>   56
            amount so due; provided that no such charge shall be deemed
            a set-off by the Administrative Agent.

                      C.   COMPUTATIONS.  All computations of interest
            and commitment fees shall be made by the Administrative
            Agent, and all computations of interest pursuant to
            subsection 2.10 shall be made by a Lender, on the basis of a
            year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, with respect to
            interest on Base Rate Loans and a year of 360 days in all
            other cases, in each case for the actual number of days
            (including the first day but excluding the last day)
            occurring in the period for which such interest or
            commitment fees are payable; provided, that if a Loan is
            repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day's
            interest shall be paid on that Loan.  Each determination by
            the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of subsection
            2.10, by a Lender) of an interest rate hereunder shall be
            conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest
            error.

                      D.   PAYMENT ON NON-BUSINESS DAYS.  Whenever any
            payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day other
            than a Business Day, such payment shall be made by the next
            succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in
            such case be included in the computation of payment of
            interest or commitment fee, as the case may be; provided,
            however, that if such extension would cause payment of
            interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans or LIBOR
            Bid Loans to be made in the next following calendar month,
            such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business
            Day.

                      2.12 TAXES

                      A.   Any and all payments by the Borrowers
            hereunder shall be made, in accordance with subsection 2.11,
            free and clear of and without deduction for any and all
            present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions,
            charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect
            thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender, each Issuing
            Bank, and the Administrative Agent, taxes imposed on its
            income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the
            jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender, each
            Issuing Bank, or the Administrative Agent (as the case may
            be) is organized or any political subdivision thereof and,
            in the case of each Lender or Issuing Bank, taxes imposed on
            its income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the
            jurisdiction of such Lender's or Issuing Bank's Applicable
            Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof (all
            such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions,
            charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter
            referred to as "Taxes").  If the Borrowers shall be required
            by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum


                                           50





<PAGE>   57
            payable hereunder to any Lender, any Issuing Bank, or the
            Administrative Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased
            as may be necessary so that after making all required
            deductions (including deductions applicable to additional
            sums payable under this subsection 2.12) such Lender, such
            Issuing Bank, or the Administrative Agent, as the case may
            be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have
            received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the
            Borrowers shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrowers
            shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation
            authority or other authority in accordance with applicable
            law; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required
            pursuant to clause (i) above to increase the sum payable to
            any Lender, any Issuing Bank, or the Administrative Agent
            organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the
            United States if such Lender, such Issuing Bank, or the
            Administrative Agent shall have failed to provide either the
            forms or documents referred to in subsection 2.12E or a
            letter from such Lender, such Issuing Bank, or the
            Administrative Agent stating that it is not legally entitled
            to provide such forms or documents.

                      B.   In addition, the Borrowers agree to pay any
            present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other
            excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which
            arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution,
            delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to,
            this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").

                      C.   The Borrowers will indemnify each Lender,
            each Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent for the full
            amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without
            limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any
            jurisdiction on amounts payable under this subsection 2.12)
            paid by such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Administrative
            Agent (as the case may be) and any liability (including
            penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with
            respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes
            were correctly or legally asserted; provided, in the case of
            Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the
            United States of America, the Borrowers shall not be
            required to indemnify any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the
            Administrative Agent for any liability resulting from the
            failure of such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the
            Administrative Agent to notify the Borrowers on a timely
            basis of the assertion of such Taxes or Other Taxes.  This
            indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date
            such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent
            (as the case may be) makes written demand therefor.  Each
            Lender, each Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent
            agrees to reimburse the Borrowers for amounts paid by the
            Borrowers pursuant to this subsection 2.12 to the extent
            that such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Administrative


                                           51





<PAGE>   58
            Agent actually recovers all or any portion of such amounts
            from the applicable taxing authority.

                      D.   Within 60 days after the date of any payment
            of Taxes, the Borrowers will furnish to the Administrative
            Agent, at its address referred to in subsection 10.2, the
            original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment
            thereof or other evidence of the payment thereof reasonably
            satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

                      E.   Prior to the date of the initial Borrowing in
            the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages
            hereof, and on the date of the Assignment and Acceptance
            pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case of each
            other Lender, (and from time to time thereafter if requested
            by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent) organized
            under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States
            shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers
            with the forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service of
            the United States certifying as to such Lender's status for
            purposes of determining exemption from United States
            withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to
            such Lender hereunder or other documents satisfactory to the
            Borrowers and the Administrative Agent indicating that all
            payments to be made to such Lender hereunder are subject to
            such taxes at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty.
            Unless the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent have
            received forms or other documents satisfactory to them
            indicating that payments hereunder are not subject to United
            States withholding tax or are subject to such tax at a rate
            reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Borrowers or the
            Administrative Agent shall withhold taxes from such payments
            at the applicable statutory rate in the case of payments to
            or for any Lender organized under the laws of a jurisdiction
            outside the United States.

                      F.   Any Lender or any Issuing Bank claiming any
            additional amounts payable pursuant to this subsection 2.12
            shall use its reasonable efforts (consistent with its
            internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to
            change the jurisdiction of its Applicable Lending Office if
            the making of such a change would avoid the need for, or
            reduce the amount of, any such additional amounts which may
            thereafter accrue and would not, in the reasonable judgment
            of such Lender or Issuing Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous
            to such Lender or Issuing Bank.

                      G.   Without prejudice to the survival of any
            other agreement of the Borrowers hereunder, the agreements
            and obligations of the Borrowers contained in this
            subsection 2.12 shall survive the payment in full of
            principal and interest hereunder.


                                           52





<PAGE>   59
                H.   In the event that any Lender shall give
            notice to the Borrowers that such Lender is entitled to
            compensation under this subsection 2.12, and such requested
            compensation materially exceeds the requests, if any, for
            compensation made by the other Lenders under this
            subsection, and unless the change or circumstance giving
            rise to such compensation is no longer in effect and is not
            reasonably likely to reoccur, the Borrowers may (upon 30
            days' prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and
            such Lender) elect to cause such Lender to assign its Loans
            and Commitments in full first, if requested by the
            Administrative Agent and agreed to by the Lenders to whom
            such Loans and Commitments are being assigned, to the
            Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with their Pro
            Rata Shares then in effect or in such other proportions as
            otherwise allocated by the Administrative Agent in its sole
            discretion and agreed to by the Lender or Lenders to whom
            such Loans and Commitments are being assigned and, second to
            an Eligible Assignee agreeing thereto acceptable to the
            Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in their sole
            discretion, in each case in accordance with the provisions
            of subsection 10.8 (so long as such Lender received payment
            in full of the principal amount of all Loans outstanding,
            together with all interest on such Loans and other amounts
            payable to such Lender hereunder to the date of such
            assignment).

                         2.13 SHARING OF PAYMENTS, ETC.

                      If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether
            voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of
            set-off, or otherwise) on account of the Committed Loans
            owing to it (other than a payment on account of Revolving
            Loans and Letters of Credit provided for herein, as to which
            the payments relating thereto are to be shared ratably among
            the Lenders and other than payments pursuant to subsection
            2.10 or 2.12) in excess of its ratable share of payments on
            account of the Committed Loans obtained by all the Lenders
            such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders
            such participations in the Committed Loans owing to them as
            shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share
            the excess payment ratably with each of them, provided,
            however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment
            is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such
            purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender
            shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to
            the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to
            such Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of
            (i) the amount of such Lender's required repayment to
            (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing
            Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by
            the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so
            recovered.  The Borrowers agree that any Lender so


                                           53





<PAGE>   60
            purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to
            this subsection 2.13 or any other provision of this
            Agreement may, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
            exercise all of its rights of payment (including the right
            to set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as
            if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrowers in
            the amount of such participation.

                      2.14 USE OF PROCEEDS

                      A.   LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT.  The proceeds of
            the Loans made by the Lenders and the Letters of Credit
            issued hereunder to the Borrowers shall be used by the
            Borrowers (i) to repay the Existing Loans, (ii) to continue
            the Existing Letters of Credit, (iii) for working capital
            purposes of the Borrowers, (iv) for other letter of credit
            requirements incurred in the ordinary course of business of
            the Borrowers, (v) for refinancing of indebtedness and the
            payment of Restricted Junior Payments to the extent
            permitted under and subject to the restrictions of this
            Agreement, (vi) for acquisitions permitted under subsection
            6.7, and (vii) for the general corporate purposes of the
            Borrowers.

                      B.   PROHIBITED USES.  No portion of the proceeds
            of any Borrowing under this Agreement shall be used by the
            Borrowers in any manner which might cause the Borrowing or
            the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation G,
            Regulation U, Regulation T, or Regulation X of the Board of
            Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other
            regulation of the Board or to violate the Exchange Act, in
            each case as in effect on the date or dates of such
            Borrowing and such use of proceeds.

                      C.   ACKNOWLEDGEMENT.  The Borrowers hereby
            acknowledge and agree that the restrictions on the use of
            proceeds set forth herein are commercially reasonable and
            made in good faith.

                 2.15 ILLEGALITY

                      Notwithstanding any other provision of this
            Agreement, if the introduction of or any change in or in the
            interpretation of any law or regulation shall make it
            unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental
            authority shall assert that it is unlawful, for any Lender
            or its Eurodollar Lending Office to make Eurodollar Rate
            Loans or LIBOR Bid Loans or to continue to fund or maintain
            Eurodollar Rate Loans or LIBOR Bid Loans hereunder (any such
            introduction, change or assertion being an "Event of
            Illegality"), then, on notice thereof (which notice shall
            specify the basis therefor) and demand therefor by such
            Lender to the Borrowers through the Administrative Agent,



                                           54





<PAGE>   61
            (a) the obligation of such Lender to make Eurodollar Rate
            Loans or LIBOR Bid Loans and to Convert Base Rate Loans into
            Eurodollar Rate Loans shall terminate (and such Lender shall
            make all of its Loans as Base Rate Loans notwithstanding any
            election by the Borrowers to have the Lenders make, or to
            Convert any Loans into, Eurodollar Rate Loans) and (b) the
            Borrowers shall within five Business Days of such notice and
            demand, Convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender
            then outstanding into Base Rate Loans in accordance with
            subsection 2.9; provided, however, that, before making any
            such demand, such Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts
            (consistent with its internal policy and legal and
            regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Eurodollar
            Lending Office if the making of such a designation would
            allow such Lender or its Eurodollar Lending office to
            continue to perform its obligations to make Eurodollar Rate
            Loans or to continue to fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate
            Loans and would not, in the judgment of such Lender, be
            otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender; and provided
            further, however, that if at any time after such Conversion
            no such Event of Illegality shall be continuing, such Lender
            shall promptly so notify the Administrative Agent and the
            Borrowers, and the obligation of such Lender to make
            Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be reinstated; and provided
            further, however, that neither the Administrative Agent nor
            such Lender shall have any liability for the manner or
            timeliness of such notice.

                      2.16 LETTERS OF CREDIT

                      A.   LETTERS OF CREDIT.  In addition to the
            Borrowers requesting that the Lenders make Revolving Loans
            pursuant to subsection 2.1, the Borrowers may request, in
            accordance with the provisions of this subsection 2.16A,
            that on and after the Closing Date an Issuing Bank issue
            Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers; provided
            that: (i) the Borrowers shall not request that any Issuing
            Bank issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to
            such issuance, the Total Utilization of Revolving
            Commitments would exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments
            then available, as the amount available under the Revolving
            Commitments may be reduced from time to time pursuant to
            subsection 2.4 or limited from time to time pursuant to
            subsection 2.1A; (ii) in no event shall any Issuing Bank
            issue (x) any Letter of Credit having an expiration date
            later than the Revolver Maturity Date, (y) any Commercial
            Letter of Credit having an expiration date more than 180
            days after its date of issuance; provided that the Issuing
            Bank may issue Commercial Letters of Credit having
            expiration dates between 181 days and 270 days after the
            date of issuance so long as, after giving effect to the
            issuance thereof the aggregate face amount of all such
            Commercial Letters of Credit outstanding does not exceed


                                           55





<PAGE>   62
            $7,500,000, or (z) any Standby Letter of Credit having an
            expiration date more than one year after its date of
            issuance; and (iii) the Borrowers shall not request that any
            Issuing Bank issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving
            effect to such issuance, the Letter of Credit Usage in
            respect of all Letters of Credit would exceed the lesser of
            $50,000,000 or the Revolving Commitments.  The issuance of
            any Letter of Credit in accordance with the provisions of
            this subsection 2.16 shall be given effect in the
            calculation of the Total Utilization of Revolving
            Commitments and shall require the satisfaction of each
            condition set forth in subsection 3.3.

                      Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of
            Credit by the Issuing Bank, each Lender shall be deemed to,
            and hereby agrees to, have irrevocably purchased from the
            Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit and
            drawings thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender's Pro
            Rata Share (with respect to the Revolving Commitments) of
            the maximum amount that is or at any time may become
            available to be drawn thereunder.

                      B.   NOTICE OF ISSUANCE.  Whenever the Borrowers
            desire the issuance of a Letter of Credit, they shall make
            request therefor to the Issuing Bank at least two Business
            Days, or such shorter period as may be agreed to by the
            Issuing Bank in any particular instance, in advance of the
            proposed date of issuance, specifying (i) the proposed date
            of issuance (which shall be a business day under the laws of
            the jurisdiction of the Issuing Bank), (ii) the face amount
            of the Letter of Credit, (iii) the expiration date of the
            Letter of Credit, (iv) the name and address of the
            beneficiary and (v) whether the Letter of Credit requested
            is a Standby Letter of Credit or a Commercial Letter of
            Credit.

                      Together with such request for the issuance of a
            Letter of Credit, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Issuing
            Bank and the Administrative Agent a notice which shall
            certify that (i) the Letter of Credit requested to be
            issued, when added to the then Total Utilization of
            Revolving Commitments, will not exceed the aggregate
            Revolving Commitments therein available, as the amount
            available under the Revolving Commitments may be reduced
            from time to time pursuant to subsection 2.4 or limited from
            time to time pursuant to subsection 2.1A and (ii) subsection
            3.2B is satisfied on and as of the date of delivery of such
            notice to the same extent as though the issuance of such
            Letter of Credit were the making of a Loan, and shall
            deliver to the Issuing Bank an executed application for such
            Letter of Credit in the form customarily required by the
            Issuing Bank for the issuance of commercial letters of
            credit or standby letters of credit, as the case may be, and


                                           56





<PAGE>   63
            specify a precise description of the documents and the
            verbatim text of any certificate to be presented by the
            beneficiary which, if presented by the beneficiary prior to
            the expiration date of the Letter of Credit, would require
            the Issuing Bank to make payment under the Letter of Credit;
            provided that the Issuing Bank, in its reasonable judgment,
            may require changes in any such documents and certificates.
            In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit,
            the Issuing Bank shall be responsible only to determine that
            the documents and certificates required to be delivered
            under that Letter of Credit have been delivered and that
            they comply on their face with the requirements of that
            Letter of Credit.

                      Upon receipt by the Issuing Bank of such notice
            and such other documents from the Borrowers requesting the
            issuance of a Letter of Credit, if the Issuing Bank elects
            to issue such Letter of Credit, it shall so notify the
            Borrowers and the Administrative Agent of the proposed
            issuance and the Issuing Bank shall issue such Letter of
            Credit.  If the Issuing Bank, in its sole discretion, elects
            not to issue such Letter of Credit because issuance of such
            Letter of Credit may violate any applicable laws or any
            applicable policies of the Issuing Bank or any Lender, the
            Issuing Bank shall promptly so notify the Borrowers and the
            Administrative Agent and no Letter of Credit will be issued.
            Upon the issuance, negotiation, amendment or expiration of a
            Letter of Credit, each Issuing Bank shall notify the
            Administrative Agent of such activity and on no less than a
            semi-monthly basis, the Administrative Agent shall notify
            each Lender of such activity and the aggregate face amount
            of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

                      C.   PAYMENT OF AMOUNTS DRAWN UNDER LETTERS OF
            CREDIT.  In the event of any request for drawing under any
            Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof, the Issuing
            Bank shall immediately notify the Borrowers and the
            Administrative Agent, and the Borrowers shall reimburse such
            Issuing Bank on the day on which such drawing is honored in
            an amount in same day funds equal to the amount of such
            drawing.  If the Borrowers shall fail to reimburse such
            Issuing Bank on the date of any drawing under a Letter of
            Credit issued by it in an amount equal to the amount of such
            drawing, (i) the Borrowers shall be deemed to have given a
            Notice of Borrowing to the Administrative Agent requesting
            the Lenders to make Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans
            on the date on which such drawing is honored in an amount
            equal to the amount of such drawing, and (ii) subject to
            satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified in
            subsections 2.1A and 3.2, the Lenders shall, on the Business
            Day next following the date of such drawing, make Revolving
            Loans that are Base Rate Loans in the amount of such drawing
            together with accrued interest thereon at the rate for Base


                                           57





<PAGE>   64
            Rate Loans from the date of drawing to the date of such
            Loans (and shall make such amounts available to the
            Administrative Agent), the proceeds of which shall be
            applied directly by the Administrative Agent to reimburse
            such Issuing Bank for the amount of such drawing together
            with such accrued interest thereon; provided, that, if for
            any reason proceeds of Revolving Loans are not received by
            such Issuing Bank on such date in an amount equal to the
            amount of such drawing together with accrued interest
            thereon, the Borrowers shall reimburse such Issuing Bank,
            within three Business Days of the date of such drawing, in
            an amount in same day funds equal to the excess of the
            amount of such drawing over the amount of such Revolving
            Loans, if any, that are so received, plus accrued interest
            thereon.  Interest on all amounts not reimbursed to such
            Issuing Bank on the date of such drawing shall accrue at the
            rates set forth in the proviso to subsection 2.7A.

                      D.   PAYMENT BY LENDERS.  If the Borrowers shall
            fail to reimburse an Issuing Bank as provided in subsection
            2.16C in an amount equal to the amount of any drawing
            honored by such Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit issued
            by it together with accrued interest thereon, such Issuing
            Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the
            unreimbursed amount of such drawing together with accrued
            interest thereon and the Administrative Agent shall notify
            each Lender of such Lender's respective participation
            therein based on such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the
            Revolving Commitments.  Each Lender shall make available to
            the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing
            Bank an amount equal to its respective participation, in
            same day funds, at the office of the Administrative Agent,
            not later than 9:00 A.M. (San Francisco time) on the
            Business Day next following the date notified by the
            Administrative Agent.  The day of payment by each Lender to
            the Administrative Agent and the day of notice by the
            Administrative Agent to each Lender shall be both a Business
            Day and a business day under the laws of the jurisdiction of
            each such Lender.  If any Lender fails to make available to
            the Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender's
            participation in such Letter of Credit as provided in this
            subsection 2.16D, such Issuing Bank shall be entitled to
            recover such amount on demand from such Lender, together
            with interest (to the extent such interest is not received
            from the Borrowers) until such amount is recovered at the
            Federal Funds Rate.  Nothing in this subsection 2.16 shall
            be deemed to prejudice the right of any Lender to recover
            from an Issuing Bank any amounts made available by such
            Lender to such Issuing Bank pursuant to this subsection
            2.16D if it is determined by a judgment of a court of
            competent jurisdiction that the payment with respect to a
            Letter of Credit by such Issuing Bank in respect of which
            payment was made by such Lender constituted gross negligence


                                           58





<PAGE>   65
            or willful misconduct on the part of such Issuing Bank.
            Each Issuing Bank shall distribute through the
            Administrative Agent to each other Lender which has paid all
            amounts payable by it under this subsection 2.16D with
            respect to any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank
            such other Lender's Pro Rata Share (with respect to the
            Revolving Commitments) of all payments received by such
            Issuing Bank from any Loan Party in reimbursement of
            drawings honored by such Issuing Bank under such Letter of
            Credit when such payments are received.  The Borrowers shall
            be liable to the Lenders for all of the principal and
            interest made available by the Lenders to any Issuing Bank
            pursuant to this subsection 2.16D and interest on all
            amounts made available by Lenders to any Issuing Bank shall
            accrue at the rates set forth in the proviso to subsection
            2.7A.  All such principal and interest amounts shall be part
            of the Obligations.

                      E.   COMPENSATION.  The Borrowers agree to pay the
            following amounts to the Issuing Bank with respect to each
            Letter of Credit issued by it:

                      (1)  if a Commercial Letter of Credit, a
                 Commercial Letter of Credit fee equal to the greater of
                 the Dollar amount or the percentage set forth below
                 opposite the corresponding tenor of the maximum amount
                 available to be drawn under such Commercial Letter of
                 Credit, payable on the date of issuance:

                           Tenor           Fee (the greater of)
                           -----           --------------------

                      Up to 180 days           1/4% or $150
                      181 - 270 days           3/8% or $300

                      (2)  if a Standby Letter of Credit, a Standby
                 Letter of Credit fee equal to the Applicable Margin
                 (plus an additional charge as mutually agreed upon by
                 the Borrowers and the Issuing Bank (the "Agreed Upon
                 Charge")) of the maximum amount available to be drawn
                 under such Standby Letter of Credit on the basis of the
                 actual number of days elapsed in a (360-day) year,
                 payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day
                 of each fiscal quarter; provided, however, that after
                 the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event
                 of Default, such Standby Letter of Credit fee shall
                 increase, from the date on which such Event of Default
                 shall have occurred until the expiration of such
                 Standby Letter of Credit, payable on demand, 2.00% per
                 annum above the Standby Letter of Credit fee otherwise
                 payable under this Agreement;

                      (3)  with respect to drawings made under any
                 Letter of Credit which have not been immediately


                                           59





<PAGE>   66
                 reimbursed by the Borrowers as provided in subsection
                 2.16C, interest, payable on demand, on the amount paid
                 by the Issuing Bank in respect of each such drawing
                 from the date of the drawing through the date such
                 amount is reimbursed by the Borrowers at a rate equal
                 to the Base Rate in effect from time to time; provided,
                 however, that after the occurrence and during the
                 continuance of an Event of Default, such unreimbursed
                 drawing shall bear interest, from the date on which
                 such Event of Default shall have occurred until such
                 amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate
                 per annum equal at all times to 2.00% per annum above
                 the rate of interest otherwise payable under this
                 Agreement; and

                      (4)  negotiation, amendment, presentation,
                 administrative, documentary and processing charges and
                 other charges in accordance with the Issuing Bank's
                 standard schedule for such charges from time to time in
                 effect or as otherwise mutually agreed.

                      Promptly upon receipt by the Issuing Bank of any
            amount described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this
            subsection 2.16E, the Issuing Bank shall deliver to the
            Administrative Agent for distribution to each Lender of its
            Pro Rata Share of such amount, which amount shall be
            distributed to the Lenders no less than quarterly in
            arrears; provided, that (x) with respect to any amount
            described in clause (1), the Issuing Bank shall retain a
            reasonable and customary servicing charge for its own
            account prior to making the foregoing delivery to the
            Administrative Agent and (y) with respect to any amount
            described in clause (2), the Issuing Bank shall retain the
            Agreed Upon Charge for its own account prior to making the
            foregoing delivery to the Administrative Agent.  All amounts
            provided for by this subsection 2.16E are payable
            notwithstanding any cancellation or prepayment of any Letter
            of Credit issued hereunder.

                      F.   OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.  The obligation of the
            Borrowers to reimburse each Issuing Bank for drawings made
            under the Letters of Credit issued by it and, subject to
            subsection 2.2C, the obligations of the Lenders under
            subsection 2.16D shall be unconditional and irrevocable and
            shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this
            Agreement under all circumstances, including, without
            limitation, the following circumstances:

                      (i)  any lack of validity or enforceability of any
                 Letter of Credit;

                      (ii) the existence of any claim, set-off,
                 recoupment, defense or other right that any Loan Party


                                           60





<PAGE>   67
                 or any Lender may have at any time against any
                 beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit
                 (or any persons or entities for whom any such
                 transferee may be acting), any Lender or any other
                 Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the
                 transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated
                 transaction (including any underlying transaction
                 between any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and the
                 beneficiary for which the Letter of Credit was
                 procured);

                      (iii)  any draft, demand, certificate or any other
                 document presented under any Letter of Credit proving
                 to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in
                 any respect or any statement therein being untrue or
                 inaccurate in any respect;

                       (iv)  payment by the Issuing Bank under any Letter
                 of Credit against presentation of a demand, draft or
                 certificate or other document that does not comply with
                 the terms of such Letter of Credit; provided that such
                 payment does not constitute gross negligence or willful
                 misconduct of the Issuing Bank, as determined by a
                 judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction;

                        (v)  the occurrence of any Material Adverse
                 Effect;

                       (vi)  any breach of this Agreement or any other
                 Loan Document by any Loan Party, the Administrative
                 Agent or any Lender;

                      (vii)  the fact that an Event of Default or a
                 Potential Event of Default shall have occurred and be
                 continuing; or

                     (viii)  any other circumstance or happening
                 whatsoever that is similar to any of the foregoing.

                       G.  INDEMNIFICATION; NATURE OF ISSUING BANK'S
            DUTIES.  In addition to amounts payable as elsewhere
            provided in this subsection 2.16, the Borrowers hereby agree
            to protect, indemnify, pay and hold each Issuing Bank
            harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,
            liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses
            (including reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys' fees and
            costs) that such Issuing Bank may incur or be subject to as
            a consequence, direct or indirect, of (i) the issuance of
            any Letter of Credit, or (ii) the failure of such Issuing
            Bank to honor a drawing under any Letter of Credit as a
            result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful,
            of any present or future de jure or de facto government or


                                           61





<PAGE>   68
            governmental authority (all such acts or omissions are
            herein called "Government Acts").

                      As between the Borrowers and any Issuing Bank, the
            Borrowers assume all risks of the acts and omissions of, or
            misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank
            by, the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit.
            In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing,
            subject to the last paragraph of this subsection 2.16G, the
            Issuing Bank shall not be responsible:  (i) for the form,
            validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect
            of any document submitted by any party in connection with
            the application for and issuance of such Letters of Credit,
            even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects
            invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged;
            (ii) for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument
            transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or
            assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits
            thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which
            may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason or for
            the identity of any purported transferee or assignee of any
            beneficiary thereof; (iii) for failure of the beneficiary of
            any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with conditions
            required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit;
            (iv) for errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in
            transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable,
            telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in
            cipher; (v) for errors in interpretation of technical terms;
            (vi) for any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise
            of any document required in order to make a drawing under
            any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof;
            (vii) for the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such
            Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such
            Letter of Credit; and (viii) for any consequences arising
            from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank,
            including, without limitation, any Government Acts.  None of
            the above shall affect, impair, or prevent the vesting of
            any of the Issuing Bank's rights or powers hereunder.

                      In furtherance and extension and not in limitation
            of the specific provisions hereinabove set forth, any action
            taken or omitted to be taken by the Issuing Bank under or in
            connection with the Letters of Credit issued by it or the
            related certificates, if taken or omitted in good faith, and
            to the extent not with gross negligence or willful
            misconduct as determined by a judgment of a court of
            competent jurisdiction, shall not put such Issuing Bank
            under any resulting liability to any Borrower or any of its
            Subsidiaries.

                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
            in this subsection 2.16G, the Borrowers shall have no
            obligation to indemnify any Issuing Bank in respect of any


                                           62





<PAGE>   69
            liability incurred by such Issuing Bank arising out of the
            gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Bank,
            as determined by a judgment of a court of competent
            jurisdiction.

                      H.  COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.  Interest payable
            pursuant to this subsection 2.16 shall be computed on the
            basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days
            elapsed in the period during which it accrues.

                        2.17 EVIDENCE OF DEBT; BID NOTES

                      A.   Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with
            its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the
            indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from
            each Committed Loan owing to such Lender from time to time,
            including the amounts of principal and interest payable and
            paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

                      B.   The Register maintained by the Administrative
            Agent pursuant to subsection 10.8C shall include a control
            account and a subsidiary account for each Lender, in which
            accounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the date and
            amount of each Borrowing made hereunder, (ii) the terms of
            each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by
            it, (iii) the amount of any principal or interest due and
            payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to
            each Lender hereunder, and (iv) the amount of any sum
            received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers
            hereunder and each Lender's share thereof.

                      C.   The entries made in the Register shall be
            conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest
            error.

                      D.   The Bid Loans made by each Lender shall be
            evidenced by a Bid Note payable to the order of such Lender.
            Each Lender shall endorse on the schedules annexed to its
            Bid Note the date, amount and maturity of each Bid Loan made
            by it and the amount of each payment of principal made by
            the Borrowers with respect thereto.  Each Lender is
            irrevocably authorized by the Borrowers to endorse its Bid
            Note and each Lender's record shall constitute prima facie
            evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded;
            provided, however, that the failure of a Lender to make, or
            an error in making, a notation thereon with respect to any
            Bid Loan shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations
            of the Borrowers hereunder or under any such Bid Note to
            such Lender.


                                           63





<PAGE>   70

                       2.18 OBLIGATIONS JOINT AND SEVERAL  

                      Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding,
            each Borrower hereby agrees and acknowledges that the
            obligation of each Borrower for payment of the Obligations
            shall be joint and several with the obligations of each
            other Borrower hereunder.

                      Each Borrower agrees that its joint and several
            obligation to pay all Obligations hereunder is irrevocable,
            absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be
            affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or
            equitable discharge of a guarantor or surety other than the
            indefeasible payment in full of the Obligations, and the
            liability of each Borrower with respect to the Obligations
            shall not be affected, reduced or impaired by
            (i) consideration of the amount of proceeds of the Loans
            received by any Borrower relative to the aggregate amount of
            the Loans, (ii) consideration of the face amount of Letters
            of Credit issued for the account of any Borrower relative to
            the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit issued
            hereunder, (iii) the dissolution or termination of or any
            increase, decrease or change in personnel of, any other
            Borrower, (iv) the insolvency or business failure of, or any
            assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the
            commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
            moratorium or other debtor relief proceedings by or against
            any other Borrower or (v) the appointment of a receiver for,
            or the attachment, restraint of or making or levying of any
            order of court or legal process affecting, the property of
            any other Borrower.  Each Borrower agrees that a separate
            action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against such
            Borrower whether or not action is brought against any other
            Borrower and whether or not any other Borrower is joined in
            any such action or actions.  Any Borrower's payment of a
            portion, but not all, of the Obligations shall in no way
            limit, affect, modify or abridge such Borrower's liability
            for that portion of the Obligations which is not paid.

                      Each Borrower hereby waives any right to require
            the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as a condition of
            payment or performance of the Obligations by such Borrower,
            to proceed against any other Borrower or any other Person,
            to exhaust any security held from any Borrower, or pursue
            any other remedy in the power of the Administrative Agent or
            any Lender. Each Borrower hereby waives any defense arising
            by reason of incapacity, lack of authority or any disability
            or other defense that may be available to any other Borrower
            and any defenses or benefits that may be derived or afforded
            by law which would limit the liability of or exonerate any
            guarantor or surety with respect to the Obligations, or
            which may conflict with the terms and provisions of this
            Agreement.

                                           64





<PAGE>   71

                       2.19 CONTRIBUTION AMONG BORROWERS

                      In order to provide for just and equitable
            contribution among Borrowers, each Borrower hereby agrees
            that if any Borrower shall make payments on the Obligations
            in an amount in excess of the net value of the benefits
            received by such Borrower and its Subsidiaries from
            extensions of credit hereunder (including receipt of the
            proceeds of Loans and any Letters of Credit), it shall have
            a right of contribution against each other Borrower for such
            excess; provided, that such right of contribution shall be
            subordinate to the Lenders' right to receive indefeasible
            payment in full of the Obligations.  The parties hereto
            acknowledge that the right to contribution hereunder shall
            constitute an asset of any Borrower to which such
            contribution is owing.

                      For the purposes of this subsection 2.19, the "net
            value of the benefits" received by any Borrower from
            extensions of credit hereunder shall include benefits of
            funds constituting proceeds of Loans advanced by the Lenders
            to such Borrower or its Subsidiaries and benefits consisting
            of any drawings under Letters of Credit issued for the
            account or benefit of such Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

                      Nothing in this subsection 2.19 shall impair the
            absolute and unconditional obligation of the Borrowers
            jointly and severally to pay all Obligations when the same
            shall become due in accordance with the terms of this
            Agreement.

                      2.20 FINANCIAL CONDITION OF BORROWERS

                      Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender
            shall have any obligation to any Borrower to disclose or
            discuss with such Borrower the Administrative Agent's or any
            Lender's assessment of the financial condition of any
            Borrower, and each Borrower hereby waives any obligation of
            any Lender to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to
            the business, operations or conditions of any Borrower now
            or hereafter known by the Administrative Agent or any
            Lender.  Each Borrower assumes the responsibility for being
            and keeping informed of the financial condition of each
            other Borrower and of all circumstances bearing upon the
            risk of nonpayment of the Obligations by any other Borrower.
            No Lender shall have any obligation to any Borrower arising
            from any Lender's assessment of, or failure to assess, any
            Borrower's financial condition in connection with the
            granting of any Loans or other extensions of credit
            hereunder.


                                           65





<PAGE>   72
                    2.21 EXTENSION OF REVOLVER MATURITY DATE 

                      Not later than 60 days nor earlier than 90 days
            prior to September 30, 1994 or any subsequent anniversary
            thereof, the Borrowers may request a one-year extension of
            the Revolver Maturity Date by written notice to the
            Administrative Agent, which shall promptly notify the
            Lenders of such request, and the Lenders agree to respond to
            the Borrowers' request for an extension within 45 days of
            receipt of such written notice from the Administrative
            Agent; provided, however, that the consent of 100% of the
            Lenders shall be required to extend the Revolver Maturity
            Date and the failure of any Lender to respond to such
            request within such 45-day period shall be deemed a
            rejection of such request and shall not in any manner
            constitute an extension of the Revolver Maturity Date.  Each
            Lender's decision with respect to any requested extension of
            the Revolver Maturity Date shall be in its sole discretion.
            If all of the Lenders consent to such extension, the
            Revolver Maturity Date then in effect shall automatically be
            extended by one year without any further action on the part
            of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or the Borrowers.

                      2.22 EXISTING LOANS AND EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT

                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
            Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this
            Agreement and in reliance upon the representations and
            warranties of the Borrowers herein set forth, as of the
            Closing Date, all loans outstanding under the Existing
            Credit Agreement on the Closing Date (the "Existing Loans")
            shall be assigned by the Existing Lenders to the Lenders
            proportionately to their Pro Rata Shares, and shall be
            repaid in full with the proceeds of the initial Loans
            hereunder.  All letters of credit issued pursuant to the
            Existing Credit Agreement that are outstanding on the
            Closing Date or with respect to which an unpaid
            reimbursement obligation is outstanding on the Closing Date
            ("Existing Letters of Credit") for all purposes of this
            Agreement shall be deemed to have been issued under and
            pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as Letters of
            Credit.  Any amounts of accrued interest, commitment fees,
            letter of credit fees or other amounts (including, without
            limitation, any Eurodollar Loan breakage costs payable with
            respect to the assignment and repayment of the Existing
            Loans) owed (whether or not presently due and payable) by
            the Borrowers to the Existing Lenders under or in respect of
            the Existing Loans and Existing Letters of Credit shall be
            due and payable to the Existing Lenders on the Closing Date.




                                           66





<PAGE>   73
                 Section 3.  CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO LOANS AND
                             LETTERS OF CREDIT

                        3.1  CONDITIONS TO INITIAL LOANS

                      The obligation of each Lender to make its initial
            Revolving Loan, the obligation of the Swing Line Lender to
            make the initial Swing Line Loan and the obligation of the
            Issuing Bank to issue the initial Letter of Credit are in
            addition to the conditions precedent specified in
            subsections 3.2 and 3.3, subject to the prior or concurrent
            fulfillment to its satisfaction of the following conditions:

                      A.   DELIVERY OF THE BORROWER DOCUMENTS.  On or
            before the Closing Date, each Borrower shall deliver the
            following to the Administrative Agent for the Lenders with
            sufficient originally executed copies for each Lender, the
            Administrative Agent and its counsel each, unless otherwise
            noted, dated the Closing Date:

                      (i)  Certified copies of the Articles of
                 Incorporation of each Borrower, together with good
                 standing certificates and telegrams, if available, from
                 the Secretary of State of the State of its
                 incorporation, and good standing certificates from each
                 state in which such Borrower is required to be
                 qualified to transact business as a foreign
                 corporation, each to be dated a recent date prior to
                 the Closing Date;

                      (ii) Copies of each Borrower's Bylaws certified by
                 its corporate secretary or an assistant secretary;

                      (iii)     Resolutions of each Borrower's Board of
                 Directors approving and authorizing the execution,
                 delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
                 issuance and payment of the Bid Notes to which it is a
                 party, and any other documents, instruments and
                 certificates required to be executed by such Borrower
                 in connection herewith or therewith, each certified by
                 its corporate secretary or an assistant secretary;

                      (iv) Signature and incumbency certificates of each
                 Borrower's officers executing this Agreement, the other
                 Loan Documents to which it is a party and any other
                 documents, instruments and certificates required to be
                 executed by such Borrower in connection herewith or
                 therewith;

                      (v)  Executed copies of this Agreement, the Bid
                 Notes payable to the Lenders with appropriate
                 insertions and any other Loan Documents to which any
                 Borrower is a party; and

                                           67





<PAGE>   74

                      (vi) Such other documents as the Administrative
                 Agent or the Lenders may reasonably request.

                      B.   DELIVERY OF OPINIONS OF COUNSEL TO THE
            BORROWERS.  On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent
            shall have received originally executed copies (with
            sufficient copies for the Lenders, the Administrative Agent
            and its counsel) of one or more favorable written opinions
            of (i) Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, counsel for the Company and
            (ii) Dan Zuckerman, counsel for WCL and PNS, substantially
            in the form of Exhibit VII annexed hereto, and as to such
            other matters as the Administrative Agent or the Lenders may
            reasonably request.

                      C.   OPINION OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S
            COUNSEL.  On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent
            shall have received originally executed copies (with
            sufficient copies for the Lenders, the Administrative Agent
            and its counsel) of one or more favorable written opinions
            of O'Melveny & Myers, counsel to the Administrative Agent,
            dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form of
            EXHIBIT VIII annexed hereto and as to such other matters as
            the Lenders or the Administrative Agent may reasonably
            request.

                      D.   PERFORMANCE OF AGREEMENTS.  On or before the
            Closing Date, each Loan Party shall have performed in all
            material respects all agreements which this Agreement
            provides shall be performed on the part of such Loan Party
            on or before the Closing Date.

                      E.   FEES.  On or before the Closing Date, the
            Borrowers shall have paid to the Administrative Agent and
            the Co-Agent the fees payable on the Closing Date to the
            Administrative Agent and the Co-Agent on behalf of
            themselves and the Lenders pursuant to subsections 2.3B and
            2.3C, and the Attorney Costs of the Administrative Agent's
            counsel incurred through the Closing Date.

                      F.   OTHER CORPORATE ACTIONS.  On or before the
            Closing Date, all corporate and other proceedings taken or
            to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated
            hereby and all documents incidental thereto not previously
            found acceptable by the Lenders or the Administrative Agent,
            acting on behalf of the Lenders, and its counsel shall be
            reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the
            Administrative Agent and such counsel, and the
            Administrative Agent and such counsel shall have received
            all such counterpart originals or certified copies of such
            documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably
            request.


                                           68





<PAGE>   75
                      G.   NO CHANGE IN MARKET CONDITIONS.  From
            August 30, 1993 to the Closing Date, there shall have
            occurred, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative
            Agent, no material adverse change in the loan syndication or
            capital markets.

                      H.  On or before the Closing Date, the Borrowers
            shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (with
            sufficient copies for the Lenders, the Administrative Agent
            and its counsel) such other documents as the Lenders may
            reasonably request.

                          3.2  CONDITIONS TO ALL LOANS

                      The obligation of each Bid Loan Lender to make
            each Bid Loan on each Funding Date, the obligation of the
            Swing Line Lender to make each Swing Line Loan on each
            Funding Date (including the initial Funding Date) and the
            obligation of each Lender to make each Revolving Loan on
            each Funding Date (including the initial Funding Date) are
            subject to prior or concurrent fulfillment to such Lender's
            satisfaction, as the case may be, of the following further
            conditions precedent:

                      A.  DELIVERY OF NOTICE.  Prior to each such
            Funding Date with respect to a Committed Loan, the
            Administrative Agent shall have received, in accordance with
            the provisions of subsection 2.2, an originally executed
            Notice of Borrowing signed by an Authorized Person of each
            of the Borrowers.  The giving of such Notice of Borrowing
            shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrowers that
            all of the conditions to borrowing set forth in this
            subsection 3.2 shall have been satisfied as of the date of
            such Notice of Borrowing.

                      B.  OTHER REQUIREMENTS.

                      (i)  The representations and warranties of the
                 Borrowers contained herein and in the other Loan
                 Documents shall be true, correct and complete on and as
                 of each Funding Date to the same extent as though made
                 on and as of that date;

                      (ii) No event shall have occurred and be
                 continuing or would result from the consummation of the
                 Borrowing contemplated by the applicable Notice of
                 Borrowing that would constitute an Event of Default or
                 a Potential Event of Default;

                      (iii)     The making of any Loan and the use of the
                 proceeds thereof, shall not violate Regulation U,
                 Regulation G, Regulation T or Regulation X of the Board
                 of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the


                                           69





<PAGE>   76
                 Administrative Agent shall on each Funding Date have
                 received from the Borrowers such documents and
                 information as it may request (including but not
                 limited to opinions of counsel) relating to the
                 satisfaction of such conditions;

                      (iv) There shall not be pending or, to the
                 knowledge of any Borrower threatened, any action, suit,
                 proceeding, governmental investigation or arbitration
                 against or affecting any Loan Party or any property of
                 any Loan Party that has not been disclosed by the
                 Borrowers in writing prior to the execution of this
                 Agreement and there shall have occurred no development
                 not so disclosed in any such action, suit, proceeding,
                 governmental investigation or arbitration so disclosed,
                 which, in either event, in the opinion of the Lenders,
                 (as communicated by Requisite Lenders to the
                 Administrative Agent and evidenced by a written notice
                 from the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers), could
                 be expected to prohibit the making of the Loans
                 hereunder or extensions of credit under the other
                 financing agreements contemplated hereby or otherwise
                 result in a Material Adverse Effect.  No injunction or
                 other restraining order shall have been issued and no
                 hearing to cause an injunction or other restraining
                 order to be issued shall be pending or noticed with
                 respect to any action, suit or proceeding seeking to
                 enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to
                 recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, or
                 that could otherwise prohibit the making of Loans
                 hereunder, the application of the proceeds thereof as
                 contemplated hereby, the extensions of credit under any
                 of the other financing agreements contemplated hereby
                 or any of the transactions contemplated by the
                 foregoing.

                      3.3  CONDITIONS TO ALL LETTERS OF CREDIT

                      The issuance of any Letter of Credit by an Issuing
            Bank hereunder and the participation therein by the Lenders
            are subject to prior or concurrent satisfaction of all of
            the following conditions:

                      A.  On or before the date of issuance of such
            Letter of Credit, each of the conditions set forth in
            subsection 3.1 shall have been satisfied or waived and the
            initial Loans shall have been made.

                      B.  The Issuing Bank (and, to the extent
            applicable, the Administrative Agent) shall have received,
            in accordance with the provisions of subsection 2.16B, a
            notice requesting the issuance of such Letter of Credit, an
            executed application for such Letter of Credit in the form


                                           70





<PAGE>   77
            customarily required by the Issuing Bank for the issuance of
            letters of credit, all other information specified in
            subsection 2.16B and such other documents as the Issuing
            Bank may reasonably require in connection with the issuance
            of such Letter of Credit.

                      C.  Each of the other conditions to the issuance
            of such Letter of Credit set forth in subsection 2.16 shall
            have been satisfied.

                 SECTION 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                      In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this
            Agreement and to make the Loans and to induce the Issuing
            Banks to issue the Letters of Credit, each Borrower
            represents and warrants to the Lenders that the following
            statements are true, correct and complete.

                      4.1  ORGANIZATION, POWERS, GOOD STANDING AND
                           SUBSIDIARIES

                      A.   ORGANIZATION AND POWERS.  Each Loan Party is
            a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
            standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation
            and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own
            and operate its properties and to carry on its business as
            now conducted and proposed to be conducted.  Each Loan Party
            has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter
            into this Agreement, each other Loan Document to which it is
            a party, and to carry out the transactions contemplated
            hereby and thereby.  PNS Eastern, Inc. is an inactive
            corporation with total assets of not more than $500,000.

                      B.  GOOD STANDING.  Each Loan Party is in good
            standing wherever necessary to carry on its present business
            and operations, except in jurisdictions where the failure to
            be in good standing has not and will not have a Material
            Adverse Effect.

                      C.  SUBSIDIARIES.  All of the Subsidiaries of each
            Loan Party as of the Closing Date are identified in Schedule
            B annexed hereto.  The capital stock of each Person
            identified in Schedule B is duly authorized, validly issued,
            fully paid and nonassessable and such shares of capital
            stock are free and clear of any claim, lien, encumbrance or
            agreement with respect thereto.  Except as set forth on
            Schedule B, no capital stock (or any securities,
            instruments, warrants, option or purchase rights, conversion
            or exchange rights, calls, commitments or claims of any
            character convertible into or exercisable for capital stock)
            of any Person identified in Schedule B is subject to
            issuance under any security instrument, warrant, option or


                                           71





<PAGE>   78
            purchase right, conversion or exchange right, call,
            commitment or claim of any right, title or interest therein
            or thereto.  Except as otherwise indicated on Schedule B,
            the capital stock of each Person identified on Schedule B is
            not Margin Stock.  Schedule B correctly sets forth as of the
            Closing Date the ownership interest of each Loan Party in
            each of its Subsidiaries.

                      4.2  AUTHORIZATION OF BORROWING, ETC.

                      A.   AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and
            performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to
            which it is a party, have been duly authorized by all
            necessary corporate action.

                      B.  NO CONFLICT.  The execution, delivery and
            performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to
            which it is a party, the application of the proceeds of the
            Loans and the consummation of any other transactions
            contemplated by the Loan Documents do not and will not
            (i) violate any provision of law applicable to any Loan
            Party, the Certificate or Articles of Incorporation or
            Bylaws (or other charter documents) of, or any order,
            judgment or decree of any court or other agency of
            government binding on, such Loan Party, (ii) except as
            disclosed on Schedule I annexed hereto, conflict with,
            result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or
            lapse of time or both) a default under any Contractual
            Obligation of any Loan Party, (iii) result in or require the
            creation or imposition of any Lien, charge or encumbrance of
            any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets
            of any Loan Party or (iv) require any approval of
            stockholders or any approval or consent of any Person under
            any Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party, other than
            such approvals or consents which have been previously
            obtained and described in a writing and delivered to the
            Lenders no later than five Business Days prior to the
            Closing Date and which are identified as being delivered
            pursuant to this subsection 4.2B.

                      C.  GOVERNMENTAL CONSENTS.  The execution,
            delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan
            Document to which it is a party and, the application of the
            proceeds of the Loans and the consummation of any other
            transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not and
            will not require any registration with, consent or approval
            of, or notice to, or other action with or by, any federal,
            state or other governmental authority or regulatory body or
            other Person except for filings, consents or notices
            required by federal or state securities laws, all of which
            filings, recordings, consents and notices have been obtained
            or made and all applicable waiting periods relating thereto
            have expired.

                                           72





<PAGE>   79

                      D.  BINDING OBLIGATION.  This Agreement is and the
            other Loan Documents when executed and delivered will be,
            the legally valid and binding obligations of the applicable
            Loan Party, enforceable against the applicable Loan Party in
            accordance with their respective terms, except as may be
            limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
            moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors
            rights generally and subject to the availability of
            equitable remedies.

                      4.3  FINANCIAL CONDITION

                      The Borrowers have heretofore delivered to the
            Lenders, at the Lenders' request, (i) a Consolidated balance
            sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal
            Year ending January 31, 1993 and the related Consolidated
            statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows for
            such Fiscal Year and (ii) the Company's Quarterly Report on
            Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 2, 1993.  None
            of the Loan Parties has any material Contingent Obligation,
            contingent liability or liability for taxes, long term lease
            or unusual forward or long term commitment, which is not
            reflected in the foregoing financial statements or the notes
            thereto.

                      4.4  CHANGES, ETC.

                      There has been no change in the business,
            operations, properties, assets, liabilities, business
            condition (financial or otherwise) or business prospects of
            the Company or any of its Subsidiaries since January 31,
            1993, which has been, either in any case or in the
            aggregate, materially adverse to the Company and its
            Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  Since January 31, 1993,
            none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, has directly
            or indirectly declared, ordered, paid or made or set apart
            any payment (whether in cash or securities) for any
            Restricted Junior Payment or agreed to do so except as
            described in Schedule E.

                      4.5  LITIGATION; ADVERSE FACTS

                      Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule J
            annexed hereto, there is no action, suit, proceeding or
            arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of any
            Loan Party) at law or in equity or before or by any federal,
            state, municipal or other governmental department,
            commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,
            domestic or foreign, pending against any Loan Party or, to
            the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened against or
            affecting any Loan Party or any property of any Loan Party
            which is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse
            Effect, and there is no basis known to any Borrower for any


                                           73





<PAGE>   80
            such action, suit or proceeding.  No Loan Party is (i) in
            violation of any applicable law in a manner which materially
            adversely affects or is reasonably likely to materially
            adversely affect the business, operations, properties,
            assets, business prospects or condition (financial or
            otherwise) of such Loan Party, or (ii) subject to or in
            default with respect to any final judgment, writ,
            injunction, decree, rule or regulation of any court or
            federal, state, municipal or other governmental department,
            commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,
            domestic or foreign, in a manner which is reasonably likely
            to have a Material Adverse Effect.  There is no action,
            suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best
            knowledge of any Borrower, threatened against or affecting
            any Loan Party which questions the validity or the
            enforceability of any Loan Document.

                      4.6  PAYMENT OF TAX

                      All tax returns and reports of each Loan Party
            required to be filed by such Loan Party have been timely
            filed (after giving effect to any extensions for filing
            obtained), and all taxes, assessments, fees and other
            governmental charges upon each Loan Party and their
            respective properties, assets, income and franchises (if
            any) which are due and payable have been paid when due and
            payable, except (i) to the extent contemplated by the
            proviso in subsection 5.3A hereof or (ii) to the extent that
            such taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges
            or the failure to pay the same would not be material to the
            condition of such Loan Party.  The Borrowers know of no
            proposed tax assessment against any Loan Party that would be
            material to the condition (financial or otherwise) of such
            Loan Party.

                      4.7  MATERIALLY ADVERSE AGREEMENTS; PERFORMANCE

                      A.   AGREEMENTS.  No Loan Party is a party to or
            subject to any material agreement or instrument or charter
            or other internal restriction materially adversely affecting
            the business, properties, assets, operations, business
            prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of such Loan
            Party.

                      B.  PERFORMANCE.  No Loan Party is in default in
            the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the
            material obligations, covenants or conditions contained in
            any of its Contractual Obligations, and no condition exists
            which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or
            both, would constitute such a default, except where the
            consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or
            defaults, if any, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.


                                           74





<PAGE>   81
                      4.8  GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

                      No Loan Party is subject to regulation under the
            Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal
            Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act or the Investment
            Company Act of 1940 or to any United States federal or state
            statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur
            Indebtedness for money borrowed or to become contingently
            liable for the Indebtedness of another.

                      4.9  SECURITIES ACTIVITIES

                      No Loan Party is engaged principally, or as one of
            its important activities, in the business of extending
            credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin
            Stock.

                      4.10  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

                      A.   Each Loan Party and each of its ERISA
            Affiliates is in compliance in all material respects with
            any applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulations and
            published interpretations thereunder with respect to all
            Employee Benefit Plans.

                      B.   No Termination Event has occurred or is
            reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Pension
            Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a
            liability of any Loan Party or its ERISA Affiliates in
            excess of $1,000,000.

                      C.   The actuarial present value of all benefit
            liabilities under all Pension Plans (excluding in such
            computation Pension Plans with assets greater than benefit
            liabilities) does not exceed the fair market value of the
            assets allocable to such benefit liabilities.  For purposes
            of the preceding sentence, the terms "actuarial present
            value" and "benefit liabilities" shall have the meanings
            specified in Section 4001 of ERISA.

                      4.11 PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES 

                      Except as disclosed on Schedule C annexed hereto,
            each Loan Party possesses all of the licenses, patents,
            patent applications, copyrights, service marks, trademarks
            and trade names necessary to continue to conduct its
            business as heretofore conducted by it, all of which are set
            forth in Schedule K.  The Borrowers own all of the Specified
            Trademarks free and clear of all Liens, claims, licenses and
            interests.  All information furnished any or all of the
            Lenders concerning the Specified Trademarks is, or will be
            at the time the same is furnished, accurate and correct in
            all material respects.  To the best of any Borrower's


                                           75





<PAGE>   82
            knowledge and belief after due inquiry, no material
            infringement or unauthorized use is presently made of any of
            the Specified Trademarks.  Except as disclosed on Schedule
            C, there has not been to the Closing Date any claim or
            litigation pending, or to the best of any Borrower's
            knowledge after diligent inquiry, threatened by or against
            any Borrower relating to any of the Specified Trademarks.
            Except as disclosed in Schedule C, there are no agreements,
            licenses or understandings permitting the use by any Person
            of any of the Specified Trademarks or restricting in any
            manner any Borrower's use thereof.  The consummation of the
            transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other
            Loan Documents will not in any manner or to any extent
            materially impair the ownership of or the license to use, as
            the case may be, any of the Specified Trademarks.

                      4.12 TITLE TO PROPERTIES; LIENS

                      Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good,
            sufficient and legal title to all of its properties and
            assets reflected in the Consolidated balance sheet of the
            Company and its Subsidiaries as of January 31, 1993 or in
            the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
            subsection 5.1, except for assets acquired or disposed of
            since the date of such financial statements and Capital
            Leases of which the Company or its Subsidiaries is a lessee
            shown as being owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries.
            Except for Permitted Liens and as permitted by this
            Agreement, all such properties and assets are free and clear
            of Liens.  Each Borrower enjoys peaceful and undisturbed
            possession under all the leases to which it is lessee.  All
            of the material leases under which the Company or its
            Subsidiaries is a lessee are valid and subsisting, no
            default of any Borrower exists under any of them and, to the
            knowledge of the Borrowers, no default of any other party
            exists under any of them.

                      4.13 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

                      Except as disclosed in Schedule D annexed hereto:

                      (i)  The operations of the Company and its
                 Subsidiaries comply in all material respects with all
                 Hazardous Materials Laws;

                      (ii) The Company and its Subsidiaries have
                 obtained all permits, licenses and approvals under all
                 Hazardous Materials Laws necessary for their respective
                 operations, and all such permits, licenses and
                 approvals are in good standing and the Company and its
                 Subsidiaries are in compliance with all material terms
                 and conditions of such permits, licenses and approvals;


                                           76





<PAGE>   83
                      (iii)     The Company and its Subsidiaries and all of
                 their present property or operations, and to the best
                 of any Borrower's knowledge, their past property or
                 operations, are not subject to any outstanding written
                 order from or agreement with any Governmental Authority
                 or other Person and are not subject to any judicial or
                 docketed administrative proceeding or investigation,
                 respecting (a) any specific existing, potential or
                 alleged violation of any Hazardous Materials Laws,
                 (b) any Remedial Action which has or could reasonably
                 be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or
                 (c) any material Environmental Liabilities and Costs;

                      (iv) None of the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries has ever been or is now a treatment,
                 storage or disposal facility requiring a permit under
                 the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C.
                 Section 6901 et seq., related regulations or any other state
                 equivalent;

                      (v)  None of the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries has filed or should have filed any notice
                 required under any Hazardous Materials Laws reporting a
                 Release into the environment which Release has or would
                 have any reasonable likelihood of having a Material
                 Adverse Effect and none of the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries has filed or should have filed any notice
                 pursuant to Section 103(a) or (c) of the Comprehensive
                 Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
                 ("CERCLA");

                      (vi) There is not now on or in any property of the
                 Company or any of its Subsidiaries:

                           (a)  any underground storage tanks or surface
                      impoundments,

                           (b)  any Hazardous Materials, or

                           (c)  any polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
                      used in electrical or other equipment,

                 the presence of which has any reasonable likelihood of
                 having a Material Adverse Effect;

                      (vii)     None of the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries has received (i) any notice or claim to
                 the effect that it is or may be liable to any Person as
                 a result of a Release or threatened Release which
                 Release or threatened Release has any reasonable
                 likelihood of having a Material Adverse Effect, or
                 (ii) any letter or request for information under
                 Section 104 of CERCLA or comparable State laws;

                                           77





<PAGE>   84

                      (viii)    To the best knowledge of the Company and its
                 Subsidiaries, there are no past or present conditions
                 or circumstances which may give rise to any
                 Environmental Liabilities or Costs arising from the
                 operations of the Company or any Subsidiary of the
                 Company, including but not limited to off-site disposal
                 of any Hazardous Materials by or on behalf of the
                 Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which in the
                 aggregate have any reasonable likelihood of having a
                 Material Adverse Effect;

                      (ix) No Environmental Lien (whether recorded or
                 unrecorded) has attached to any real or personal
                 property owned, used or operated by the Company or any
                 of its Subsidiaries which individually or in the
                 aggregate has a reasonable likelihood of having a
                 Material Adverse Effect; and

                      (x)  The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is
                 in compliance in all material respects with any
                 applicable financial responsibility requirements of all
                 Hazardous Materials Laws, including without limitation
                 those contained in 40 C.F.R., parts 264 and 265,
                 subpart H, and any state equivalents.

                      4.14 LABOR MATTERS

                      There are no strikes or other labor disputes or
            grievances pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower,
            threatened against any Borrower or its Subsidiaries that
            could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
            Effect.

                      4.15 DISCLOSURE

                      As of the Closing Date and as of any date
            thereafter on which representations and warranties are made,
            no representation or warranty of any Loan Party contained in
            this Agreement or any other document, certificate or written
            statement furnished to the Administrative Agent or the
            Lenders, or any of them, by or on behalf of such Loan Party
            for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by
            this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue
            statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state
            a material fact (known to any Borrower in the case of any
            document not furnished by it) necessary in order to make the
            statements contained herein or therein not misleading.  The
            projections and pro forma financial information contained in
            such materials are based upon good faith estimates and
            assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the
            time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such
            projections as to future events are not to be viewed as
            facts or guarantees and that actual results during the


                                           78





<PAGE>   85
            period or periods covered by any such projections may differ
            from the projected results.  There is no fact known to any
            Borrower (other than matters of a general economic nature)
            which could have a Material Adverse Effect, which has not
            been disclosed herein or in such other documents,
            certificates and statements furnished to the Lenders for use
            in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

                      4.16  NO PARTNERSHIPS OR JOINT VENTURES

                      No Loan Party has any interest in or is party to
            any partnership, joint venture or similar arrangement,
            whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form.


                SECTION 5.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

                      Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long
            as any portion of the aggregate Commitments hereunder shall
            be in effect and until payment in full of all of the Loans,
            and all other amounts owing hereunder and the expiration of
            all Letters of Credit, unless Requisite Lenders shall
            otherwise give prior written consent in accordance with
            subsection 10.1 of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall
            perform all covenants in this Section 5.

                      5.1  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER REPORTS

                      The Borrowers will maintain a system of accounting
            established and administered in accordance with sound
            business practices to permit preparation of financial
            statements in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent
            basis.  The Borrowers will deliver to the Administrative
            Agent with sufficient copies for the Lenders and the
            Administrative Agent:

                      (i)  as soon as practicable and in any event
                 within 45 days (or 60 days if an extension from the SEC
                 for the filing of the Company's Quarterly Report on
                 Form 10-Q has been obtained; provided that the Company
                 shall give the Administrative Agent prompt written
                 notice of any such extension requested) (in the case of
                 the first three fiscal quarters) after the end of each
                 of the first three fiscal quarters in each Fiscal Year,
                 the Consolidated balance sheets of the Company as at
                 the end of such period and the related Consolidated
                 statements of income and retained earnings of the
                 Company for such fiscal quarter and the related
                 statement of cash flow for the period from the
                 beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of
                 such fiscal quarter, setting forth in comparative form
                 the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods
                 of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding


                                           79





<PAGE>   86
                 figures from the Consolidated plan for such fiscal
                 quarter, all in reasonable detail and certified by the
                 chief financial officer, the controller or the
                 treasurer of the Company, that they fairly present the
                 financial condition of the Company and its
                 Subsidiaries, as at the dates indicated and the results
                 of their operations and changes in their financial
                 position for the periods indicated, subject to changes
                 resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustment;

                      (ii) as soon as practicable and in any event
                 within 90 days (or 105 days if an extension from the
                 SEC for the filing of the Company's Annual Report on
                 Form 10-K has been obtained; provided that the Company
                 shall give the Administrative Agent prompt written
                 notice of any such extension requested) after the end
                 of each Fiscal Year, (a) the Consolidated balance sheet
                 of the Company as at the end of such year and the
                 related Consolidated statements of income, retained
                 earnings and cash flow of the Company for such Fiscal
                 Year, setting forth in comparative form the
                 corresponding figures from the Consolidated plan and
                 the audited financial statements from the previous
                 Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, and (b) in the
                 case of such Consolidated financial statements,
                 accompanied by a report thereon of an independent
                 certified public accountant of recognized national
                 standing selected by the Company, which report shall be
                 unqualified as to going concern and scope of audit and
                 shall state that such Consolidated financial statements
                 present fairly the financial position of the Company
                 and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the
                 results of their operations and changes in their
                 financial position for the periods indicated in
                 conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with
                 prior years (except as otherwise stated therein) and
                 that the examination by such accountants in connection
                 with such Consolidated financial statements has been
                 made in accordance with generally accepted auditing
                 standards;

                      (iii) together with each delivery of financial
                 statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries pursuant
                 to subsections (i) and (ii) above, (a) an Officers'
                 Certificate of the Borrowers stating that the signers
                 have reviewed the terms of this Agreement and have
                 made, or caused to be made under their supervision, a
                 review in reasonable detail of the transactions and
                 condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries during
                 the accounting period covered by such financial
                 statements and that such review has not disclosed the
                 existence during or at the end of such accounting
                 period, and that the signers do not have knowledge of


                                           80





<PAGE>   87
                 the existence as at the date of the Officers'
                 Certificate, of any condition or event that constitutes
                 an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, or,
                 if any such condition or event existed or exists,
                 specifying the nature and period of existence thereof
                 and what action the Borrowers have taken, are taking
                 and propose to take with respect thereto; (b) a
                 Compliance Certificate demonstrating in reasonable
                 detail compliance by the Borrowers at the end of such
                 accounting periods with the restrictions contained in
                 subsections 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9 and 6.13
                 and, if not specified in the financial statements
                 delivered pursuant to subdivision (i) or (ii) above, as
                 the case may be, specifying the aggregate amount of
                 interest paid or accrued by the Company and its
                 Subsidiaries, and the aggregate amount of depreciation,
                 depletion and amortization charged on the books of the
                 Company and its Subsidiaries during such accounting
                 period; and (c) an Applicable Margin Certificate.

                      (iv) together with each delivery of audited
                 financial statements of the Company and its
                 Subsidiaries pursuant to subdivision (ii) above, a
                 written statement by the independent public accountants
                 of recognized national standing giving the report
                 thereon (a) stating that their audit examination has
                 included a review of the terms of this Agreement as
                 they relate to accounting matters, (b) stating whether,
                 in connection with their audit examination, any
                 condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default
                 or Potential Event of Default has come to their
                 attention, and if such a condition or event has come to
                 their attention, specifying the nature and period of
                 existence thereof; provided that such accountants shall
                 not be liable by reason of any failure to obtain
                 knowledge of any such Event of Default or Potential
                 Event of Default with respect to accounting matters
                 that would not be disclosed in the course of their
                 audit examination, and (c) stating that based on their
                 audit examination nothing has come to their attention
                 that causes them to believe that the information
                 contained in the certificate delivered therewith
                 pursuant to subdivision (iii) above is not correct;

                      (v)  promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all
                 significant reports submitted to any of the Company and
                 its Subsidiaries by independent public accountants of
                 recognized national standing in connection with each
                 annual, interim or special audit or review of the
                 financial statements or practices of the Company and
                 its Subsidiaries, made by such accountants, including,
                 without limitation, the comment letter submitted by


                                           81





<PAGE>   88
                 such accountants to management in connection with their
                 annual audit;

                      (vi) promptly upon their becoming available but no
                 later than 15 days after any filing hereof with any
                 regulatory agency, copies of (a) all financial
                 statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent
                 or made available generally by any of the Company and
                 its Subsidiaries to their security holders, (b) all
                 regular and periodic reports and all registration
                 statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by any of
                 the Company and its Subsidiaries with any securities
                 exchange or with the SEC or any governmental or private
                 regulatory authority and (c) all press releases and
                 other statements regarding management or financial
                 matters made available generally by any of the Company
                 and its Subsidiaries to the public concerning material
                 developments in the business of any Loan Party;

                      (vii) promptly upon any officer of any Borrower
                 obtaining knowledge (a) that a condition or event has
                 occurred and is continuing that constitutes an Event of
                 Default or Potential Event of Default, or becoming
                 aware that any Lender or the Agent has given any notice
                 or taken any other action with respect to a claimed
                 Event of Default or Potential Event of Default under
                 this Agreement, (b) that any Person has given any
                 notice to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or
                 taken any other action with respect to a claimed
                 default or event or condition of the type referred to
                 in subsection 7.4, or (c) of a material adverse change
                 in the business, operations, properties, assets or
                 condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and
                 its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, an Officers'
                 Certificate specifying the nature and period of
                 existence of such condition or event, or specifying the
                 notice given or action taken by such holder or Person
                 and the nature of such claimed default, Event of
                 Default, Potential Event of Default, event or
                 condition, and what action the Borrowers have taken,
                 are taking and propose to take with respect thereto;

                      (viii) promptly upon any officer of any Borrower
                 obtaining knowledge of (a) the institution of, or
                 nonfrivolous threat of, any action, suit, proceeding,
                 governmental investigation or arbitration against or
                 affecting any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or
                 any property of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
                 not previously disclosed by the Borrowers to the
                 Lenders, or (b) any material development in any such
                 action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or
                 arbitration, that, in either case:


                                           82





<PAGE>   89

                           (y)  creates a reasonable possibility of a
                      Material Adverse Effect; or

                           (z)  seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the
                      consummation of, or to recover any damages in
                      excess of $1,000,000 or obtain relief as a result
                      of, the Loans;

                 the Borrowers shall promptly give notice thereof to the
                 Administrative Agent and the Lenders and provide such
                 other information as may be reasonably available to it
                 to enable the Lenders and their counsel to evaluate
                 such matters;

                      (ix) promptly upon becoming aware that one of the
                 following has occurred or is about to occur:
                 (a) Termination Event, or (b) "prohibited transaction,"
                 as such terms are defined in Section 4975 of the
                 Internal Revenue Code or Section 406 of ERISA, in
                 connection with any Employee Benefit Plan or any trust
                 created thereunder, a written notice specifying the
                 nature thereof, what action the Borrowers have taken,
                 are taking or propose to take with respect thereto,
                 and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the
                 Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor, or
                 the PBGC with respect thereto;

                      (x)  with reasonable promptness copies of (a) all
                 notices received by any Borrower or any of its ERISA
                 Affiliates of the PBGC's intent to terminate any
                 Pension Plan or to have a trustee appointed to
                 administer any Pension Plan; (b) each Schedule B
                 (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500
                 Series) filed by any Borrower or any of its ERISA
                 Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with
                 respect to each Pension Plan; and (c) all notices
                 received by any Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates
                 from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning the
                 imposition or amount of withdrawal liability pursuant
                 to Section 4202 of ERISA;

                      (xi) as soon as practicable and in any event
                 within 90 days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year,
                 a Consolidated plan and financial forecast for the
                 Company and its Subsidiaries for the then current
                 Fiscal Year and each subsequent Fiscal Year through the
                 Fiscal Year in which the Revolver Maturity Date occurs,
                 including without limitation, a forecasted Consolidated
                 balance sheet and Consolidated statements of income and
                 cash flow for each such Fiscal Year, each such plan and
                 forecast to be in form similar to the plans and
                 forecasts delivered to the Administrative Agent and the
                 Lenders prior to the Closing Date;

                                           83





<PAGE>   90

                      (xii)  within 10 Business Days of the end of any
                 Clean-Down Period, an Officers' Certificate identifying
                 the beginning and ending dates of such Clean-Down
                 Period and certifying that Clean-Down Debt outstanding
                 during such Clean-Down Period did not at any time
                 exceed the level required pursuant to subsection 2.1A;

                      (xiii)  as soon as practicable, and in any event
                 within 90 days after the last day of each Fiscal Year,
                 a statement of Inventory for each of PNS and WCL in
                 form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
                 Lenders and the Administrative Agent;

                      (xiv)  with reasonable promptness, such other
                 information and data with respect to any of the Company
                 and its Subsidiaries as from time to time may be
                 reasonably requested by any Lender or the
                 Administrative Agent.

                      5.2  CORPORATE EXISTENCE, ETC.

                      Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its
            Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in full
            force and effect its corporate existence, licenses, bonds,
            franchises, leases, patents, trademarks, contracts and other
            rights material to its business.  Each of PNS and WCL will
            at all times be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.
            PNS and WCL will preserve and retain at all times their
            separate corporate existence and keep separate books,
            records and accounts identifying their respective assets and
            liabilities.

                      5.3  PAYMENT OF TAXES AND CLAIMS; TAX
                           CONSOLIDATION

                      A.   PAYMENT OF TAXES AND CLAIMS.  Each Borrower
            will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay all
            taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed
            upon it or any of its material properties or assets or in
            respect of any of its franchises, business, income or
            property before any penalty or interest accrues thereon, and
            all claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor,
            services, materials and supplies) for sums which have become
            due and payable and which by law have or may become a Lien
            upon any of its material properties or assets, prior to the
            time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect
            thereto; provided that no such tax, assessment, charge or
            claim need be paid if being contested in good faith by
            appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently
            conducted and if such reserve or other appropriate
            provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with
            GAAP shall have been made therefor.


                                           84





<PAGE>   91
                      B.   TAX CONSOLIDATION.  No Borrower will, nor
            will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, file or consent
            to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any
            Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries)
            unless that other Person shall have agreed in writing with
            the Borrowers that the Borrowers' liability with respect to
            taxes as a result of the filing of any such consolidated
            income tax return with such Person shall not be greater, nor
            the receipt of any tax benefits less, than they would have
            been had the Borrowers continued to file an unconsolidated
            income tax return.

                      5.4  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES; INSURANCE

                      Each Borrower will maintain or cause to be
            maintained in good repair, working order and condition all
            material properties used or useful in the business of the
            Company and its Subsidiaries and from time to time will make
            or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and
            replacements thereof.  Each Borrower will maintain or cause
            to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable
            insurers, insurance with respect to its properties and
            business and the properties and business of its Subsidiaries
            against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured
            against by corporations of established reputation engaged in
            the same or similar businesses and similarly situated, of
            such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried
            under similar circumstances by such other corporations.  On
            or before the end of the first fiscal quarter of each Fiscal
            Year, the Borrowers shall submit to the Administrative Agent
            (i) an Officers' Certificate setting forth in detail the
            type and amount of insurance maintained pursuant to this
            subsection 5.4 and (ii) a certificate from an independent
            insurance brokerage confirming the insurance coverage
            required to be maintained by the preceding sentence.

                      5.5  EQUAL SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS; NO FURTHER
                           NEGATIVE PLEDGES

                      A.   If any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
            shall create or assume any Lien upon any of its property or
            assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than
            Liens excepted by the provisions of subsection 6.2, it shall
            make or cause to be made effective provision whereby the
            Obligations will be secured by such Lien equally and ratably
            with any and all other Indebtedness thereby secured as long
            as any such Indebtedness shall be secured; provided that,
            notwithstanding the foregoing, this covenant shall not be
            construed as a consent by the Requisite Lenders to any
            creation or assumption of any such Lien not permitted by the
            provisions of subsection 6.2.


                                           85





<PAGE>   92
                      B.   Except with respect to (i) lease provisions
            prohibiting the creation or assumption of Liens upon the
            particular property subject to such leases and (ii) specific
            property encumbered to secure payment of particular
            Indebtedness, none of the Borrowers and any of their
            respective Subsidiaries shall enter into any agreement
            (other than the Loan Documents) prohibiting the creation or
            assumption of any Lien upon its properties or assets,
            whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

                      5.6  INSPECTION; RECORDS, ETC.

                      The Borrowers will permit any Persons designated
            by the Administrative Agent or by any Lender to visit and
            inspect any of the properties of the Company and its
            Subsidiaries including the Company and its Subsidiaries'
            financial and accounting records, and to make copies and
            take extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective
            affairs, finances and accounts with their respective
            officers and independent public accountants, all during
            regular business hours, upon reasonable notice to the office
            of the chief financial officer or controller of the Company
            and as often as may be reasonably requested.

                        5.7  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC.

                      Each Borrower shall, and shall cause its
            Subsidiaries to, (i) comply with all applicable laws, rules,
            regulations and orders of all governmental authority,
            noncompliance of which could materially adversely affect or
            impair the Lenders' rights, remedies or privileges under or
            enforceability of any of the Loan Documents, including,
            without limitation, the Fair Labor Standards Act, and
            (ii) exercise all due diligence in order to comply with the
            requirements of all other applicable laws, rules,
            regulations and orders of any governmental authority
            (including without limitation, all Hazardous Materials
            Laws), noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected
            to result in a Material Adverse Effect.


                      5.8  FURTHER ASSURANCES

                      At any time or from time to time upon the request
            of any Lender, each Borrower shall execute and deliver such
            further documents and do such other acts and things as any
            Lender or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in
            order to effect fully the purposes of this Agreement and to
            provide for payment of the Loans and interest thereon, in
            accordance with the terms of this Agreement.


                                           86





<PAGE>   93
                      5.9  ENVIRONMENTAL NOTICE AND INSPECTION

                      Each Borrower shall:

                      (i)  Exercise, and shall cause each of its
            Subsidiaries to exercise, all due diligence in order to
            comply and cause (a) all tenants under any lease or
            occupancy agreement affecting any portion of any property
            owned, used, leased or operated by the Company or any of its
            Subsidiaries and (b) all other Persons on or occupying such
            property, to comply with all Hazardous Materials Laws;

                      (ii) Notify the Lenders and the Administrative
            Agent in writing and in reasonable detail, promptly, and in
            any event within 30 days of the Company or any of its
            Subsidiaries receiving any of the following:

                      (a)  written notice or claim to the effect that
                 the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be
                 liable to any Person as a result of the Release or
                 threatened Release or has or is in violation of any
                 Hazardous Materials Laws, in each case if the same has
                 any reasonable likelihood of having a Material Adverse
                 Effect;

                      (b)  written notice that any real or personal
                 property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is
                 subject to an Environmental Lien; and

                      (c)  written notice of the commencement of any
                 judicial or administrative proceeding or investigation
                 alleging a violation of any Hazardous Materials Laws or
                 subjecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to
                 Environmental Liabilities and Costs, in each case if
                 the same has any reasonable likelihood of having a
                 Material Adverse Effect;

                      (iii)  Notify the Lenders and the Administrative
            Agent promptly and in any event within 30 days, of:

                      (a)  any Release required to be reported to any
                 federal, state or local governmental or regulatory
                 agency under any applicable Hazardous Materials Laws;

                      (b)  any and all written communications with
                 respect to any Environmental Liabilities and Costs that
                 are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect
                 or any Release required to be reported to any federal,
                 state or local governmental or regulatory agency;

                      (c)  any Remedial Action taken by the Company, any
                 of its Subsidiaries or any other Person in response to
                 (1) any Hazardous Materials on, under or about any


                                           87





<PAGE>   94
                 property owned, used or operated by the Company or any
                 of its Subsidiaries, the existence of which is
                 reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse
                 Effect or (2) any Environmental Liabilities and Costs
                 that are reasonably likely to result in a Material
                 Adverse Effect;

                      (d)  The Company's or any of its Subsidiaries'
                 discovery of any occurrence or condition on any real
                 property adjoining or in the vicinity of any facility
                 owned, used or operated by the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to cause
                 such property to be subject to any restrictions on the
                 ownership, occupancy, transferability or use thereof
                 under any Hazardous Materials Laws which restrictions,
                 individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
                 expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

                      (e)  any request for information from any
                 governmental agency that suggests that such agency is
                 investigating whether the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries may be potentially responsible for a
                 Release;

                      (f)  any proposed acquisition of stock, assets,
                 real estate, or leasing of property by the Company or
                 any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be
                 expected to subject the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries to a Material Adverse Effect resulting
                 from Environmental Liabilities and Costs;

                      (g)  any proposed action taken by the Company or
                 any of its Subsidiaries to commence manufacturing,
                 industrial, or other operations that could reasonably
                 be expected to subject the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries to additional laws, rules or regulations,
                 including but not limited to the obtaining of
                 environmental, health, or safety permits, licenses or
                 approvals or Environmental Liabilities and Costs, that
                 could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
                 Effect.

                      (iv) Submit, upon written request by the
            Administrative Agent, a report providing an update of the
            status of any environmental, health or safety compliance,
            hazard or liability issue identified in any notice or report
            required pursuant to this Section 5.9 and any other
            environmental, health or safety compliance obligation,
            remedial obligation or liability that could have a Material
            Adverse Effect.



                                           88





                                                                           
<PAGE>   95
                 SECTION 6.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                      Each Borrower agrees that, so long as any portion
            of the aggregate Commitments shall be in effect and until
            payment in full of all of the Loans and all other amounts
            owing hereunder and the expiration of all Letters of Credit,
            unless the Lenders shall otherwise give prior written
            consent in accordance with subsection 10.1 of this
            Agreement, the Borrowers shall perform all covenants in this
            Section 6.

                      6.1  INDEBTEDNESS

                      Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of
            its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur,
            assume, guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or
            indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:

                           (i)  The Borrowers may become and remain
                 liable with respect to Capital Leases permitted by
                 subsections 6.9 and 6.13;

                           (ii)  The Borrowers may become and remain
                 liable with respect to Contingent Obligations permitted
                 by subsection 6.4 and, upon any obligations actually
                 arising pursuant thereto, the Indebtedness
                 corresponding to the Contingent Obligations so
                 extinguished;

                           (iii)  The Borrowers may remain liable with
                 respect to the Existing Indebtedness described in
                 Schedule F annexed hereto and any renewals or
                 extensions thereof; provided that any such renewal or
                 extension does not (a) increase the principal amount of
                 Indebtedness outstanding immediately prior to such
                 renewal or extension and (b) have terms and conditions
                 more onerous to the Borrowers than those terms and
                 conditions in existence immediately prior to such
                 renewal or extension;

                           (iv) The Borrowers may become and remain
                 liable with respect to the Obligations;

                           (v)  Each Borrower may become and remain
                 liable with respect to Indebtedness owing to any other
                 Borrower, provided that such Indebtedness is hereby
                 subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full
                 of the Obligations on terms and conditions satisfactory
                 to the Lenders;

                           (vi) The Borrowers may become and remain
                 liable with respect to Indebtedness assumed or incurred
                 in connection with the acquisition of property


                                           89





                                                                           
<PAGE>   96
                 permitted under subsections 6.7 and 6.13; provided that
                 the amount of Indebtedness assumed or incurred in
                 connection with any such acquisition does not exceed
                 (a) 100% of the purchase price of such acquired
                 property in the case of equipment acquisitions and (b)
                 85% of the purchase price of such acquired property in
                 the case of real property acquisitions; provided,
                 further, that in connection with acquisitions of up to
                 four stores per Fiscal Year, up to 100% of the purchase
                 price thereof may be assumed or incurred in connection
                 with such acquisitions so long as the aggregate
                 principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed
                 $8,000,000;

                           (vii)  The Borrowers may become and remain
                 liable with respect to interest rate protection
                 agreements, including without limitation, Interest Rate
                 Agreements;

                           (viii)  The Borrowers may become and remain
                 liable with respect to Indebtedness in connection with
                 the financing of insurance premiums of the Borrowers in
                 an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any
                 time outstanding;

                           (ix) The Borrowers may become and remain
                 liable with respect to Indebtedness consisting of
                 promissory notes payable to insurance companies or
                 their subsidiaries in connection with workers'
                 compensation insurance; provided that the aggregate
                 principal amount of such notes shall not exceed the
                 aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit issued
                 for the benefit of such insurance companies or their
                 subsidiaries in connection with such workers'
                 compensation; and

                           (x)  In addition to the foregoing
                 Indebtedness permitted by clauses (i)-(ix) above, the
                 Borrowers may become and remain liable with respect to
                 unsecured Indebtedness not exceeding $30,000,000 in the
                 aggregate at any time outstanding.

                      6.2  LIENS

                      Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of
            its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur,
            assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any
            property or asset of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
            whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or
            profits therefrom, except:

                             (i)  Permitted Liens;


                                           90





                                                                         
<PAGE>   97
                           (ii)  Purchase money Liens securing
                 Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subsection 6.1(vi);
                 provided that such Liens shall extend only to the
                 property financed; and

                           (iii)  Liens existing on the date hereof
                 described in Schedule F annexed hereto securing
                 Indebtedness permitted pursuant to subsection 6.1(iii).

                      6.3  INVESTMENTS

                      Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of
            its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or own any
            Investment in any Person, except:

                           (i)  The Borrowers may make and own
                   Investments in Cash and Cash Equivalents;

                           (ii) The Borrowers may make and own
                 Investments described in Schedule G annexed hereto
                 existing on the date hereof;

                           (iii) The Borrowers may make and own
                 Investments consisting of the intercompany Indebtedness
                 permitted by subsection 6.1(v);

                           (iv) The Company may own all of the
                 outstanding capital stock of PNS, WCL and PNS Eastern,
                 Inc.;

                           (v)  The Borrowers may make and own
                 Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy
                 or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in
                 settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other
                 disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the
                 ordinary course of business;

                           (vi) The Borrowers may make advances secured
                 by Liens on residential real estate to their respective
                 officers and employees in the ordinary course of
                 business in an aggregate amount not exceeding $750,000
                 at any time; provided that up to $250,000 of such
                 advances may be unsecured;

                           (vii)  The Borrowers may make and own
                 Investments to the extent such Investments are
                 acquisitions permitted under subsection 6.7; and

                           (viii)  In addition to the foregoing Investments
                 permitted by clauses (i) - (vii) above, the Borrowers
                 may make and own Investments not exceeding $1,000,000
                 at any time outstanding.


                                           91





<PAGE>   98
                      6.4  CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS

                      Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of
            its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or
            become or be liable with respect to any Contingent
            Obligation except:

                           (i)  The Borrowers may be liable with respect
                 to guaranties resulting from endorsement of negotiable
                 instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
                 business;

                           (ii) The Borrowers may be liable with respect
                 to contingent reimbursement obligations with respect to
                 Letters of Credit issued pursuant hereto;

                           (iii) The Borrowers may be liable with respect
                 to Contingent Obligations existing on the date hereof
                 described in Schedule H annexed hereto;

                           (iv) Each Borrower may be liable with respect
                 to guaranties of Indebtedness of another Borrower;
                 provided that such Indebtedness is permitted under
                 subsection 6.1;

                           (v)  The Borrowers may be liable with respect
                 to forward purchase contracts or similar hedging
                 instruments in connection with the purchase of up to
                 one year's supply of commodities used in the ordinary
                 course of the business of the Borrowers; and

                           (vi) The Borrowers may be liable with respect
                 to percentage rents incurred under leases permitted
                 hereunder.

                        6.5  RESTRICTED JUNIOR PAYMENTS

                      The Company will not, and will not permit any of
            its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, declare, order,
            pay, make or set apart any sum for (by way of defeasance or
            otherwise) any Restricted Junior Payment; provided, that so
            long as no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default
            has occurred and is continuing, (i) the Subsidiaries of the
            Company may make Restricted Junior Payments to the Company
            and (ii) the Company may make Restricted Junior Payments to
            purchase outstanding capital stock of the Company in open
            market purchases or otherwise or to pay cash dividends to
            its shareholders so long as after giving effect to such
            proposed Restricted Junior Payment the aggregate of all such
            Restricted Junior Payments made pursuant to this clause (ii)
            since the Closing Date does not exceed the sum of (x)
            $10,000,000 plus (y) on a cumulative basis from August 2,
            1993 to the date of such proposed Restricted Junior Payment


                                           92





<PAGE>   99
            (the "Cumulative Period"), 50% of all positive Consolidated
            Net Income for each fiscal quarter during the Cumulative
            Period less 100% of all negative Consolidated Net Income for
            each fiscal quarter during the Cumulative Period.

                      6.6  FINANCIAL COVENANTS

                      A.   MINIMUM CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE NET WORTH.  The
            Borrowers will not permit, on any Fiscal Quarter End during
            the period from the Closing Date until the Revolver Maturity
            Date, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on
            October 31, 1993, Consolidated Tangible Net Worth to be less
            than the sum of $215,000,000 plus 50% of Consolidated Net
            Income (with no deduction for losses) determined on a fiscal
            quarter basis for the period from August 2, 1993 to such
            Fiscal Quarter End.

                      B.   MINIMUM CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE
            RATIO.  The Borrowers will not permit, on any Fiscal Quarter
            End during the period from the Closing Date until the
            Revolver Maturity Date, commencing with the fiscal quarter
            ending on October 31, 1993, the Consolidated Fixed Charge
            Coverage Ratio for the four fiscal quarters ending on such
            Fiscal Quarter End to be less than 1.10 to 1.00 on the
            Fiscal Quarter End of October 31, 1993 and 1.15 to 1.00 on
            each Fiscal Quarter End thereafter.

                      C.   MAXIMUM LEVERAGE RATIO.  The Borrowers will
            not permit, on any Fiscal Quarter End occurring during the
            period from the Closing Date to the Revolver Maturity Date,
            commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on October 31,
            1993, the Leverage Ratio to be more than 0.50 to 1.00.

                      6.7  RESTRICTION ON FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES

                      None of the Borrowers or any of their respective
            Subsidiaries will enter into any transaction of merger or
            consolidation, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or
            suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or acquire by
            purchase or otherwise all or substantially all the business,
            property or fixed assets of, or stock or other evidence of
            beneficial ownership of, any Person, in each case, without
            the prior written consent of Requisite Lenders; provided
            that (a) PNS Eastern, Inc. may be merged with and into
            Company and (b) the Borrowers may make acquisitions (whether
            by asset purchase, stock purchase or otherwise) of all or
            substantially all of the assets or stock or other evidence
            of beneficial ownership of a Person so long as (i) no Event
            of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is
            continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) the aggregate
            consideration paid for all such acquisitions consummated in
            any Fiscal Year does not exceed $15,000,000, (iii) the
            aggregate consideration paid for all such acquisitions


                                           93





<PAGE>   100
            consummated since the Closing Date does not exceed
            $30,000,000 and (iv) each such acquisition is a permitted
            capital expenditure under subsection 6.13.

                      6.8  RESTRICTION ON ASSET SALES

                      None of the Borrowers or any of their respective
            Subsidiaries will convey, sell, lease, sublease, transfer or
            otherwise dispose of, any of its business, property or fixed
            assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; except that
            each Borrower and its Subsidiaries may:

                           (i)  sell or dispose of Inventory and worn-
                 out or obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of
                 business;

                           (ii) consummate any Asset Sale (other than
                 with respect to the New Orleans Distribution Center) in
                 a single transaction or a series of related
                 transactions so long as (a) such Asset Sale is an arms-
                 length transaction, (b) the sales price equals or
                 exceeds the estimated fair market value of the assets
                 sold as determined in good faith by the selling
                 Borrower and (c) after giving effect to such Asset
                 Sale, the aggregate sales price for all such Asset
                 Sales consummated during the then current Fiscal Year
                 does not exceed $7,500,000; provided that if, after
                 giving effect to such Asset Sale, the aggregate sales
                 prices for all such Asset Sales consummated in the then
                 current Fiscal Year exceeds $3,000,000, the Borrowers
                 shall give notice to the Administrative Agent of all
                 such Asset Sales and each other Asset Sale thereafter
                 consummated during such Fiscal Year;

                           (iii) enter into sale-leaseback transactions
                 permitted by subsection 6.9;

                           (iv) lease or sublease to a third Person
                 buildings or portions thereof (and any related parking
                 lots) for use in a manner substantially similar to the
                 Company's past use of such property or other uses
                 customarily found in shopping centers;

                           (v)  renew, extend or replace the real
                 property leases existing on the Closing Date; provided
                 that any property subject to any such replacement lease
                 shall not be used in any manner not substantially
                 similar to the use of such property by the previous
                 lessee or for any use not customarily found in shopping
                 centers; and

                           (vi) sell the New Orleans Distribution Center
                 so long as (a) such sale is an arms-length transaction


                                           94





<PAGE>   101
                 and (b) the sales price equals or exceeds the estimated
                 fair market value thereof as determined in good faith
                 by the selling Borrower.

                      6.9  SALES AND LEASE-BACKS

                      Other than with respect to the New Orleans
            Distribution Center, each Borrower will not, and will not
            permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to
            become or remain liable as lessee or as guarantor or other
            surety with respect to any lease with any Person, whether an
            Operating Lease or a Capital Lease, of any property (whether
            real or personal or mixed) whether now owned or hereafter
            acquired, (i) which a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
            has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to such
            Person or such Person's Affiliate, or (ii) which a Borrower
            or any such Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the
            same purpose as any other property which has been or is to
            be sold or transferred by the Company or any such Subsidiary
            to such  Person or such Person's Affiliate in connection
            with such lease; provided that Borrowers may enter into any
            sale and leaseback of real property, improvements thereon
            and equipment of the Borrowers entered into to finance or
            refinance the purchase price or construction of such real
            property, improvements and equipment; provided that the Net
            Cash Proceeds (plus the related amounts described in clauses
            (i) and (iii) of the definition of Net Cash Proceeds) of
            each such Asset Sale during any Fiscal Year together with
            aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from other Asset Sales
            consisting of sale and leasebacks consummated during such
            Fiscal Year do not exceed $15,000,000.

                      6.10 SALE OR DISCOUNT OF RECEIVABLES

                      Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of
            its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (i) sell with
            recourse, or discount or otherwise sell for less than the
            face value thereof, notes or accounts receivable or
            (ii) sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, transfer or
            otherwise dispose of any of their rights and claims to the
            payment or receipt of money or other forms of consideration
            of any kind other than pursuant to the Loan Documents.

                      6.11 TRANSACTIONS WITH STOCKHOLDERS AND AFFILIATES

                      Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of
            its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction (including,
            without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of
            any property or the rendering of any service) with any
            holder of 5% or more of any class of equity securities of a
            Borrower or with any Affiliate of a Borrower or any such
            holder on terms that are less favorable to a Borrower or any


                                           95





<PAGE>   102
            such Subsidiary than those which might be obtained at the
            time from Persons who are not such a holder or Affiliate.

                      6.12 DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARY STOCK

                      Except as permitted by subsection 6.7 and 6.8, the
            Company will not,

                      (i)  directly or indirectly sell, assign, pledge
                 or otherwise encumber or dispose of any shares of
                 capital stock or other equity securities of (or
                 warrants, rights or options to acquire shares or other
                 equity securities of) any of its Subsidiaries, except
                 to qualify directors if required by applicable law; or

                      (ii) permit any of its Subsidiaries directly or
                 indirectly to sell, assign, pledge or otherwise
                 encumber or dispose of any shares of capital stock or
                 other securities of (or warrants, rights or options to
                 acquire shares or other securities of) any of its
                 Subsidiaries, except to the Company, another Subsidiary
                 of the Company, pursuant to the Collateral Documents or
                 to qualify directors if required by applicable law.

                      6.13 LIMITATION ON CONSOLIDATED CAPITAL
                           EXPENDITURES

                      Each Borrower will not, and will not permit its
            Subsidiaries to, incur aggregate Consolidated Capital
            Expenditures during the following Fiscal Years in excess of
            the correlative amounts indicated below:

                                               Maximum Consolidated
                      Fiscal Year              Capital Expenditures
                      -----------              --------------------
                      1993                          $40,000,000
                      1994                           50,000,000
                      1995                           50,000,000
                      1996                           60,000,000

            ; provided that any amounts not used in one Fiscal Year may
            be carried forward and used during the first six months of
            the succeeding Fiscal Year in addition to the amount set
            forth above for such succeeding Fiscal Year.

                      6.14 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

                      Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of
            its Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than the
            business engaged in by it on the date hereof and any
            businesses or activities substantially similar or related
            thereto; provided, that PNS will not engage in any business
            other than that of a retail merchant and WCL will not engage


                                           96





<PAGE>   103
            in any business other than that of a wholesaler and PNS
            Eastern, Inc. will remain inactive.  The Company will not
            engage in any business other than owning the outstanding
            capital stock of its wholly owned Subsidiaries.

                      6.15 INDEPENDENCE OF COVENANTS

                      All covenants hereunder shall be given independent
            effect so that if a particular action or condition is not
            permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would
            be permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the
            limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the
            occurrence of an Event of Default or Potential Event of
            Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

                      6.16 USE OF PROCEEDS

                      The Borrowers will not use all or any portion of
            the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit for any purpose
            other than the purposes set forth in subsection 2.14.

                 SECTION 7.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT


                      If any of the following conditions or events
            ("Events of Default") shall occur and be continuing:

                      7.1  FAILURE TO MAKE PAYMENTS WHEN DUE

                      The Borrowers shall fail to pay any principal of
            any Loan or shall fail to pay any other amount due under
            this Agreement (other than interest on the Loans and fees
            due to the Lenders hereunder) when the same becomes due and
            payable; or the Borrowers shall fail to pay any interest on
            any Loan or any fees due to the Lenders under this Agreement
            within five days after the same becomes due and payable; or

                      7.2  BREACH OF WARRANTY

                      Any representation or warranty made or deemed made
            by any Loan Party (or any of its officers) in any Loan
            Document or certificate or other writing delivered pursuant
            thereto shall prove to have been incorrect or misleading in
            any material respect when made or deemed made; or

                      7.3  BREACH OF COVENANTS

                      Any Loan Party shall fail to perform or observe
            any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 5 or
            Section 6; or any Loan Party shall fail to perform or
            observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in
            this Agreement or any other Loan Document on its part to be
            performed or observed if such failure shall remain


                                           97





<PAGE>   104
            unremedied or unwaived for 10 days after the earlier of (a)
            the date upon which any Responsible Officer of any of the
            Borrowers knew of such failure or (b) the date upon which
            written notice thereof shall have been given to such Loan
            Party by the Administrative Agent; or

                      7.4  BREACH OF OTHER AGREEMENTS

                      Any Loan Party shall fail to pay any portion of
            principal of or premium or interest on any Indebtedness,
            which Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount
            greater than $1,000,000 (but excluding Indebtedness
            outstanding hereunder) or shall fail to pay any portion of a
            Contingent Obligation, which Contingent Obligation is in an
            aggregate principal amount of greater than $1,000,000, when
            the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled
            maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or
            otherwise), and such failure shall continue unwaived after
            the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the
            agreement or instrument relating to such Indebtedness or
            Contingent Obligation; or any other event shall occur or
            condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument
            relating to any such Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation
            and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if
            any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the
            effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to
            permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such
            Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation; or any such
            Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation shall be declared to
            be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by
            a regularly scheduled required prepayment), prior to the
            stated maturity thereof; or

                      7.5  BANKRUPTCY

                           (i)  A court having jurisdiction in the
                 premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in
                 respect of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in
                 an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
                 insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
                 effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any
                 other similar relief shall be granted under any
                 applicable federal or state law; or

                           (ii) An involuntary case is commenced against
                 any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries under any
                 applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law
                 now or hereafter in effect; or a decree or order of a
                 court having jurisdiction in the premises for the
                 appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator,
                 trustee, custodian or other officer having similar
                 powers over any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries,
                 or over all or a substantial part of its property,


                                           98





                                                                           
<PAGE>   105
                 shall have been entered; or there shall be the
                 involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee
                 or other custodian of any Loan Party or any of its
                 Subsidiaries for all or a substantial part of its
                 property; or there shall be the issuance of a warrant
                 of attachment, execution or similar process against any
                 substantial part of the property of any Loan Party or
                 any of its Subsidiaries, and the continuance of any
                 such event referred to in this clause (ii) for 60 days
                 unless dismissed, bonded or discharged; or

                           (iii) Any Loan Party or any of its
                 Subsidiaries shall have an order for relief entered
                 with respect to it or commence a voluntary case under
                 any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
                 law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the
                 entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, or
                 to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary
                 case, under any such law, or shall consent to the
                 appointment of or taking possession by a receiver,
                 trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial
                 part of its property or shall make any assignment for
                 the benefit of creditors; or

                           (iv) Any Loan Party or any of its
                 Subsidiaries shall fail, be unable, or admit its
                 inability to pay its debts as such debts become due; or
                 the Board of Directors of any Loan Party or any of its
                 Subsidiaries (or any committee thereof) adopts any
                 resolution to approve or otherwise authorizes any of
                 the actions referred to in clause (iii) above or this
                 clause (iv); or

                      7.6  JUDGMENTS

                      Any unpaid judgments, orders for the payment of
            money (other than judgments and orders covered by insurance,
            but only if the insurer has admitted liability with respect
            to such judgments and orders), writs or warrants of
            attachment involving amounts in excess of $1,000,000 in the
            aggregate shall be entered or filed against any of the
            Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries and shall
            remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a
            period of 30 days or in any event later than 30 days prior
            to any sale under any such judgment, order, writ or warrant;
            or

                      7.7  DISSOLUTION

                      Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered
            against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries decreeing
            the dissolution or split up of any Loan Party or any of its



                                           99





                                      
<PAGE>   106
    Subsidiaries and such order shall remain undischarged or
                 unstayed for a period in excess of 30 days; or

                      7.8  ERISA

                           (i)  Any Borrower or any of its ERISA
                 Affiliates fails to make full payment when due of all
                 amounts in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate which,
                 under the provisions of any Pension Plan, Multiemployer
                 Plan or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, such
                 Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates is required to
                 pay as contributions thereto;

                           (ii) Any accumulated funding deficiency in
                 excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate occurs or exists,
                 whether or not waived, with respect to any Pension
                 Plan;

                           (iii) The excess of the actuarial present
                 value of all benefit liabilities under all Pension
                 Plans over the fair market value of the assets of such
                 Pension Plans (excluding in such computation Pension
                 Plans with assets greater than benefit liabilities)
                 allocable to such benefit liabilities is greater than
                 $1,000,000;

                           (iv) Any Borrower or any of its ERISA
                 Affiliates enters into any transaction which has as its
                 principal purpose the evasion of liability under
                 Subtitle D or E of Title IV of ERISA;

                           (v)  (A) Any Pension Plan maintained by any
                 Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall be
                 terminated within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, or
                 (B) a trustee shall be appointed by an appropriate
                 United States district court to administer any Pension
                 Plan, or (C) the PBGC shall institute proceedings to
                 terminate, or to appoint a trustee to administer any
                 Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or (D) any Borrower
                 or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall withdraw (under
                 Section 4063 of ERISA) from a Pension Plan or under
                 Sections 4203 or 4205 from a Multiemployer Plan, if as
                 of the date of the event listed in subclauses (A)-(D)
                 above or any subsequent date, any Borrower or any of
                 its ERISA Affiliates have incurred or are reasonably
                 likely to incur any liability in excess of $1,000,000
                 (such liability to include, without limitation, any
                 liability to any Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan, or
                 the PBGC, or to any other part under Sections 4062,
                 4063 or 4064 of ERISA or any other provision of law)
                 resulting from or otherwise associated with the events
                 listed in subclause (A)-(D) above;


                                          100





                                
<PAGE>   107
                      As used in this subsection 7.8 the term
            "accumulated funding deficiency" has the meaning specified
            in Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, and the terms
            "actuarial present value" and "benefit liabilities" have the
            meanings specified in Section 4001 of ERISA; or

                      7.9  CONTROL OF THE BORROWERS

                      (i)  Any Person or two or more Persons acting in
            concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the
            meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange
            Commission under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
            amended), directly or indirectly, of securities of any
            Borrower (or other securities convertible into such
            securities) representing 50% or more of the combined voting
            power of all securities of such Borrower entitled to vote in
            the election of directors, other than securities having such
            power only by reason of the happening of a contingency; or

                      (ii) Any Person or two or more Persons acting in
            concert shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or
            shall have entered into a contract or arrangement which upon
            consummation will result in its or their acquisition of, the
            power to exercise, directly or indirectly, control over
            securities of any Borrower (or other securities convertible
            into such securities) representing 50% or more of the
            combined voting power of all securities of such Borrower
            entitled to vote in the election of directors, other than
            securities having such power only by reason of the happening
            of a contingency; or

                      (iii) Any Person or two or more Persons acting in
            concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the
            meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange
            Commission under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
            amended), directly or indirectly, of securities of any
            Borrower (or other securities convertible into such
            securities) representing 35% or more of the combined voting
            power of all securities of such Borrower entitled to vote in
            the election of directors, other than by reason of the
            happening of a contingency and during any period commencing
            with the acquisition of such securities and ending with the
            next stockholders' meeting at which (a) a majority of
            individuals constituting the board of directors of such
            Borrower will be elected, and (b) the Person acquiring such
            securities shall have the right to vote, individuals who
            prior to such election were directors of such Borrower shall
            cease for any reason (other than death or incapacity) to
            constitute 50% of the board of directors of such Borrower;
            or

                      (iv) Any Person or two or more Persons acting in
            concert shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or


                                          101





                           
<PAGE>   108
            shall have entered into a contract or arrangement which upon
            consummation will result in its or their acquisition of, the
            power to exercise, directly or indirectly, control over
            securities of any Borrower (or other securities convertible
            into such securities) representing 35% or more of the
            combined voting power of all securities of such Borrower
            entitled to vote in the election of directors, other than by
            reason of the happening of a contingency and during any
            period commencing with the acquisition of such securities
            and ending with the next stockholders' meeting at which
            (a) a majority of individuals constituting the board of
            directors of such Borrower will be elected, and (b) the
            Person acquiring such securities shall have the right to
            vote, individuals who prior to such election were directors
            of such Borrower shall cease for any reason (other than
            death or incapacity) to constitute 50% of the board of
            directors of such Borrower; or

                      (v)  The Company shall cease to own 100% of the
            issued and outstanding capital stock of PNS and WCL;

            then, and in any such event, the Administrative Agent shall
            at the request, or may with the consent, of the Requisite
            Lenders, (i) by notice to the Borrowers, declare the
            obligation of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation
            of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit to be
            terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate,
            (ii) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of
            Requisite Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers, declare
            (x) the Loans and all interest thereon, (y) an amount equal
            to the maximum amount that may at any time be drawn under
            all Letters of Credit then outstanding (whether or not any
            beneficiary under any Letter of Credit shall have presented,
            or shall be entitled at such time to present, the drafts and
            other documents required to draw under such Letter of
            Credit), and (z) all other amounts payable under this
            Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the
            Loans, all such interest and all such amounts shall become
            and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment,
            demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which
            are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers; (iii) exercise
            any other remedies provided under this Agreement and the
            other Loan Documents or by law; provided, however, that in
            the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for
            relief with respect to the Company or any of its
            Subsidiaries under the Bankruptcy Code, (A) the obligation
            of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the
            Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit shall automatically
            be terminated and (B) the Loans, the amount set forth in
            clause (y) above, all such interest and all such amounts
            shall automatically become and be due and payable, without
            presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all
            of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers;


                                          102





<PAGE>   109
            provided further that the foregoing shall not affect in any
            way the obligations of the Revolving Lenders to purchase
            from any Issuing Bank participations in the unreimbursed
            amount of any drawings under any Letters of Credit as
            provided in subsection 2.16E.  So long as any Letters of
            Credit shall remain outstanding, any amounts described in
            clause (y) above with respect to Letters of Credit, when
            received by the Administrative Agent, shall be held by the
            Administrative Agent as cash collateral for the obligation
            of the Borrowers to reimburse the Issuing Banks in the event
            of any drawing under outstanding Letters of Credit, and upon
            any drawing under any outstanding Letter of Credit in
            respect of which the Administrative Agent has deposited in a
            cash collateral account (the "Cash Collateral Account") any
            amounts described in clause (y) above, the Administrative
            Agent shall apply such amounts to reimburse the Issuing Bank
            with respect to such Letter of Credit for the amount of such
            drawing.  In the event of the cancellation or expiration of
            any Letter of Credit in respect of which the Administrative
            Agent has deposited in Cash Collateral Account any amounts
            described in clause (y) above or in the event of any
            reduction in the maximum amount available at any time for
            drawing under Letters of Credit ("Maximum Available
            Amount"), the Administrative Agent shall apply the amount
            then in the Cash Collateral Account less the Maximum
            Available Amount immediately after such cancellation,
            expiration or reduction, if any, first to reimburse the
            Issuing Banks for any drawings under outstanding Letters of
            Credit, second to the payment in full of the Obligations,
            and third to whomsoever shall be lawfully entitled to
            receive such funds.

                      Upon acceleration, the Lenders and the
            Administrative Agent, or any of them, without notice to or
            demand upon the Borrowers which are expressly waived by the
            Borrowers, may proceed (but only with the consent of
            Requisite Lenders) to protect, exercise, and enforce their
            rights and remedies under the Loan Documents and such other
            rights and remedies as are provided by law or equity.
            Requisite Lenders may determine in their sole discretion the
            order and manner in which the Lenders' rights and remedies
            are to be exercised, and all payments received by the
            Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any one or more of
            them, shall be applied as follows (regardless of how each
            Lender may treat the payments for the purpose of its own
            accounting); first, to all costs and expenses (including,
            without limitation, attorneys' fees, costs of maintaining,
            preserving and/or disposing of any real, personal or mixed
            property of the Company and its Subsidiaries which secures
            the Obligations to the Lenders and costs of settlement)
            incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any
            of them, in enforcing any Obligations of, or in collecting
            any payments due from, the Borrowers hereunder by reason of


                                          103





<PAGE>   110

           such Event of Default; second, to all fees and expenses due
            and owing to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, third,
            ratably to accrued interest; fourth, ratably to principal
            amounts outstanding; fifth, to other Obligations then due
            and owing under any of the Loan Documents; and sixth to
            whomsoever shall be lawfully entitled to receive such funds.


                 SECTION 8.  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT; CO-AGENTS

                      8.1  APPOINTMENT AND AUTHORIZATION

                      Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints,
            designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take
            such action on its behalf under the provisions of this
            Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such
            powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to
            it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan
            Document, together with such powers as are reasonably
            incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision to the
            contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any
            other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall not have
            any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set
            forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be
            deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender,
            and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities,
            duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this
            Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist
            against the Administrative Agent.

                      8.2  DELEGATION OF DUTIES

                      The Administrative Agent may execute any of its
            duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or
            through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be
            entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters
            pertaining to such duties.  The Administrative Agent shall
            not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any
            agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects with reasonable
            care.

                      8.3  LIABILITY OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

                      None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (a) be
            liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of
            them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other
            Loan Document (except for its own gross negligence or
            willful misconduct), or (b) be responsible in any manner to
            any of the Lenders for any recital, statement, representa-
            tion or warranty made by any Borrower or any Subsidiary or
            Affiliate of any Borrower, or any officer thereof, contained
            in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any
            certificate, report, statement or other document referred to


                                          104





<PAGE>   111
            or provided for in, or received by the Agent under or in
            connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
            or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability
            or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
            or for any failure of any Borrower or any other party to any
            Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or
            thereunder.  No Agent-Related Person shall be under any
            obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to
            the observance or performance of any of the agreements
            contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other
            Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or
            records of any Borrower or any of the Borrowers'
            Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

                      8.4  RELIANCE BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

                      (a)  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to
            rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any
            writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate,
            affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone
            message, statement or other document or conversation
            believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been
            signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and
            upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including
            counsel to the Borrowers), independent accountants and other
            experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The
            Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or
            refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any
            other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such
            advice or concurrence of the Requisite Lenders as it deems
            appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be
            indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any
            and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by
            reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The
            Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected
            in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this
            Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a
            request or consent of the Requisite Lenders and such request
            and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto
            shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

                      (b)  For purposes of determining compliance with
            the conditions specified in subsections 3.1 and 3.2, each
            Lender that has executed this Agreement shall be deemed to
            have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied
            with each document or other matter either sent by the
            Administrative Agent to such Lender for consent, approval,
            acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be
            consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to
            the Lender, unless an officer of the Administrative Agent
            responsible for the transactions contemplated by the Loan
            Documents shall have received notice from the Lender prior
            to the applicable Borrowing specifying its objection thereto


                                          105





<PAGE>   112
            and either such objection shall not have been withdrawn by
            notice to the Administrative Agent to that effect or the
            Lender shall not have made available to the Administrative
            Agent the Lender's ratable portion of such Committed
            Borrowing.

                      8.5  NOTICE OF DEFAULT

                      The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to
            have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or
            Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the
            payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid
            to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders,
            unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written
            notice from a Lender or the Borrowers referring to this
            Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and
            stating that such notice is a "notice of default".  In the
            event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice,
            the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the
            Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall take such action
            with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be
            requested by the Requisite Lenders in accordance with
            Section 7; provided, however, that unless and until the
            Administrative Agent shall have received any such request,
            the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to)
            take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with
            respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem
            advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

                      8.6  CREDIT DECISION

                      Each Lender expressly acknowledges that none of
            the Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or
            warranty to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent
            hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of
            the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to
            constitute any representation or warranty by the
            Administrative Agent to any Lender.  Each Lender represents
            to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and
            without reliance upon the Administrative Agent and based on
            such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate,
            made its own appraisal of and investigation into the
            business, prospects, operations, property, financial and
            other condition and creditworthiness of the Company and its
            Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank regulatory laws
            relating to the transactions contemplated thereby, and made
            its own decision to enter into this Agreement and extend
            credit to the Borrowers hereunder.  Each Lender also
            represents that it will, independently and without reliance
            upon the Administrative Agent and based on such documents
            and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
            continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and
            decisions in taking or not taking action under this


                                          106





<PAGE>   113
            Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such
            investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to
            the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and
            other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrowers.
            Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly
            herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by the
            Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall not
            have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with
            any credit or other information concerning the business,
            prospects, operations, property, financial and other
            condition or creditworthiness of the Borrowers which may
            come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related
            Persons.

                      8.7  INDEMNIFICATION

                      Whether or not the transactions contemplated
            hereby shall be consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify
            upon demand the Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not
            reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrowers and without
            limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so), ratably
            from and against any and all liabilities, obligations,
            losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
            costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind whatsoever
            which may at any time (including at any time following the
            repayment of the Loans and the termination or resignation of
            the related Administrative Agent) be imposed on, incurred by
            or asserted against any such Person any way relating to or
            arising out of this Agreement or any document contemplated
            by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions
            contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or
            omitted by any such Person under or in connection with any
            of the foregoing; provided, however, that no Lender shall be
            liable for the payment to the Agent-Related Persons of any
            portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
            penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
            disbursements resulting solely from such Person's gross
            negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limitation of the
            foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative
            Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or
            out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred
            by the Administrative Agent in connection with the
            preparation, execution, delivery, administration,
            modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through
            negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal
            advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this
            Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document
            contemplated by or referred to herein to the extent that the
            Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by
            or on behalf of the Borrowers.  Without limiting the
            generality of the foregoing, if the Internal Revenue Service
            or any other Governmental Authority of the United States or
            other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative


                                          107





<PAGE>   114
            Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or
            for the account of any Lender (because the appropriate form
            was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because
            such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a
            change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from,
            or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any
            other reason) such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative
            Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by
            the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including
            penalties and interest, and including any taxes imposed by
            any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the
            Administrative Agent under this Section, together with all
            costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs).  The
            obligation of the Lenders in this Section shall survive the
            payment of all Obligations hereunder.

                      8.8  ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY

                      BofA and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue
            letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from,
            acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind
            of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with
            the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as though
            BofA were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without
            notice to or consent of the Lenders.  With respect to its
            Loans, BofA shall have the same rights and powers under this
            Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as
            though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms
            "Lender" and "Lenders" shall include BofA in its individual
            capacity.

                      8.9  SUCCESSOR ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

                      The Administrative Agent may, and at the request
            of the Requisite Lenders shall, resign as Administrative
            Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Lenders and the Borrowers.
            If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative
            Agent under this Agreement, the Requisite Lenders shall
            appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the
            Lenders, which successor agent shall be reasonably
            acceptable to the Borrowers.  If no successor agent shall
            have been appointed by the Requisite Lenders and shall have
            accepted such appointment within 10 days prior to the
            effective date of the resignation of the Administrative
            Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after
            consulting with the Lenders and the Borrowers, a successor
            agent from among the Lenders.  If no successor agent shall
            have been so appointed by the Administrative Agent and shall
            have accepted such appointment prior to the effective date
            of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the
            Administrative Agent may appoint a successor agent which
            shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the
            United States or any state thereof having a combined capital


                                          108





<PAGE>   115
            and surplus of at least $500,000,000.  Upon the acceptance
            of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, such
            successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and
            duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term
            "Administrative Agent" shall mean such successor agent and
            the retiring Administrative Agent's appointment, powers and
            duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated. After
            any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder as
            Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 and
            subsections 10.4 and 10.6 shall inure to its benefit as to
            any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was
            Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

                      8.10 CO-AGENTS

                      None of the Lenders identified on the facing page
            or signature pages of this Agreement as a Co-Agent shall
            have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility
            or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to
            all Lenders as such.  Each Lender acknowledges that it has
            not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders so
            identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in
            taking or not taking action hereunder.


                 SECTION 9.  THE LENDERS' REPRESENTATIONS

                      Each Lender hereby represents that it is a
            commercial lender or financial institution which makes loans
            in the ordinary course of its business and that it will make
            each Loan hereunder and participate in each Letter of Credit
            issued hereunder in the ordinary course of such business;
            provided, however, that the disposition of any evidence of
            indebtedness held by such Lender shall at all times be
            within its exclusive control subject to subsection 10.8.


                 SECTION 10.  MISCELLANEOUS

                      10.1 AMENDMENTS, ETC.

                      No amendment or waiver of any provision of this
            Agreement or any other Loan Document nor consent to any
            departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall in any event be
            effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by
            Requisite Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be
            effective only in the specific instance and for the specific
            purpose for which given; provided, however, that no
            amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and
            signed by all the Lenders, do any of the following:
            (a) increase the Commitments of the Lenders or subject the
            Lenders to any additional obligations, (b) reduce the
            principal of, or interest on, the Loans or any fees or other


                                          109





<PAGE>   116
            amounts payable hereunder, (c) postpone any date fixed for
            any scheduled payment of principal of, or interest on, the
            Loans or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder,
            (d) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the
            aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans, or the
            number of Lenders, which shall be required for the Lenders
            or any of them to take any action hereunder or (e) amend
            this subsection 10.1 or subsection 2.13; and provided,
            further, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless
            in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in
            addition to the Lenders required above to take such action,
            shall affect the rights or duties of the Administrative
            Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.  No
            notice to or demand on the Borrowers in any case shall
            entitle the Borrowers to any other or further notice or
            demand in similar or other circumstances.  Any amendment,
            modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in
            accordance with this subsection 10.1 shall be binding upon
            each holder of any indebtedness resulting from the making of
            Loans hereunder at the time outstanding, each future holder
            of any such indebtedness, and if signed by the Borrowers, on
            the Borrowers.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Bid Loan
            Lender may, in its sole discretion, if there exists no
            Potential Event of Default or Event of Default, and without
            the consent or signature of the Administrative Agent or any
            other Lender (provided, however, that prompt notice thereof
            is provided by such Bid Loan Lender to the Administrative
            Agent), accept any prepayment on account of any such Bid
            Loan Lender's Bid Loans.

                      10.2 NOTICES, ETC.

                      All notices and other communications provided for
            hereunder shall be in writing (including telegraphic, telex,
            facsimile transmission or cable communication) and mailed,
            telegraphed, telexed, cabled or delivered.  For the purposes
            hereof, the addresses of the parties named on the signature
            pages hereto shall be as set forth under each party's name
            on the signature pages hereto (or with respect to any Lender
            not listed on the signature pages hereto, at the address
            specified for such Lender in the Assignment and Acceptance
            pursuant to which it became a Lender) or, as to the
            Borrowers, the Co-Agent or the Administrative Agent, at such
            other address as shall be designated by such party in a
            written notice to the other parties and, as to each other
            party, at such other address as shall be designated by such
            party in a written notice to the Borrowers and the
            Administrative Agent.  All such notices and communications
            shall, when delivered, mailed, telegraphed, telexed,
            telecopied or cabled, be effective when delivered, three
            days after mailing, when delivered to the telegraph company,
            when confirmed by telecopy response, when confirmed by telex
            answerback or when delivered to the cable company,


                                          110





<PAGE>   117
            respectively, except that notices and communications to the
            Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2 or 8 shall not be
            effective until received by the Administrative Agent.

                      10.3 NO WAIVER; REMEDIES

                      No failure on the part of any Lender, the Co-Agent
            or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay in
            exercising, any right hereunder or under any Loan Document
            shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or
            partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or
            further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.
            The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not
            exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

                      10.4 COSTS AND EXPENSES

                      Whether or not the transactions contemplated
            hereby shall be consummated, the Borrowers agree to pay on
            demand all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the
            Administrative Agent in connection with the administration,
            development, preparation, execution, delivery, syndication,
            filing, recording, modification, supplement, waiver and
            amendment of (whether or not consummated), and searching or
            filing or recording of files in respect of, the Loan
            Documents and the other documents (including without
            limitation, legal, appraisal, environmental, valuation,
            audit, insurance and travel costs and expenses) to be
            delivered under the Loan Documents, including, without
            limitation, independent accounting firms for the
            Administrative Agent, and Attorney Costs with respect
            thereto and with respect to advising the Administrative
            Agent as to its rights and responsibilities under the Loan
            Documents.  In addition, the Borrowers agree to pay on
            demand, all reasonable costs and expenses of the Lenders,
            the Co-Agent and the Administrative Agent, if any
            (including, without limitation, legal, appraisal,
            environmental, valuation, audit, consulting, travel costs
            and expenses, Attorney Costs and the fees and expenses of
            independent accounting firms or other experts for the
            Administrative Agent or the Lenders) in connection with the
            enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings
            or otherwise) of the Loan Documents and the other documents
            to be delivered under the Loan Documents, or in connection
            with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit
            arrangement provided under the Loan Documents in the nature
            of a "workout" or of any insolvency or bankruptcy
            proceeding.

                      10.5 RIGHT OF SET-OFF

                      Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance
            of any Event of Default and (ii) the making of the request


                                          111





<PAGE>   118
            or the granting of the consent specified by Section 7 to
            authorize the Administrative Agent to declare the Loans and
            other amounts due and payable pursuant to the provisions of
            Section 7, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and
            from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
            to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or
            special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time
            held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender
            to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower against
            any and all of the Obligations of the now or hereafter
            existing under any Loan Document, irrespective of whether or
            not such Lender shall have made any demand under such Loan
            Document and although such Obligations may be unmatured.
            Each Lender agrees promptly to notify such Borrower after
            any such set-off and application made by such Lender,
            provided that the failure to give such notice shall not
            affect the validity of such set-off and application.  The
            rights of each Lender under this subsection 10.5 are in
            addition to other rights and remedies (including, without
            limitation, other rights of set-off) which such Lender may
            have.

                      10.6 INDEMNIFICATION

                      Each Borrower jointly and severally agrees to pay,
            and on demand to indemnify and hold harmless the
            Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent and each Lender and their
            respective Affiliates, and each of their respective
            successors, assigns, directors, officers, employees,
            servants, attorneys and agents (collectively, the
            "Indemnitees") from and against any and all claims,
            including claims based on strict liability in tort, damages,
            losses, liabilities, demands, suits, judgments, causes of
            action and all legal proceedings, whether civil, criminal,
            administrative or in arbitration, whether or not such
            Indemnitee is a party thereto, penalties, fines and other
            sanctions and expenses, including, without limitation
            Attorney Costs, which may be imposed on, incurred by or
            asserted against any Indemnitee:

                      (a)  by reason of any inaccuracy in any material
                 respect, or any untrue statement or alleged untrue
                 statement of any material fact, made in any report,
                 exhibit or publication in connection with the
                 effectiveness of this Agreement, the incurrence of the
                 Indebtedness hereunder and the transactions
                 contemplated hereby, or by reason of the omission or
                 alleged omission to state therein a material fact
                 necessary to make such statements, in the light of the
                 circumstances under which they were made, not
                 misleading; or


                                          112





<PAGE>   119
                     (b)  by reason of or in connection with the
                 execution, delivery, performance, administration or
                 enforcement of any Loan Document or any proposal, fee,
                 or commitment letter relating thereto, or any
                 transaction contemplated by any Loan Document; or

                      (c)  arising under or pursuant to activities of
                 any Loan Party that violate Hazardous Materials Laws;

                      (d)  arising out of or relating to the use of
                 proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit;

            provided, however, that the Borrowers shall not be liable to
            any Indemnitee for (i) any portion of such claims, damages,
            liabilities and expenses that a court of competent
            jurisdiction shall have determined by a judgment to have
            directly resulted from such Indemnitee's gross negligence or
            willful misconduct or (ii) any settlement by such Indemnitee
            of any claim or action involving the payment of monetary
            damages effected without the consent of the Borrowers, which
            consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided,
            further, that such consent shall not be required if such
            Indemnitee determines in good faith on advice of counsel
            that such settlement is advisable to avoid fines or other
            penalties (whether or not monetary) adverse to the interests
            of such Indemnitee.  To the extent that the undertaking to
            indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in the
            immediately preceding sentence may be unenforceable because
            it is violative of any law or public policy, the Borrowers
            shall contribute the maximum portion which they are
            permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the
            payment and satisfaction of all indemnified liabilities
            incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them.

                      10.7 BINDING EFFECT

                      This Agreement shall become effective when it
            shall have been executed by the Borrowers, the
            Administrative Agent, the Co-Agent and the Lenders and
            thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
            each Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each Lender and
            their respective successors and assigns permitted under
            subsection 10.8, except that no Borrower shall have the
            right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein
            without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

                      10.8 ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS

                      A.   Each Lender may assign to one or more
            Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and
            obligations under this Agreement (including, without
            limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment), the Loans
            and its participations in the Letters of Credit owing to


                                          113





<PAGE>   120
            it); provided, however, that (i) no assignment shall,
            without the consent of the Borrowers, require the Borrowers
            to file a registration statement with the Securities and
            Exchange Commission or apply to qualify the Loans under the
            blue sky laws of any state, (ii) each such assignment by a
            Lender shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage
            of all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations
            under this Agreement with respect to the Loans and
            Commitments, (iii) the amount of the Commitments or Loans of
            the assigning Lender being assigned pursuant to each such
            assignment (determined as of the date of the Assignment and
            Acceptance with respect to such assignment) shall in no
            event be less than $10,000,000; provided, however, that the
            amount of the Commitments and Loans of the assigning Lender
            being assigned may be in an amount equal to such assigned
            Lender's entire Commitments and outstanding Loans, (iv) each
            such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee and, in the
            case of an Eligible Assignee that is not a Lender or an
            Affiliate of a Lender, shall be consented to in advance in
            writing by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (which
            consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and (v) the
            parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to
            the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrowers), for
            its acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment
            and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation
            fee of $2,500.  Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance
            and recording, from and after the effective date specified
            in each Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the assignee
            thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that
            rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it
            pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights
            and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (y) the Lender
            assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and
            obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to
            such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be
            released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in
            the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the
            remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights and
            obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to
            be a party hereto).

                      B.   By executing and delivering an Assignment and
            Acceptance, the Lender assignor thereunder and the assignee
            thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the
            other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided
            in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender
            makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
            responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or
            representations made in or in connection with this Agreement
            or any other Loan Document or the execution, legality,
            validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value
            of this Agreement or any other instrument or document
            furnished pursuant hereto; (ii) such assigning Lender makes


                                          114





<PAGE>   121
            no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility
            with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or
            the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of
            its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan
            Document or any other instrument or document furnished
            pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has
            received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of
            the financial statements referred to in subsection 4.3 and
            such other documents and information as it has deemed
            appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to
            enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such
            assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the
            Administrative Agent, such assigning Lender or any other
            Lender and based on such documents and information as it
            shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own
            credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this
            Agreement; (v) such assignee confirms that it is an Eligible
            Assignee; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the
            Administrative Agent to take such action as agent or co-
            agent, respectively, on its behalf and to exercise such
            powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as
            are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms
            hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably
            incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it
            will perform in accordance with their terms all of the
            obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are
            required to be performed by it as a Lender.

                      C.   The Administrative Agent shall maintain at
            its address referred to in subsection 10.2 a copy of each
            Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it
            and records for the recordation of the names and addresses
            of the Lenders and the Commitments of, and principal amount
            of the Revolving Loans owing to, each Lender from time to
            time (collectively, such records are the "Register").  The
            entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for
            all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the
            Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person
            whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder
            for all purposes of this Agreement.  The Register shall be
            available for inspection by the Borrowers, the
            Administrative Agent or any Lender at any reasonable time
            and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

                      D.   Upon its receipt of an Assignment and
            Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee
            representing that it is an Eligible Assignee, the
            Administrative Agent shall, if such Assignment and
            Acceptance has been completed and is in substantially the
            form of Exhibit IX hereto, and subject to receipt of the
            written consent of the Borrowers and the Administrative
            Agent, if required hereby, (i) accept such Assignment and
            Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in


                                          115





<PAGE>   122
            the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the
            Borrowers.

                      E.   Each Lender may sell participations to one or
            more banks or other entities in or to all or a portion of
            its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including,
            without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitments, the
            Loans owing to it and its participations in Letters of
            Credit issued hereunder); provided, however, that (i) no
            participation shall, without the consent of the Borrowers,
            require the Borrowers to file a registration statement with
            the Securities and Exchange Commission or apply to qualify
            the Loans under the blue sky laws of any state, (ii) such
            Lender's obligations under this Agreement (including,
            without limitation, its Commitment to the Borrowers
            hereunder) shall remain unchanged, (iii) such Lender shall
            remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for
            the performance of such obligations, (iv) the Borrowers, the
            Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to
            deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with
            such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement,
            and (v) no Lender shall sell any participation under which
            the participant shall have rights to approve any amendment
            or waiver of any Loan Document except to the extent such
            amendment or waiver would (a) postpone any date fixed for
            any scheduled payments of principal of or interest with
            respect to the Loans or any fees or other amounts payable
            hereunder or (b) reduce the principal of, or interest on,
            the Loans or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder.

                      F.   Any Lender may, in connection with any
            assignment or participation or proposed assignment or
            participation pursuant to this subsection 10.8, disclose to
            the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or
            participant, any information relating to the Borrowers
            furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrowers;
            provided that, prior to any such disclosure, the assignee or
            participant or proposed assignee or participant shall agree
            to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential
            information relating to the Borrowers received by it from
            such Lender.

                      G.   Notwithstanding any other provision contained
            in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the
            contrary, any Lender may assign all or any portion of the
            Loans held by it to any Federal Reserve Bank or the United
            States Treasury as collateral security pursuant to
            Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal
            Reserve System and any Operating Circular issued by such
            Federal Reserve Bank, provided that any payment in respect
            of such assigned Loans made by the Borrowers to or for the
            account of the assigning and/or pledging Lender in
            accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall satisfy


                                          116





<PAGE>   123
            the Borrowers' obligations hereunder in respect to such
            assigned Loans to the extent of such payment.  No such
            assignment shall release the assigning Lender from its
            obligations hereunder.

                      10.9 SEVERABILITY

                      In case any provision in or obligation under this
            Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
            jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of
            the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such
            provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not
            in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

                      10.10 SURVIVAL OF WARRANTIES AND CERTAIN AGREEMENTS

                      A.   All agreements, representations and
            warranties made herein shall survive the execution and
            delivery of this Agreement, the making of the Loans
            hereunder and the issuance of the Letters of Credit
            hereunder and, except as set forth in subsection 10.10B,
            terminate upon the indefeasible payment in full of the
            Obligations.

                      B.   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or
            implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of the
            Borrowers set forth in subsections 2.10, 2.12, 10.4, 10.5
            and 10.6 shall survive the payment of the Loans, the
            expiration of the Letters of Credit and the termination of
            this Agreement.

                      10.11 HEADINGS

                      Section and subsection headings in this Agreement
            are included herein for convenience of reference only and
            shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other
            purpose or be given any substantive effect.

                      10.12 APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY
                            TRIAL

                      THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE
            CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS
            OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS
            PRINCIPLES.  The Lenders retain all of their rights under
            federal law, including those relating to interest rates.
            Each Borrower and each Lender hereby submits to the non-
            exclusive jurisdiction of the state courts of the State of
            New York and the federal courts located in the State of New
            York for all matters arising under this Agreement and
            related documents.  Service of process sufficient for
            personal jurisdiction in any action against any Borrower in
            New York may be made by registered or certified mail, return


                                          117





<PAGE>   124
            receipt requested, to the address specified pursuant to
            subsection 10.2.

                      THE BORROWERS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE CO-
            AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THE ISSUING BANK HEREBY AGREE TO
            WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM
            OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS
            AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY DEALINGS
            BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN
            TRANSACTION AND THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS
            BEING ESTABLISHED.  The scope of this waiver is intended to
            be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be
            filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of
            this transaction, including without limitation, contract
            claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims, and all other
            common law and statutory claims.  The Administrative Agent,
            the Co-Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the
            Borrowers each acknowledge that this waiver is a material
            inducement to enter into a business relationship, that each
            has already relied on the waiver in entering into this
            Agreement, and that each will continue to rely on the waiver
            in their related future dealings.  The Administrative Agent,
            the Co-Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the
            Borrowers further warrant and represent that each has
            reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each
            knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights
            following consultation with legal counsel.  THIS WAIVER IS
            IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER
            ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY
            SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR
            MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR TO
            ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOAN.  In
            the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a
            written consent to a trial by the court.

                      10.13  TERMINATION OF COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS; RELEASE
                             OF SECURITY

                      On the Closing Date, each of the Collateral
            Documents is hereby terminated and of no further force and
            effect except as to provisions therein expressly intended to
            survive such termination and all Liens on the collateral
            described therein are hereby released.  All releases,
            termination statements, assignment documents and other
            documents deemed necessary or advisable to terminate the
            Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents shall be
            executed, delivered, filed and/or recorded and all other
            action deemed necessary or advisable to so terminate such
            Liens shall be taken promptly following the Closing Date.
            At any time or from time to time upon the request of the
            Borrowers, the Administrative Agent shall cause to be
            executed and delivered such further documents and to be done
            such other acts as the Borrowers may reasonably request in


                                          118





                                                                           
<PAGE>   125
            order to effect fully the release of the Collateral
            Documents and the Liens granted thereby.

                      10.14  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS

                      This Agreement and any amendments, waivers,
            consents, or supplements may be executed in any number of
            counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate
            counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered
            shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts
            together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

                      10.15  OBLIGATIONS SEVERAL

                      The obligation of each Lender hereunder is
            several, and no Lender shall be responsible for the
            obligation or commitment of any other Lender hereunder.
            Nothing contained in this Agreement and no action taken by
            the Lenders pursuant hereto shall be deemed to constitute
            the Lenders to be a partnership, an association, a joint
            venture or any other kind of entity.

                      10.16  COMPLETE AGREEMENT

                      This written Agreement, together with the exhibits
            to this Agreement and other documents described herein is
            intended by the parties as a final expression of their
            agreement and is intended as a complete statement of the
            terms and conditions of their agreement.


                                          119





                                                                           
<PAGE>   126
                   WITNESS the due execution hereof by the respective
            duly authorized officers of the undersigned as of the date
            first written above.

                                     THE COMPANY:

                                     MAC FRUGAL'S BARGAINS o CLOSE-OUTS
                                      INC.


                                     By: LEONARD S. WILLIAMS
                                         ------------------------------
                                     
                                     Title: President
                                            ---------------------------

                                     Notice Address:

                                     Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-Outs
                                      Inc.
                                     2430 East Del Amo Boulevard
                                     Dominguez, California  90220
                                     Attention:  Philip L. Carter
                                          Telecopy No.:  (310) 632-4477
                                          Attention:  Dan Felsenthal
                                     Telecopy No.:  (310) 762-2364


                                     WCL:

                                     WEST COAST LIQUIDATORS, INC.


                                     By: LEONARD S. WILLIAMS
                                         ------------------------------

                                     Title: President
                                            ---------------------------

                                     Notice Address:

                                     c/o Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-
                                      Outs Inc.
                                     2430 East Del Amo Boulevard
                                     Dominguez, California 90220
                                     Attention:  Philip L. Carter
                                     Telecopy No.:  (310) 632-4477
                                     Attention:  Dan Felsenthal
                                     Telecopy No.:  (310) 762-2364



                                     S-1





<PAGE>   127

                                     PNS:

                                     PNS STORES, INC.


                                     By: LEONARD S. WILLIAMS
                                         ------------------------------

                                     Title: President
                                            ---------------------------

                                     Notice Address:

                                     c/o Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-
                                      Outs Inc.
                                     2430 East Del Amo Boulevard
                                     Dominguez, California 90220
                                     Attention:  Philip L. Carter
                                     Telecopy No.:  (310) 632-4477
                                     Attention:  Dan Felsenthal
                                     Telecopy No.:  (310) 762-2364



                                     THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

                                     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                      SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                                     as Administrative Agent


                                     By: KAY S. WARREN
                                         ------------------------------

                                     Title: Vice President
                                            ---------------------------

                                     Notice Address:

                                     Bank of America National Trust and
                                      Savings Association
                                     Global Agency #5596
                                     1455 Market Street
                                     San Francisco, California  94103
                                     Attention:  Kay Warren
                                     Telecopy No.: (415) 622-4894



                                     S-2





<PAGE>   128





                                     THE CO-AGENT AND LENDER:

                                     CONTINENTAL BANK N.A., INDIVIDUALLY
                                     AND AS CO-AGENT


                                     By: JOSEPH TYLER
                                         ------------------------------

                                     Title: Vice President
                                            ---------------------------

                                     Notice Address:

                                     Continental Bank N.A.
                                     231 South La Salle Street
                                     Chicago, Illinois  60697
                                     Attention:  Joseph Tyler
                                     Telecopy No.:  (312) 765-2080

                                     Revolving Commitment:
                                       $30,000,000
                                       Pro Rata Share:
                                       20.0000000%



                                     THE LENDERS:

                                     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                      SAVINGS ASSOCIATION



                                     By: DENNIS V. ARRIOLA
                                         ------------------------------

                                     Title: Vice President
                                            ---------------------------

                                     Notice Address:

                                     Bank of America National Trust and
                                      Savings Association
                                     555 South Flower Street, #5618
                                     Los Angeles, California  90071
                                          Attention:  Dennis V. Arriola
                                     Telecopy No.:  (213) 228-2756

                                     Revolving Commitment:
                                       $30,000,000
                                       Pro Rata Share:
                                       20.0000000%





                                     S-3





<PAGE>   129





                                     PNC BANK, N.A.




                                     By:  TED A. DUNN
                                          -----------------------

                                     Title:  Commercial Banking Officer
                                             -----------------------


                                     Notice Address:

                                     PNC Bank, N.A.
                                     Suite #650
                                     55 South Lake Avenue
                                     Pasadena, California 91104
                                     Attention: Ted A. Dunn
                                     Telecopy No.: (818) 568-0653

                                     Revolving Commitment:
                                       $15,000,000
                                       Pro Rata Share:
                                       10.0000000%



                                     THE BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.



                                     By:  SCOTT LANE
                                          -----------------------

                                     Title:  Vice President
                                             --------------------


                                     Notice Address:

                                     The Bank of California, N.A.
                                     P.O. Box 2330
                                     5th Floor
                                     5550 South Hope Street
                                     Los Angeles, California 90071
                                     Attention: Scott M. Lane
                                     Telecopy No.: (213) 243-3552
                                                         629-0147

                                     Revolving Commitment:
                                       $15,000,000
                                       Pro Rata Share:
                                       10.0000000%





                                         S-4





<PAGE>   130





                                     THE LONG-TERM CREDIT BANK
                                      OF JAPAN,LIMITED
                                      LOS ANGELES AGENCY



                                     By:  CURT BIREN
                                          ------------------------------

                                     Title:  Vice President
                                             ---------------------------


                                     Notice Address:

                                     The Long-Term Credit Bank of Japan,
                                      Limited
                                      Los Angeles Agency
                                     444 South Flower Street
                                     Suite 3700
                                     Los Angeles, California 90071
                                     Attention: Jan Hanssen
                                     Telecopy No.: (213) 622-6908

                                     Revolving Commitment:
                                       $15,000,000
                                       Pro Rata Share:
                                       10.0000000%



                                     UNITED STATES NATIONAL BANK OF
                                      OREGON



                                     By:  TIMOTHY A. MILLER
                                          ------------------------------

                                     Title:  Corporate Credit Officer
                                             ---------------------------


                                     Notice Address:

                                     United States National Bank of
                                      Oregon
                                     Note Department, BB-10th Floor
                                     309 S.W. 6th Avenue
                                     Portland, Oregon 97204
                                     Attention: Janet Jordan
                                     Telecopy No.: (503) 275-5428


                                     Revolving Commitment:
                                       $15,000,000
                                       Pro Rata Share:
                                       10.0000000%





                                         S-5





<PAGE>   131





                                     BANQUE PARIBAS



                                     By:  JULIE B. KULAS
                                          ------------------------

                                     Title:  Senior Vice President
                                             ---------------------


                                     By:  ETHEL YAMAMOTO
                                          -----------------------

                                     Title:  Senior Credit Officer
                                             ---------------------


                                     Notice Address:

                                     Banque Paribas
                                     2029 Century Park East
                                     Los Angeles, California 90067
                                     Attention: Steve Li
                                     Telecopy No.: (310) 556-8759
                                                         556-0924

                                     Revolving Commitment:
                                       $10,000,000
                                       Pro Rata Share:
                                       6.6666667%



                                     MELLON BANK, N.A.



                                     By:  EDWIN WIEST
                                          -----------------------

                                     Title:  First Vice President
                                             --------------------


                                     Notice Address:

                                     Mellon Bank, N.A.
                                     Suite #1200
                                     300 South Grand Avenue
                                     Los Angeles, California 90071
                                     Attention: Robert Harkins
                                     Telecopy No.: (213) 626-3745


                                     Revolving Commitment:
                                       $10,000,000
                                       Pro Rata Share:
                                       6.6666667%





                                         S-6





<PAGE>   132





                                     UNION BANK




                                     By:  ANN M. YASUDA
                                          -------------------------

                                     Title:  Vice President
                                             ----------------------


                                     Notice Address:

                                     Union Bank
                                     G12-224
                                     445 South Figueroa Street
                                     Los Angeles, California 90071
                                     Attention: Ann Yasuda
                                     Telecopy No.: (213) 629-5328


                                     Revolving Commitment:
                                       $10,000,000
                                       Pro Rata Share:
                                       6.6666667%





                                         S-7






<PAGE>   1
                                                             Exhibit 10.27




                            BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

                      LEASE DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 25, 1993


Lessor:                TriNet Essential Facilities X, Inc.

Tenant:                West Coast Liquidators, Inc.

Guarantor:             MacFrugal's Bargains*Close-outs Inc.

Commencement Date:     October 4, 1993 (Interim Term)
                       November 1, 1993 (Initial Term)

Lease Expiration Date: October 31, 2009 unless extended pursuant to 
                       Paragraph 3(c) of the Lease.

Purchase Price:        $23,462,625.00

Primary Term Fixed Rent:  The annual Fixed Rent during the Preliminary and
Initial Term of the Lease shall be payable monthly in advance as
follows:

(a)  From the delivery of the Lease through October 31, 1997:  10.35% of
     Purchase Price per annum, 1/12 of which shall be payable on the first day
     of each month, commencing November 1, 1993.

(b)  On November 1 in each of 1997, 2001 and 2005, the dollar amount of Fixed
     Rent specified in clause (a) shall be increased (but not decreased) by a
     dollar amount equivalent to the product of the Fixed Rent payable during
     the immediately preceding period and 85% of the percentage increase in the
     All Urban Consumer Price Index ("CPI") over the preceding four-year
     period, but in no event, however, shall any such increase in Fixed Rent
     exceed 12% of the Fixed Rent payable in such prior period.

Renewal Term Rents:  The annual Fixed Rent during any Renewal Term shall be
payable monthly in advance, determined on the first day of the first year of
each Renewal Term and on the first day of the sixth year of the Second Renewal
Term.  The annual Fixed Rent shall be payable (i) in the First Renewal Term at
a rate equal to the annual Fixed Rent payable during the immediately prior 4
year period, increased (but not decreased) by a dollar amount equivalent to the
product of such prior period Fixed Rent and 85% of the percentage increase in
the CPI over the preceding four year period, but such increase shall not exceed
12% of the 



<PAGE>   2
Fixed Rent payable in such prior period, (ii) in the first five
years of the Second Renewal Term at a rate equal to the annual Fixed Rent
payable during the immediately prior 2 year period, increased (but not
decreased) by a dollar amount equivalent to the product of such prior period
Fixed Rent and 85% of the percentage increase in the CPI over the preceding two
year period, but such increase shall not exceed 6% of the Fixed Rent payable in
such prior period and (iii) in the second five years of the Second Renewal Term
at a rate equal to the annual Fixed Rent payable during the immediately prior 5
year period, increased (but not decreased) by a dollar amount equivalent to the
product of such prior period Fixed Rent and 85% of the percentage increase in
the CPI over the preceding five year period, but such increase shall not exceed
15% of the Fixed Rent payable in such prior period.

Fixed Rent calculated as set forth above is subject to adjustment in the event
Landlord purchases the fee title to either the Improvements alone or the Land
and the Improvements together, as follows:  annual Fixed Rent shall thereafter
be the sum of (i) annual Fixed Rent as calculated above, (ii) annual payments
of $500,000 under the PILOT Agreement, whether or not the PILOT Agreement is
then in effect and (iii) annual rent that would then be payable (as adjusted,
if applicable) under the Master Lease if the Master Lease had continued to be
in effect, increased by any amounts required to be paid under Clause D of
Section 9.1 or 9.2 of the Master Lease and not theretofore paid.

Landlord Address   TriNet Essential Facilities X, Inc.
for Payment:       c/o TriNet Corporate Realty Trust, Inc.
                   4 Embarcadero Center, Suite 3150
                   San Francisco, California  94111
                   Attention: Mark S. Whiting

Tenant Address:    West Coast Liquidators, Inc.
                   2430 E. Del Amo Boulevard
                   Dominguez, California  90220
                   Attention:  Real Property Administration
<PAGE>   3





                                LEASE AGREEMENT


                                    Between


                      TRINET ESSENTIAL FACILITIES X, INC.
                                  as Landlord


                                      and


                          WEST COAST LIQUIDATORS, INC.
                                   as Tenant





                         Dated as of September 25, 1993
<PAGE>   4


                                     TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                              Page
                                                                                                                              ----
<S>                                                                                                                            <C>
 1.  DEMISE OF PREMISES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5

 2.  USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5

 3.  TERM  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6

 4.  RENTAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

 5.  NET LEASE; NON-TERMINABILITY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8

 6.  QUIET ENJOYMENT:  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

 7.  UTILITY BILLS; MASTER LEASE; PILOT AGREEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

 8.  REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE; REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

 9.  IMPOSITIONS; PERMITTED CONTEST; LANDLORD CURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12

10.  DESTRUCTION OF OR DAMAGE TO PREMISES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18

11.  INSURANCE, HOLD HARMLESS AND INDEMNIFICATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18

12.  GOVERNMENTAL ORDERS; COVENANTS:   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27

13.  PARTIAL TAKING  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28

14.  TERMINATION OF LEASE FOR SUBSTANTIAL TAKING   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29

15.  DEFAULT: Events of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30

16.  REMEDIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31

17.  SUBORDINATION   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33

18.  LANDLORD'S RIGHT OF ENTRY   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35

19.  NOTICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35

20.  STATUS OF LEASE; FINANCIAL DATA   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36

21.  MECHANICS' LIENS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37

22.  END OF TERM   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   39

23.  ALTERATIONS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40

24.  MEMORANDUM OF LEASE   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41

25.  SUBLETTING/ASSIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   5

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                             <C>
26.  HAZARDOUS MATERIAL   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41

27.  LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO REQUIRE PURCHASE   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46

28.  LANDLORD'S ACQUISITION OF FEE TITLE TO THE PREMISES    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48

29.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   49


EXHIBITS

A. LEGAL DESCRIPTION - REAL ESTATE

B. DESCRIPTION OF PERSONAL PROPERTY AND FIXTURES

C. STATUS REPORT

D. PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES

E. FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   6

  THIS LEASE, made and entered into as of September 25, 1993 (together with all
amendments and supplements hereto, this "Lease"), by and between TRINET
ESSENTIAL FACILITIES X, INC., a Maryland corporation with offices at Four
Embarcadero Center, # 3150 San Francisco, California 94111 (together, with any
successor or assigns, hereinafter called the "Landlord") and WEST COAST
LIQUIDATORS, INC., a California corporation, with offices at 2430 E. Del Amo
Boulevard, Dominguez, California 90220 (together with any permitted successor
or assigns, hereinafter called the "Tenant").  Capitalized terms used herein
not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the following
recitals and definitions.

                                    RECITALS

  Tenant developed a high-tech warehouse facility at 3501 Jourdan Road in New
Orleans, Louisiana on land owned by the Industrial Development Board of the
City of New Orleans of Louisiana, Inc. (the "IDB") and caused the IDB to issue
$2,000,000 of its bonds secured by a first lien on the Land and by amounts
payable by Tenant under the Master Lease hereinafter mentioned.  Record fee
simple title to the warehouse is vested in the IDB, leasehold ownership resided
in Tenant, which had paid for the construction of the warehouse and which held,
pursuant to the Master Lease, an option to acquire fee title to the warehouse
for the payment of certain amounts and certain encumbrances, as provided in the
Master Lease.  Tenant and Landlord entered into a sale and lease back
transaction in which Tenant assigned to Landlord Tenant's interest under the
Master Lease and its leasehold interest in the Land, the warehouse and certain
equipment contained therein.  This Lease constitutes a sublease of the
Premises.

  Now, therefore, in consideration of the covenants and agreements herein
contained, the parties hereby mutually agree as follows:

  As used in this Lease, the following terms have the meanings specified:



                                  DEFINITIONS

  The following terms shall have the following meanings for all purposes of
this Lease and shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural
forms of the terms herein defined.

  "Additional Rent" means all amounts, liabilities and obligations other than
Fixed Rent which Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under this Lease to Landlord
or others.


                                     -1-
<PAGE>   7
  "Basic Lease Information"  means the pages preceding this Lease which are
hereby incorporated by reference.

  "Certificates" is defined in paragraph 11(d) of this Lease.

  "Commencement Date" is defined in paragraph 3(b) of this Lease.

  "CPI" is defined in the Basic Lease Information section of this Lease.

  "Environmental Laws" is defined in paragraph 26(b) of this Lease.

  "Essential Equipment" means those items described on Exhibit B hereto with an
asterisk next to its name.

  "Event of Default" is defined in paragraph 15 of this Lease.

  "First Mortgage" or "Mortgage" shall mean a first mortgage on the Premises
given by Landlord to the Mortgagee to secure a loan financing or refinancing
the acquisition of Landlord's interest in the Premises.

  "First Renewal Term" is defined in paragraph 3(c) of this Lease.

  "Fixed Rent" is defined in paragraph 4 of this Lease.

  "Guarantor" means MacFrugal's Bargains*Close-outs Inc., a Delaware
corporation, and its successors by merger, consolidation or purchase of
substantially all its assets.

  "IDB" is defined in the Recitals section of this Lease.

  "Imposition" means the various tax and other charges referred to in paragraph
9(a) and the present and future governmental laws and regulations more
specifically described in paragraph 12.

  "Improvements" means all of the buildings, structures and improvements
(including, without limitation, parking areas and driveways) now or hereafter
located on the Land.

  "Incidental Equipment" means those items described on Exhibit B hereto
without an asterisk next to its name.

     "Initial Term" is defined in paragraph 3(a) of this Lease.




                                     -2-
<PAGE>   8

  "Land" means the land, but none of the Improvements thereon, described in
Exhibit A hereto.

  "Landlord" is defined in the first paragraph of this Lease.

  "Landlord Group" is defined in paragraph 11(g) of this Lease.

  "Lease" is defined in the first sentence of this Lease.

  "Lease Expiration Date" is defined in paragraph 3(a) of this Lease.

  "Master Lease" means the Lease Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1988 among
Industrial Development Board of the City of New Orleans, Louisiana, Inc., as
landlord, the City of New Orleans and Tenant, as tenant; Landlord has succeeded
to the interest of the tenant thereunder.

  "Mortgagee" shall mean any first mortgagee with respect to the Premises.

  "Overdue Rate" means a rate equal to the prevailing prime rate as shown in
the Wall Street Journal or any equivalent publication, plus 300 basis points.

  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust, trustee(s) of a trust, unincorporated
organization, or government or governmental authority, agency or political
subdivision thereof.

  "Permitted Encumbrances" means:

  (a)  Any liens for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges and any
       liens of mechanics, materialmen and laborers for work or services
       performed or materials furnished in connection with the Premises, which
       are not due and payable;

  (b)  The easements, rights-of-way, encroachments, encumbrances, restrictive
       covenants or other matters in the title set forth in Schedule B to the
       policy of owners title insurance (or commitments therefor) delivered to
       and accepted by Landlord with respect to the Premises in connection with
       the delivery of this Lease as shown on Exhibit D attached hereto;

  (c)  The Lease and the rights of Tenant under this Lease;






                                      -3-
<PAGE>   9
  "PILOT Agreement" means the Payment in Lieu of Tax Agreement, dated as of
August 1, 1988, among City of New Orleans, Louisiana, The Industrial
Development Board of the City of New Orleans, Louisiana, Inc., The Director of
Finance of the City of New Orleans, Louisiana, The Tax Assessor of the 3rd
Municipal District of the Parish of Orleans, Louisiana and West Coast
Liquidators, Inc.

  "Preliminary Term" is defined in paragraph 3(a) of this Lease.

  "Premises" is defined in paragraph 1 of this Lease.

  "Purchase Agreement" means the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July
15, 1993, by and between, Tenant, as seller, and Landlord as purchaser.

  "Purchase Price" is defined in the Basic Lease Information.

  "Railroad Crossing Agreement" is defined in paragraph 7(b) of this Lease.

  "Rent" means Fixed Rent and Additional Rent.

  "Renewal Term" is defined in paragraph 3(c) of this Lease.

  "Renewal Term Commencement Date" is defined in paragraph 3(c) of this Lease.

  "Renewal Term Expiration Date" is defined in paragraph 3(c) of this Lease.

  "Second Renewal Term" is defined in paragraph 3(c) of this Lease.

  "Servitude of Passage" is defined in paragraph 7(b) of this Lease.

  "Site Assessments" is defined in paragraph 26(d) of this Lease.

  "Site Reviewers" is defined in paragraph 26(d) of this Lease.

  "Switch Track Contract" is defined in paragraph 7(b) of this Lease.






                                      -4-
<PAGE>   10
  "Tenant's Trade Fixtures" means all personal property of Tenant in or on the
Premises which is not described on Exhibit B.

  "Term" means the Preliminary Term and Initial Term, together with any Renewal
Terms.

  1. DEMISE OF PREMISES:  Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant and
Tenant hereby leases and rents from Landlord the Premises, IN ITS "AS IS"
CONDITION, SUBJECT TO THE EXISTING STATE OF TITLE (WITHOUT EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF LANDLORD WITH RESPECT TO THE CONDITION, QUALITY, REPAIR OR FITNESS
OF THE PREMISES FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR TITLE THERETO, ALL SUCH WARRANTIES
BEING HEREBY WAIVED AND RENOUNCED BY TENANT), consisting of Landlord's
leasehold interest in the Land, the Improvements and Landlord's leasehold or
ownership title to the fixtures and equipment described on Exhibit B hereto
(including, without limitation, racking, conveyor, sorting and computer
systems), together with any easements, rights, and appurtenances in connection
therewith or belonging to said Land, Improvements, fixtures and equipment, and
(except with respect to Incidental Equipment) all replacements thereof, all
being collectively hereinafter referred to as "the Premises".  No easement for
light, air or view is included with or appurtenant to the Premises.  Any
diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may
hereafter be erected (whether or not constructed by Landlord) shall in no way
affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord.  Except as herein
expressly set forth, Tenant shall not have any rights of Landlord in its
capacity as Tenant under the Master Lease.

  2. USE:  Tenant may use and occupy the Premises for any lawful nonresidential
purposes so long as such use does not reduce the fair market value of the
Premises, considered as unencumbered by this Lease.  Tenant shall not use or
occupy the same, or knowingly permit them to be used or occupied, contrary to
any statute, rule, order, ordinance, requirement or regulation applicable
thereto, or in any manner which would violate any certificate of occupancy
affecting the same or which would make void or voidable any insurance then in
force with respect thereto or which would make it impossible to obtain fire or
other insurance thereon required to be furnished hereunder by Tenant, or which
would cause structural injury to the Premises or cause the value or usefulness
of the Premises, or any portion thereof, to substantially diminish, or which
would constitute a public or private nuisance or waste, and Tenant agrees that
it will promptly, upon discovery of any such use, take all necessary steps to
compel the discontinuance of such use.  Tenant shall not use, suffer or permit
the Premises, or any portion thereof, to be 





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   11
used by Tenant, any third party or the public, as such, without
restriction or in such manner as might impair Landlord's title to the Premises,
or in such manner as might reasonably make possible a claim or claims of
adverse usage or adverse possession by the public, as such, or third Persons,
or of implied dedication of the Premises, or any portion thereof.  Nothing
contained in this Lease and no action by Landlord shall be construed to mean
that Landlord has granted to Tenant any authority to do any act or make any
agreement that may create any such third party or public right, title,
interest, lien, charge or other encumbrance upon the estate of the Landlord in
the Premises.  The preceding sentence does not limit Tenant's right to assign
or sublet its interest hereunder, as provided in paragraph 25.

  3. TERM:

   (a)   The preliminary term of this Lease ("Preliminary Term") shall commence
on October 4, 1993 and end on October 31, 1993.  The initial term of this Lease
(the "Initial Term") shall be for a period of sixteen (16) years, beginning on
the Commencement Date and ending on October 31, 2009 (the "Lease Expiration
Date").

   (b)   The term "Commencement Date" shall mean November 1, 1993.

   (c)   Tenant shall have the right, at its option, to renew the Initial Term
of this Lease, for two (2) renewal terms (each, a "Renewal Term"), the first of
which shall renew the Initial Term for two (2) years and the second of which
shall renew the Initial Term for an additional ten (10) years (individually,
the First and Second Renewal Terms).  The First Renewal Term shall commence on
the day after the Lease Expiration Date and shall expire on the second (2nd)
anniversary of the Lease Expiration Date.  The Second  Renewal Term shall
commence on the day after the date of expiration of the First Renewal Term and
shall expire on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the expiration of the First
Renewal Term. (Each such Renewal Term commencement date shall be referred to
herein as the "Renewal Term Commencement Date" with respect to the related
Renewal Term and each such Renewal Term expiration date shall be referred to
herein as the "Renewal Term Expiration Date" with respect to the related
Renewal Term.) Each option to renew the Term of this Lease as described above
shall be exercised by written notice to Landlord at least 18 months but not
more than 24 months prior to the Lease Expiration Date or the Renewal Term
Expiration Date, as the case may be.  Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4,
the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to any Renewal Term with the
same force and effect as if such Renewal Term had 




                                      -6-
<PAGE>   12
originally been included in the Initial Term of the Lease. The right of
Tenant to exercise any Renewal Term shall be conditioned upon Tenant not being
in default under this Lease on the date of such exercise and upon this Lease
being in full force and effect as of the Renewal Term Commencement Date.  The
Preliminary Term, Initial Term, together with any Renewal Terms, shall
constitute the "Term" of this Lease.
                                                  
   (d)  It is recognized that, if Tenant elects to renew the Term of this Lease
for one or more Renewal Terms, the term of the Master Lease must be extended
for a corresponding period.  Accordingly, if Tenant shall have given timely
notice of renewal pursuant to paragraph 3(c), Landlord agrees not to give
notice of termination of the Master Lease relating to the period of such
renewal pursuant to Sections 5.5 or 5.6 thereof, except in connection with
Landlord's purchase of the Land and Improvements or the Improvements from the
IDB.

  4. RENTAL:  Tenant agrees to pay fixed rent ("Fixed Rent") to Landlord
without notice, by wire transfer or other electronic means (or otherwise so
there are collected funds available to Landlord on the due date) to Landlord at
such address as shall be provided by Landlord to Tenant, or to such other
Persons or place as may be provided by written notice from the Person then
entitled to receive the Fixed Rent, in equal installments in advance on or
before the first day of each month commencing on the date and in the amount
specified in the Basic Lease Information (or, if the first day of the month is
not a business day in California, then on the next business day).

  If Fixed Rent is not paid when due, interest shall accrue thereon at the
Overdue Rate until payment is made.  Tenant hereby acknowledges that late
payment by Tenant to Landlord of Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other sums due
under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this
Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain.
Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges
and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage
or trust deed covering the Premises.  Accordingly, if any installment of Fixed
Rent or any other sum due to Landlord from Tenant shall not have been received
by Landlord or Landlord's designee within ten (10) days after notice to Tenant
that such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for further notice
to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to two percent (2%)
of such overdue amount, together with interest on such overdue amount at the
Overdue Rate. The parties agree that such late charge represents a fair and
reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment
by Tenant.






                                      -7-
<PAGE>   13
  5. NET LEASE; NON-TERMINABILITY:  (a) This is an absolutely net lease and the
Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums payable hereunder by Tenant,
including the purchase price for the Premises payable pursuant to paragraphs 14
or 27, shall be paid without notice (except as expressly provided herein),
demand, set-off, counterclaim, abatement, suspension, deduction or defense.

  (b)  This Lease shall not terminate, nor shall Tenant have any right to
terminate this Lease, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement or (except
as otherwise expressly provided in paragraph 13(b)) reduction of Rent
hereunder, nor shall the obligations of Tenant under this Lease be affected, by
reason of (i) any damage to or destruction of all or any part of the Premises
from whatever cause, (ii) subject to paragraph 14, the taking of the Premises
or any portion thereof by condemnation, requisition or otherwise, (iii) the
prohibition, limitation or restriction of Tenant's use of all or any part of
the Premises, or any interference with such use, (iv) any eviction by paramount
title, termination of the Master Lease or otherwise, (v) Tenant's acquisition
or ownership of all or any part of the Premises otherwise than as expressly
provided herein, (vi) any default on the part of Landlord under this Lease, or
under any other agreement to which Landlord and Tenant may be parties or under
the Master Lease, (vii) the failure of Landlord to deliver possession of the
Premises on the commencement of the term hereof or (viii) any other cause
whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, any present or future law to
the contrary notwithstanding.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that
the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall be separate and independent covenants
and agreements, that the Fixed Rent, the Additional Rent and all other sums
payable by Tenant hereunder shall continue to be payable in all events and that
the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall continue unaffected unless the
requirement to pay or perform the same shall have been terminated pursuant to
any express provision of this Lease.

  (c)  Tenant agrees that it will remain obligated under this Lease in
accordance with its terms, and that it will not take any action to terminate,
rescind or avoid this Lease, notwithstanding (i) the bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up or other proceeding affecting Landlord or its successor in interest,
or (ii) any action with respect to this Lease which may be taken by any trustee
or receiver of Landlord or its successor in interest or by any court in any
such proceeding.






                                      -8-
<PAGE>   14
  (d)  Tenant waives all rights which may now or hereafter be conferred by law
(i) to quit, terminate or surrender this Lease or the Premises or any part
thereof, or (ii) to any abatement, suspension, deferment or (except as provided
in paragraph 13(b)) reduction of the Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or any other
sums payable under this Lease, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

  6. QUIET ENJOYMENT:

   Landlord covenants with Tenant, that upon the payment of the Fixed Rent
and Additional Rent and the performance in all material respects of all the
terms of this Lease, Tenant shall at all times during the Term, peaceably and 
quietly enjoy the Premises without any disturbance from Landlord or from  any
person claiming by, through, or under Landlord.

  7. UTILITY BILLS; MASTER LEASE; PILOT AGREEMENT:

   (a)   Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent before they become delinquent any
water, sewer, gas, fuel, electricity, light, heat, power and all other utility
bills for the Premises and the business conducted thereon.

   (b)   Tenant will duly and punctually make all payments required to be made
by the tenant under the Master Lease, when and as the same shall become due and
payable.  Tenant's obligation to make payments under the Master Lease includes,
without limitation, the obligation to make all payments of rent payable
thereunder, when and as the same shall become due and payable.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to make any payment of purchase
price in connection with Landlord's purchase of the Improvements, or the Land
and the Improvements, pursuant to the Master Lease, including amounts described
in clauses A, B or C of Sections 9.1 or 9.2 of the Master Lease (which shall be
the sole obligation of Landlord to pay); provided, however, that Tenant shall
be obligated to pay amounts described in clause D of Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of
the Master Lease.  Except as set forth above in this paragraph 7(b), Tenant
will also observe and perform at its own cost and expense all the covenants,
terms and conditions imposed by the Master Lease upon the tenant under the
Master Lease, including without limitation, all obligations (i) of "West Coast"
under the Grant of Servitude of Passage and Right of Use, dated March 29, 1990
(the "Servitude of Passage") by and between Sewerage and Water Board of New
Orleans ("S&WB") and West Coast Liquidators, Inc. ("West Coast"), (ii) of
"Licensee" under the Railroad Crossing Agreement - Pic 'N' Save, dated May 10,
1989 (the "Railroad Crossing Agreement") by and between the Public Belt
Railroad 




                                      -9-
<PAGE>   15
Commission for the City of New Orleans ("Railroad") and West Coast
Liquidators, Inc. ("License") and (iii) of the "Company" under the Switch Track
Contract, dated September 27, 1990 (the "Switch Track Contract") by and between
the City of New Orleans, acting through the Public Belt Railroad Commission of
the City of New Orleans ("Railroad") and West Coast Liquidators, Inc. (the
"Company"), to the end that Landlord shall not have any responsibility for
compliance with the provisions of the Master Lease and shall be indemnified by
Tenant against all liability thereunder.  If any event (other than the
expiration of any period provided in the Master Lease for the exercise
of a right to extend the term of the Master Lease) shall occur which, pursuant
to the terms of the Master Lease, with or without the passage of time, shall
enable the tenant under the Master Lease to terminate the same, the party
discovering such event shall notify the other party thereof within 5 business
days after obtaining knowledge of the occurrence thereof.  Notwithstanding any
such right of termination, Tenant shall take no action to terminate the Master
Lease and shall take all such action, if any, as shall be necessary to maintain
the estate of Landlord in the Leased Premises subject to the Master Lease
during the term demised by the Master Lease.  During the Term, Landlord shall
not amend the Master Lease in a way that would increase the obligation or
restrict the rights of Tenant hereunder, nor shall Landlord take any action to
terminate the Master Lease or consent to any termination of the Master Lease as
otherwise permitted in the Master Lease, except in connection with Landlord's
acquisition of fee title to the Land and Improvements.

   (c)  So long as the Premises are subject to the PILOT Agreement, Tenant shall
comply with the terms thereof and make all payments required thereby in a
timely manner.  Tenant shall, upon written request, provide Landlord with
evidence of the payment of the prior year's obligations under the PILOT
Agreement.

  8. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE; REPLACEMENT:

   (a)  Tenant shall, at its own sole cost and expense, keep the Premises in
good order and condition, at all times on and after commencement of the Term to
and including the date of the termination of the Term, by lapse of time or
otherwise.  Tenant shall promptly and adequately repair the Premises and all
its component parts, and replace or repair all landscaping and all damaged or
broken fixtures, other than Tenant's Trade Fixtures and Incidental Equipment,
and appurtenances.

  In addition, Tenant shall timely and properly maintain repair and replace all
of the Premises including, but not 




                                      -10-
<PAGE>   16
necessarily limited to, Essential Equipment, mechanical systems,
electrical systems, racking, conveyor system, computer system, plumbing and
sewage systems, foundations and floor slabs, glazing systems, structural steel,
masonry walls and wall enclosures, and water tightness of all curtain walls by
a qualified stationary engineer or otherwise, in accordance with the greater
standard of

         (i)   the customary maintenance by prudent operators in the industry;
                                   
         (ii)  that which is necessary so as not to void, diminish, or impair 
any warranty for such component from time to time in effect; and

         (iii) that which is necessary to preserve and protect the useful life
of such component.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to replace any
Tenant Trade Fixtures or Incidental Equipment and Tenant shall not be obligated
to replace any Essential Equipment with an identical item, but may substitute a
functionally equivalent item with like utility, so long as no degradation in
utilization of the building as a high tech warehouse occurs as a result of such
substitution.  In addition, Tenant shall maintain and repair or replace, or
cause others to maintain and repair or replace, as the case may be, the roof,
and repair or replace any material defect in materials or workmanship relating
to the foundation, columns, and structural steel which comprise a part of the
Premises.  If any of the items listed on Exhibit B (or their replacements)
shall become obsolete or, in Tenant's judgment, uneconomic to repair, Tenant
shall remove such item from the Premises and, except in the case of Tenant's
Trade Fixtures or Incidental Equipment, promptly replace it with an item of
comparable initial value and function.  Tenant shall, upon Landlord's request,
no more frequently than once per year, unless reasonably required more
frequently by a third party in Landlord's normal business operations, such as
mortgagees or rating agencies, deliver to Landlord a written statement showing
all removals and replacements of Essential Equipment during the preceding
calendar year, including manufacturers, model numbers, and serial numbers;
Landlord shall have 30 days after delivery of such statement to object to any
item therein, and such statement shall thereafter be conclusive as to all items
not objected to.  Landlord, not more frequently than annually during the Term
(except in the event of an emergency or extraordinary condition), may upon 10
days' prior notice cause independent private inspectors, qualified in the
specific discipline, to make inspections of any building and building systems
on the Premises 




                                      -11-
<PAGE>   17
or segments thereof to determine Tenant's compliance under this
paragraph 8.

   Landlord may, but is not required to, after twenty (20) days' notice to
Tenant (except in the case of emergency, in which case Tenant shall be given
notice contemporaneously with entry), enter the Premises and make such repairs,
alterations, improvements, additions, replacements or maintenance as Landlord
deems reasonably necessary and which Tenant failed to do as required in this
Lease, in a diligent fashion, and Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent
forthwith upon being billed for same by Landlord the cost thereof plus
reasonable overhead, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord's
involvement with such repairs, alterations, improvements, additions,
replacements and maintenance.

   Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises personally or
through independent contractors at all reasonable times upon twenty (20) days'
notice (except in the case of an emergency, in which case Tenant shall be given
notice contemporaneously with entry) to inspect the Premises.

          (b)   It is intended by Tenant and Landlord that Landlord shall have 
no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair or maintain the Premises (or
the equipment therein), whether structural or nonstructural, all of which
obligations are intended, as between Landlord and Tenant, to be those of
Tenant.  Tenant expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or in the
future in effect which would otherwise afford Tenant the right to make repairs
at Landlord's expense or to terminate this Lease because of Landlord's failure
to keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair.

          (c)  Tenant shall maintain on the Premises, and turn over to Landlord
upon expiration or termination of this Lease, current operating manuals for the
equipment (other than Incidental Equipment) on the Premises (including, without
limitation, the computer system, sorting system, conveyor system and Lansing
loaders).

          (d)  Tenant covenants not to install any underground storage tank on 
the Land without Landlord's prior written consent, which may be conditioned on
Tenant's agreement to remove the tank at the end of the Term.

          (e)   Tenant hereby agrees (i) to assume the obligations of "West 
Coast" under that certain Grant of Servitude of Passage and Right of Use, dated 
March 29, 1990 (the "Servitude of Passage"), by and between Sewerage and Water
Board of New Orleans 




                                      -12-
     
<PAGE>   18
and West Coast Liquidators, Inc.  ("West Coast") and  (ii) to be
responsible for all maintenance of any and all "Bridges" (as defined in the
Servitude of Passage).

   9.  IMPOSITIONS; PERMITTED CONTEST; LANDLORD CURE:  (a) Subject to
paragraph 9(e), Tenant covenants and agrees to pay, during the Term, as
Additional Rent, before any fine, penalty, interest or cost may be added
thereto for the nonpayment thereof, all real estate taxes, special assessments,
utility bills referred to in paragraph 7, street lighting, excise levies,
licenses, permits, inspection fees, other governmental charges            
(including payments required under the PILOT Agreement pursuant to paragraph
7), and all other charges or burdens of whatsoever kind and nature (including
costs, fees, and expenses of complying with any restrictive covenants or
similar agreements to which the Premises are subject incurred in the use,
occupancy, operation, leasing or possession of the Premises (excluding any
income taxes on the Fixed Rent imposed on Landlord, it being the intent of the
parties hereto that any tax on the net income derived from the Fixed Rent
payable in respect to the Premises imposed by any governmental authority shall
be paid by Landlord), without particularizing by any known name or by whatever
name hereafter called, and whether any of the foregoing be general or special,
ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforseen, which at any time during the
Term may be payable.  Tenant shall pay all special (or similar) assessments or
installments thereof (including interest thereon) for public improvements or
benefits which, during the Term shall be laid, assessed, levied or imposed upon
or become a lien upon the Premises and which are payable during the Term, or
any portion thereof; provided, however, that if by law any special assessment
is payable or, at the option of the party obligated to make such payment, may
be paid in installments (whether or not interest shall accrue on the unpaid
balance of such special assessment), Tenant may pay the same, together with any
interest accrued on the unpaid balance of such special assessment in
installments as the same respectively become payable and before any fine,
penalty, interest or cost may be added thereto for the nonpayment of any such
installment and the interest thereon.  Tenant shall pay all real estate taxes,
whether heretofore or hereafter levied or assessed upon the Premises, or any
portion thereof, which are due and payable during the Term.  At the end of the
Term of the Lease, Tenant's obligation to pay such taxes shall be prorated in
the event the tax period and the Term are not coextensive.

  (b)  Except for any tax on the net income derived from the Fixed Rent, if at
any time during the Term, any method of taxation shall be such that there shall
be levied, assessed or imposed on the Landlord, or on the Fixed Rent or
Additional Rent, 





                                      -13-
<PAGE>   19
or on the Premises, or any portion thereof, a capital levy, gross
receipts tax, occupational license tax or other tax on the rents received
therefrom, or a franchise tax, or an assessment, gross levy or charge measured
by or based in whole or in part upon such gross Rents, Tenant, to the extent
permitted by law, covenants to pay and discharge the same, it being the
intention of the parties hereto that the Fixed Rent to be paid hereunder shall
be paid to Landlord absolutely net without deduction or charge of any nature
whatsoever, foreseeable or unforeseeable, ordinary or extraordinary, or of any
nature, kind, or description, except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Lease.           

  (c)  Tenant covenants to furnish Landlord, within thirty (30) days after
request by Landlord, official receipts of the appropriate taxing authority, if
any, or other appropriate proof reasonably  satisfactory to Landlord,
evidencing the payment of the same.  The certificate, advice or bill of the
appropriate official designated by law to make or issue the same or to receive
payment of any Imposition may be relied upon by Landlord as sufficient evidence
that such Imposition is due and unpaid at the time of making or issuance of
such certificate, advice or bill.

  (d)  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, Tenant shall pay
to Landlord, at Landlord's written demand until the expiration of 18 months
during which no Event of Default has occurred hereunder, the known or estimated
yearly payments under the PILOT Agreement or real estate taxes and assessments,
payable with respect to the Premises in monthly payments equal to one-twelfth
(1/12) of the known or estimated yearly payments under the PILOT Agreement or
real estate taxes and assessments, next payable with respect to the Premises.
From time to time, after a default hereunder and termination of the PILOT
Agreement, Landlord may re-estimate the amount of real estate taxes and
assessments, and in such event Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of
such re-estimate and fix future monthly installments for the remaining period
prior to the next tax and assessment due date in an amount sufficient to pay
the re-estimated amount over the balance of such period after giving credit for
payments made by Tenant on the previous estimate.

  If the total monthly payments made by Tenant pursuant to this paragraph shall
exceed the amount of payments necessary for said taxes and assessments, such
excess over $1,000.00 shall be promptly paid to the Tenant and the balance
shall be credited on subsequent monthly payments of the same nature.  However,
if the total of such monthly payments so made under this paragraph shall be
insufficient to pay such taxes and assessments when due, then Tenant shall pay
to Landlord such amount as may be necessary to 





                                      -14-
<PAGE>   20
make up the deficiency.  All payments made by Tenant pursuant to this
paragraph 9(d) shall be deposited in a federally insured institution reasonably
satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant, and all interest earned thereon shall
accrue to the benefit of Tenant.  Payment by Tenant of estimated amounts
required under the PILOT Agreement or for real estate taxes and assessments
under this paragraph 9(d) shall be considered as performance of such obligation
under the provisions of paragraph 9(a) hereof.

  (e)  If Tenant desires to contest the validity, amount, propriety, or
accuracy of any Imposition, Tenant shall notify Landlord of same which notice
shall state the nature of the Imposition being contested and the general
grounds, with reasonable specificity, for such contest.  Within fifteen (15)
days of Landlord's receipt of such notice Landlord will notify Tenant that (i)
Landlord will contest the Imposition in question, or (ii) that Landlord
consents to the contest by Tenant.  If Landlord fails to so notify Tenant, it
shall be presumed that Landlord has elected (ii).  If Landlord elects to
contest the Imposition, it may do so on the grounds described in Tenant's
notice, and all the reasonable costs, expenses, fees or other obligations
incurred by Landlord in conducting such challenge shall be deemed Additional
Rent hereunder.  If Landlord, either actively or by default, elects (ii) above,
Tenant shall have the right, at its own expense, to contest the amount,
propriety, accuracy, or validity, in whole or in part, of any Imposition by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted in good faith, but only after
payment of such Imposition, unless non-payment would not cause a lien to be
filed against the Premises or would not otherwise jeopardize title to the
Premises or Landlord's interest therein; in which event, notwithstanding the
provisions of Paragraph 9(a) hereof, Tenant may postpone or defer payment of
such Imposition.  However, if Tenant's tangible net worth, determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, is less than
$100,000,000, Landlord may require Tenant to, and in such event Tenant shall,
deposit with Landlord cash or a certificate of deposit payable to Landlord
issued by a national bank or Federal savings and loan association in the amount
of the Impositions so contested and unpaid, together with all interest and
penalties which may accrue, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, in connection
therewith, and all charges that may or might be assessed against or become a
charge on the Premises, or any portion thereof, during the pendency of such
proceedings.  If, during the continuance of such proceedings, Landlord shall,
from time to time, reasonably deem the amount deposited, as aforesaid,
insufficient, Tenant shall, upon demand of Landlord, make additional deposits
of such additional sums of money or such additional certificates of deposit as
Landlord may reasonably request.  Upon failure of Tenant to make such





                                      -15-
<PAGE>   21
additional deposits, the amount theretofore deposited may be applied by
Landlord to the payment, removal and discharge of such Imposition, and the
interest, fines and penalties in connection therewith, and any costs, fees
(including reasonable attorney's fees) and other liability (including
reasonable costs incurred by Landlord) accruing in any such proceedings.

  Upon the termination of any such proceedings, Tenant shall pay the amount of
such Imposition or part thereof, if any, as finally determined in such
proceedings, the payment of which may have been deferred during the prosecution
of such proceedings, together with any costs, fees, including attorney's fees,
interest, penalties, fines and other liability incurred by Tenant in connection
therewith.  Upon such payment, Landlord shall return all amounts or
certificates of deposit deposited with it in respect to the contest of such
Imposition, as aforesaid, along with any interest earned thereon as a result of
an investment thereof, at Tenant's request and expense, in a Federally insured
security or account.  However, at the written direction of Tenant, Landlord
shall make such payment out of the funds on deposit with Landlord and the
balance, if any, shall be returned to Tenant.  Tenant shall be entitled to the
refund of any Imposition, penalty, fine and interest thereon received by
Landlord which has been paid by Tenant or which has been paid by Landlord but
for which Landlord has been previously reimbursed in full by Tenant.

  Landlord shall not be required to join in any proceedings referred to in this
paragraph 9 unless either (i) the provisions of any law, rule or regulations at
the time in effect shall require that such proceedings be brought by or in the
name of Landlord, in which event Landlord shall join in such proceedings or
permit the same to be brought in Landlord's name upon compliance with such
conditions as Landlord may reasonably require or (ii) Tenant provides Landlord
with reasonable security for the payment of all expenses (including reasonable
compensation for the time of Landlord's officers) to be incurred by Landlord in
connection with such proceedings.  Landlord shall not ultimately be subject to
any liability for the payment of any fees, including attorney's fees, costs and
expenses in connection with such proceedings and Tenant agrees to bear the
entire obligation therefor.  Tenant agrees to pay all such fees (including
reasonable attorney's fees), costs and expenses or, on demand, to make
reimbursement to Landlord for such payment.  During the time when any such
certificate of deposit is on deposit with Landlord, and prior to the time when
the same is returned to Tenant or applied against the payment, removal or
discharge of Impositions, as above provided, Tenant shall be entitled to
receive any interest paid thereon.






                                      -16-
<PAGE>   22
  (f)  If Tenant shall at any time fail to pay any Imposition in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph 9, or to take out, pay for,
maintain and deliver any of the insurance policies or certificates of insurance
provided for in paragraph 11, or shall fail to make any other payment or
perform any other act on its part to be made or performed hereunder, then
Landlord, after ten (10) days prior written notice to Tenant (or without notice
in situations where Landlord determines that delay is likely to cause harm to
Landlord's interest in the Premises), and without waiving or releasing Tenant
from any obligation of Tenant contained in this Lease, may, but shall be under
no obligation to do so,

          (i)    pay after said ten (10) days' written notice to Tenant, any 
                 Imposition payable by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this
                 paragraph 9;

          (ii)   take out, pay for and maintain any of the insurance policies 
                 provided for in paragraph 11; or

          (iii)  make any other payment or perform any other act on Tenant's 
                 part to be paid or performed hereunder, except that any time 
                 permitted to Tenant to perform any act required to be 
                 performed by Tenant hereunder shall be extended for such 
                 period as may be necessary to effectuate such performance, 
                 provided Tenant is continuously, diligently and in good faith
                 prosecuting such performance.

Landlord may enter upon the Premises for any such purpose and take all such
action therein or thereon as may be necessary therefor and all such action
taken by Landlord shall be in a reasonably diligent fashion.  All sums,
reasonable under the circumstances, actually so paid by Landlord and all costs
and expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by Landlord in
connection with the performance of any such act, together with interest thereon
at the Overdue Rate, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand and
submission of reasonable evidence of such expenditures.  Landlord shall not be
limited in the proof of any damages which Landlord may claim against Tenant
arising out of or by reason of Tenant's failure to provide and keep in force
insurance as aforesaid, to the amount of the insurance premium or premiums not
paid or incurred by Tenant, and 



                                      -17-
<PAGE>   23
which would have been payable upon such insurance, but Landlord shall
also be entitled to recover, as damages for such breach, the uninsured amount
of any loss (to the extent of any deficiency between the dollar limits of
insurance required by the provisions of this Lease and the dollar limits of the
insurance actually carried by Tenant), damages, costs and expenses of
suit,including reasonable attorney's fees, suffered or incurred by reason of
damage to or destruction of the Premises, or any portion thereof or other
damage or loss which Tenant is required to insure against hereunder, occurring
during any period when Tenant shall have failed or neglected to provide
insurance as aforesaid.

  10.  DESTRUCTION OF OR DAMAGE TO PREMISES:

   Tenant covenants that in case of damage to or destruction of any or all of
the Improvements and Essential Equipment by fire or any other cause, insured or
uninsured, Tenant will promptly, at its sole cost and expense, restore, repair,
replace or rebuild the Improvements, and repair or replace the Essential
Equipment, so damaged or destroyed as nearly as practicable to the condition,
quality and class thereof immediately prior to such damage or destruction,
without regard to the adequacy of any insurance proceeds for such purpose;
provided, however, that Essential Equipment may be replaced by a functionally
equivalent item with like utility, rather than an identical item, so long as no
degradation in utilization of the building as a high tech warehouse occurs as a
result of such substitution.  This Lease shall continue, with Fixed Rent and
Additional Rent unabated and Landlord shall not terminate the Master Lease
pursuant to paragraph 17.2 thereof.  In performing its obligations under this
paragraph 10, Tenant shall be entitled to insurance proceeds under the terms
and conditions set forth in paragraph 11 hereof, notwithstanding the terms of
any mortgage given by Landlord to the contrary.  Landlord shall have the right
to approve the plans and specifications for the work of repair, replacement or
rebuilding, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Tenant
shall diligently obtain all necessary permits for such work or repair and shall
maintain builder risk insurance in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord
until completion of such work.  Such restoration, repairs, replacement or
rebuilding shall be commenced promptly and prosecuted with diligence, subject
to unavoidable delays and force majeure.






                                      -18-
<PAGE>   24
  11.  INSURANCE, HOLD HARMLESS AND INDEMNIFICATION:

  (a)   Tenant at its sole cost and expense shall obtain and continuously
maintain in full force and effect during the Term "All-Risk" policies of
property insurance including damage by fire and the perils commonly covered
under the special causes of loss, and also including the perils of flood and at
the sole discretion of Tenant also including the perils of earthquake, covering
real and personal property and loss of business income, including all of the
Improvements, alterations, additions and changes on or at the Premises, which
insurance shall be for the benefit of Landlord (as an additional insured and
loss payee) and Tenant, as their interests may appear, and also protecting the
insurable interests of any other entity the Landlord may designate from time to
time, including but not limited to mortgagee(s), additional insured(s), loss
payee(s), or others (hereinafter referred to as "Property Insurance").

  Such Property Insurance shall:

          (i)    be written with companies licensed to do business in the 
                 State where the Premises are located, having a current
                 A.M. Best rating of A- or better and a current A.M. Best
                 Financial Size Category of VII or better and (at the
                 discretion of Landlord) a current Standard & Poor's
                 Claim-Paying Ability Rating of A or better;

          (ii)   be maintained continuously throughout the Term hereof; and

          (iii)  for all perils other than windstorm and earthquake, provide 
                 for a deductible or self-insured retention per occurrence 
                 no greater than (i) $250,000, at any time when Lessee's
                 tangible net worth, determined in accordance with generally
                 accepted accounting principles, is less than $100,000,000, or
                 (ii) $250,000, increased annually on the anniversary of the
                 Commencement Date by the corresponding annual percentage
                 increase in the CPI, or if such index is not available, then
                 the most comparable index then made available by the U.S.
                 government, such increase not to exceed 3% per annum, so long
                 as Lessee's tangible net worth, determined in accordance with
                 generally accepted accounting principles, is at least
                 $100,000,000.  For losses caused by windstorm, a deductible or
                 self-insured retention no greater than 2% of the value of the
                 property insured at the Premises, per 





                                      -19-
<PAGE>   25
                 policy valuation, shall apply.  For losses caused by
                 earthquake, the deductible or self-insured retention shall be
                 at the sole discretion of the Tenant, in accordance with the
                 coverage requirements of paragraph 11(a) above.  In any event,
                 any and all co-insurance penalties, deductibles, or
                 self-insured retention shall be the responsibility of, and
                 shall be paid by, Tenant.

  At all times, the Property Insurance coverage shall be in an amount
equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the then "Full Replacement Cost" of the
Improvements, alterations, additions and changes on or at the Premises.  Full
Replacement Cost shall be interpreted to mean the cost of repairing or
replacing the improvements, alterations, additions and changes on or at the
Premises with property of like kind and quality, determined at the time of
loss, without deduction for depreciation or wear and tear, and it shall include
a reasonable sum for architectural, engineering, legal, interest charges,
permit fees, administrative and supervisory fees connected with the restoration
or replacement of such Improvements in the event of damage thereto or
destruction thereof.  Any co-insurance penalty, deductible, or self-insured
retention applicable shall be the sole responsibility of, and shall be paid by,
Tenant.

  (b)  During the Term, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, but for the
benefit of Landlord (as an additional insured), and also protecting the
insurable interests of any other entity the Landlord may designate from time to
time, including but not limited to Landlord's mortgagee(s), additional
insured(s), loss payee(s), or other entities Landlord may designate from time
to time, and as required by the Master Lease, shall obtain and continuously
maintain, in full force and effect, the following insurance coverage written
with companies licensed to do business in the State where the Premises are
located, having a current A.M. Best Rating of A- or better and a current A.M.
Best Financial Size Category of VII or better and (at the discretion of
Landlord), a Standard & Poor's Claim-Paying Ability Rating of A or better:

         (i)   Commercial general liability insurance or comprehensive general
               liability insurance with broad form comprehensive liability
               endorsement, applying to Premises and operations (including 
               coverage for property damage resulting from the explosion
               collapse, and underground hazards), products and 





                                      -20-
<PAGE>   26
                completed operations, contractual liability, broad form
                property damage, and personal injury, all with a minimum
                combined single limit of $3,000,000.00 each occurrence and
                $3,000,000.00 general aggregate per location.

         (ii)   Automobile liability applying to any owned, hired and non-owned
                automobiles, with a minimum combined single limit of 
                $1,000,000.00 each accident.                     

         (iii)  Following form umbrella liability with a minimum combined single
                limit of $25,000,000.00 each occurrence and a minimum aggregate
                limit per location of $25,000,000.00.

         (iv)   if required by Landlord, such other insurance which is deemed 
                to be prudent and commercially available at a logical cost,
                against other insurable hazards or occurrences and in such
                amounts which at the time are reasonable and commonly insured
                against in the case of premises, operations, and/or buildings or
                improvements similar in nature, construction, design, general
                location, use, and/or occupancy, to those on the Premises.

Any co-insurance penalty, deductible, or self-insured retention applicable with
respect to general liability, automobile liability, or umbrella liability,
shall be the sole responsibility of, and shall be paid by, Tenant.

  (c)  Tenant shall maintain a policy or policies of statutory workers'
compensation insurance covering all employees in amounts required by applicable
state law and employers' liability with minimum limits of $100,000.00 each
accident, $100,000.00 disease-each employee, and $100,000.00 disease-policy
limit or the minimum underlying insurance requirements of Tenant's umbrella
liability policy, whichever is greater.

  (d)  The aforementioned commercial general liability insurance or
comprehensive general liability insurance, automobile liability insurance,
umbrella liability insurance, workers' compensation insurance and employers'
liability insurance shall not include deductibles or self-insured retention in
excess of 1/4 of 1% of Tenant's tangible net worth, determined in accordance
with generally accepted accounting 




                                      -21-
<PAGE>   27
principles.  Any co-insurance penalty, deductible, or self-insured
retention applicable with respect to general liability, automobile liability,
umbrella liability, worker's compensation or employers' liability shall be the
sole responsibility of, and shall be paid by, Tenant.

  (e)  Each policy of insurance required under this paragraph 11 shall have
attached thereto:

           (i)  an endorsement that such policy shall not be cancelled or
                materially changed without at least thirty (30) days prior  
                written notice to Landlord, except in the case of  
                non-payment of premium, in which case there shall  be at
                least ten (10) days prior written notice; and

          (ii)  A Lender's Loss Payable Endorsement Form 438BFU (with respect 
                to insurance described in paragraph 11(a)).

  To the extent the foregoing endorsements are not obtainable in precisely the
form prescribed, Tenant shall obtain reasonably similar endorsements.
Certificates of Insurance (ACORD 25-S) and





                                      -22-
<PAGE>   28



Evidence of Property Insurance (ACORD 27) (collectively, the "Certificates")
shall be delivered to Landlord accompanied by, or Tenant shall provide, as
appropriate, evidence satisfactory to Landlord that the premiums thereon have
been paid currently.  Such Certificates and evidence of payment shall be
delivered to Landlord on or before the Commencement Date.  Prior to the
expiration of such policies, Certificates of all renewal or replacement
policies, plus reasonable evidence of current premium payment, shall be
delivered to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of
the then current policy term.  Insurance binders evidencing the binding of
policies of insurance or the renewals thereof for the coverage specified shall
be accepted in the event such Certificates are not available at the time in
question, for a temporary duration, pending policy issuance.  Within thirty
(30) days of written request, Tenant shall cause Certificates to be delivered
to Landlord, or deliver a letter to Landlord from the underwriter(s) stating
the reasons for the delay, and stipulating when Certificates will be available.
In no event shall the insurance for the coverage specified be allowed to lapse.
On two business days' prior notice to Tenant, copies of Tenant's insurance
policies shall be made available for inspection by Landlord or its designee or
Mortgagee or Mortgagee's designee during normal business hours at Tenant's
address.

  Nothing in this paragraph 11 shall prevent Tenant from taking out insurance
of the kind and in the amount provided for under the preceding paragraphs under
a blanket insurance policy or policies which may cover other properties owned,
operated, leased or occupied by Tenant as well as the Premises.   Such policy
of blanket insurance shall specify the amount exclusively allocated to the
Premises, or in lieu thereof, Tenant shall furnish Landlord and the holder of
any mortgage with a written statement from the insurer's authorized
representative or broker specifying the values reported for the Premises at
inception for premium determination purposes.  Further, such policies of
blanket insurance shall, as respects the Premises, contain the various
provisions required of such an insurance policy by the foregoing provisions of
this paragraph 11.

  (f)  In the event of loss or damage to the Premises which exceeds the
deductible or self-insured retention described in paragraph 11(a)(iii), or in
the event of any claim in connection with the injury to any person or the
damage of any property (other than the Premises) arising out of or occurring at
the Premises or arising out of operations at the Premises which exceeds the
deductible or self-insured retention described in paragraph 11(c), or in the
event of the death of any person arising out of or occurring at the Premises,
Tenant shall





                                      -23-
<PAGE>   29



promptly notify Landlord thereof in writing, and shall prepare and present
timely claims to the appropriate insurers on behalf of Tenant, Landlord and any
assignee or mortgagee of Landlord.

  (g)  The proceeds of any property claim for damage to the Premises, net of
any collection expenses, shall (subject to the terms of the Master Lease) be
paid to Tenant for use in restoring the Premises, unless such proceeds exceed
$50,000, in which case such proceeds shall be deposited with either a bank or
trust company having an office in the State of Louisiana and designated by
Landlord and reasonably satisfactory to Tenant (herein called the "Proceeds
Trustee") in the name of the Proceeds Trustee as trustee for Landlord and
Tenant and (subject to the terms of the Master Lease) disbursed in the manner
hereinafter provided.  In the event Landlord mortgages the Premises with a
first mortgage, the mortgagee thereunder (regardless of its location) may, at
its option, be appointed Proceeds Trustee for so long as such first mortgage
remains outstanding. Insurance proceeds shall be deposited in an interest
bearing account (if available) and interest shall be distributed to Tenant upon
completion of said installation, repair, replacement or rebuilding, provided no
default has occurred and is continuing hereunder.  All checks drawn on said
account shall be co-signed by the Proceeds Trustee and Tenant.  Insurance
proceeds shall be disbursed to Tenant by the Proceeds Trustee upon receipt by
Landlord and Proceeds Trustee of the following:

    (i)  A certificate signed by a licensed architect or engineer selected by
         Tenant, subject to the approval of Landlord (such approval not to be
         unreasonably withheld or delayed) and also signed by Tenant, dated not
         more than thirty (30) days prior to the application for such
         disbursement, setting forth in substance the following:

            a.  that the sum then requested to be disbursed either has been
                been paid by Tenant or is justly due to contractors,
                subcontractors, materialmen, engineers, architects or other
                Persons (whose names and addresses shall be stated) who have
                rendered and furnished certain labor and materials for the work;
                giving a brief description of such services rendered and
                materials placed in use on the Premises and the principal
                subdivisions or categories thereof and the amounts so paid or
                due to each of said Persons in respect thereof, and stating the
                progress of the work up to the date of said certificate;





                                      -24-
<PAGE>   30

            b.  that the sum then requested to be disbursed, plus all sums
                sums previously disbursed, does not exceed the cost of
                the work as actually accomplished up to the date of such
                certificate (less ten percent (10%) of such cost which shall be
                retained by the Proceeds Trustee to be disbursed following
                completion of the work to be done by the named contractor);

            c.  that, to the best of their knowledge, except for the amounts
                the amounts, if any, stated in said certificate pursuant
                to the foregoing clause (i) of this paragraph to be due for
                services or materials, there is no outstanding indebtedness 
                known to the Person signing the certificate, after due
                inquiry, which is then due and payable for work, labor,
                services and materials in connection with the work, which, if
                unpaid, might become the basis of a vendor's, mechanic's,
                laborer's or materialman's statutory or similar lien upon
                Tenant's leasehold estate or Tenant's or Landlord's interest in
                the Premises or any part thereof; and

            d.  that the amount remaining in the possession of the Proceeds
                Proceeds Trustee after disbursement of the sum then
                requested at least equals the estimated unpaid costs to
                complete the work (and if insufficient funds remain, Tenant
                shall deposit additional funds with the Proceeds Trustee
                sufficient to enable the architect or engineer to make the
                foregoing certification).

     (ii)  A certificate signed by Tenant, dated not more than thirty (30) days
prior to the application for such disbursement, setting forth in substance
that, to the best knowledge of Tenant, after due inquiry:

                     a.  all materials and all property described in the
                         certificate are free and clear of all liens and
                         encumbrances, except such as may secure indebtedness
                         due to Persons (whose names and addresses and the
                         several amounts due them shall be stated) specified in
                         said certificate, which liens and encumbrances will be
                         discharged upon payment of such indebtedness and
                         encumbrances to which this Lease is subject; and





                                      -25-
<PAGE>   31




                b.  that no default hereunder has occurred which has
not been remedied.

        (iii)   Evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Proceeds Trustee and
Landlord showing that there has not been filed or recorded with respect to
Tenant's leasehold estate or Tenant's or Landlord's interest in the Premises or
any part thereof any vendor's, mechanic's, design professional's, laborer's or
materialman's statutory or similar lien which has not been discharged of
record, except such as will be discharged upon payment of the amount then
requested to be disbursed.

        (iv)    Conditional lien waivers from each Person entitled to a
mechanics' or materialmen's lien against the Premises by reason of such work.

        (v)     Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions, the Proceeds
Trustee shall, out of the deposited sums, disburse to the Persons named in the
certificate the respective amounts stated in said certificate to be due to them
and/or shall disburse to Tenant the amount stated in said certificate to have
been paid by Tenant.

        (vi)    At any time after the completion in full of the work, the whole
balance of the deposited sums not theretofore disbursed pursuant to the
foregoing provisions of this paragraph 11(g) shall be disbursed to or upon the
order of Tenant, upon receipt by the Proceeds Trustee of:

                 a.  a certificate signed by Tenant, dated not more than thirty
                     (30) days prior to the application for such disbursement,
                     setting forth in substance the following:

                         (1)  that the work has been completed in full;

                         (2)  that all amounts which Tenant is or may be
                              entitled to have disbursed under the foregoing
                              provisions of this Paragraph 11(g) on account of
                              services rendered or materials furnished in
                              connection with the work and placed in use on the
                              Premises have been disbursed under said
                              provisions;

                         (3)  that all amounts for whose payment Tenant is or
                              may become liable in respect of the work have
                              been paid in full except to the extent, if any,
                              of any retainage and which retainage





                                      -26-
<PAGE>   32



                              shall be applied to the final payments of the 
                              amounts due; and

                         (4)  that no default has occurred hereunder which has
                              not been remedied;

                  b.     if the work resulted in any change to the plans and
                         specifications of the Premises, a copy of the final
                         plans and specifications of the improvements on the
                         Premises, which plans and specifications shall be
                         delivered to Landlord;

                  c.     subject to paragraph 21(a), an official search or a
                         certificate of a title company reasonably satisfactory
                         to the Proceeds Trustee showing that there has not
                         been filed with respect to Tenant's leasehold estate
                         or Tenant's or Landlord's interest in the Premises or
                         any part thereof, any vendor's, mechanic's, laborer's
                         or materialman's statutory or similar lien which has
                         not been discharged of record;

                  d.     a certificate of completion signed by the supervising
                         architect or engineer referred to in Paragraph
                         11(g)(i) above; and

                  e.     if legally required, a certificate of occupancy or
equivalent governmental approval.

                No such damage or destruction shall release Tenant from any
obligation hereunder for Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or other sums payable
under this Lease.

                Any insurance proceeds remaining after completion of the
reconstruction as specified in Paragraph 11(g)(vi) above shall be paid to
Tenant.

        (h)     To the fullest extent permitted by law, but subject to the last
sentence of this subparagraph (h), Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and
hold Landlord, its direct or indirect partners, and any and all respective
members, partners, executive officers, directors, stockholders, agents and
employees of the aforementioned, any mortgagee and their respective successors
and assigns and any other individual or entity to whom a duty is owed
(collectively, the Landlord Group) harmless from and against any and all
claims, losses, and judgments, liabilities, damages, causes of action, costs
and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and
reasonable investigative and discovery costs), arising from Tenant's use of





                                      -27-
<PAGE>   33



the Premises (including all common areas) and the ways adjoining the Premises,
or from the conduct of Tenant's business or from any activity, work or things
done, permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises (including all
common areas) and the ways adjoining the Premises and including any and all
liability arising under the Servitude of Passage, the Switch Track Agreement or
the Railroad Crossing Agreement.  Subject to the last sentence of this
subparagraph (h), Tenant shall further protect, defend, indemnify and hold
Landlord Group harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, judgments,
liabilities, damages, causes of action, costs and expenses (including, without
limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and reasonable investigative and
discovery costs), arising from any breach or default in the performance of any
obligation on Tenant's part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, or
arising from any negligence (active, passive, or otherwise), willful
misconduct, acts, or omissions of Tenant, or any of Tenant's agents,
contractors or subcontractors, employees, servants, customers, invitees,
subtenants, any other individual or entity, and from and against all costs and
expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and
reasonable investigative and discovery costs) actually incurred, in the defense
of any such claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon; and in case any
action or proceeding be brought against a member of Landlord Group by reason of
any such claim, Tenant upon notice from any member of Landlord Group shall
defend the same at Tenant's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to
Landlord Group or selected by the insurance carrier.  Tenant, as a material
part of the consideration to Landlord, assumes all risk of damage to property
or injury to or death of persons, in, upon or about the Premises arising from
any cause and Tenant waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord
except to the extent any such cause or claim is attributable to the willful act
or negligent act of Landlord.  Nothing in this paragraph shall require Tenant
to protect, defend, indemnify or hold harmless a Person to the extent of such
Person's negligence or willful misconduct.

        12.     GOVERNMENTAL ORDERS; COVENANTS:

        Tenant shall throughout the Term promptly comply or cause compliance
with or remove or cure any violation of any and all present and future laws,
including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as
the same may be amended from time to time, ordinances (zoning or otherwise),
orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all Federal, State, municipal
and other governmental bodies having jurisdiction over the Premises and the
appropriate departments, commissions, boards and officers thereof, and the
orders, rules





                                      -28-
<PAGE>   34



and regulations of the Board of Fire Underwriters where the Premises are
situated, or any other body now or hereafter constituted exercising lawful or
valid authority over the Premises, or any portion thereof, or the sidewalks,
curbs, roadways, alleys or entrances adjacent or appurtenant thereto, or
exercising authority with respect to the use or manner of use of the Premises,
or such adjacent or appurtenant facilities, and whether the compliance, curing
or removal of any such violation and the costs and expenses necessitated
thereby shall have been foreseen or unforeseen, ordinary or extraordinary, and
whether or not the same shall be presently within the contemplation of Landlord
or Tenant or shall involve any change in governmental policy, or require
structural or extraordinary repairs, alterations or additions by Tenant and
irrespective of the amount of the costs thereof.  Tenant, at its sole cost and
expense, shall comply with all agreements, contracts, easements, restrictions,
reservations or covenants, if any, running with the land, or hereafter created
by Tenant or consented to, in writing, by Tenant or requested, in writing, by
Tenant.  Tenant shall also comply with, observe and perform all provisions and
requirements of all policies of insurance at any time in force with respect to
the Premises and required to be obtained and maintained under the terms of
paragraph 11 hereof and shall comply with all development permits issued by
governmental authorities issued in connection with development of the Premises.

        13.     PARTIAL TAKING:

                (a)  If less than substantially all of the Premises shall be
taken for public or quasi-public purposes, Tenant will promptly, at its sole
cost and expense, restore, repair, replace or rebuild the improvements so taken
in conformity with the requirements of paragraph 11 as nearly as practicable to
the condition, size, quality of workmanship and market value thereof
immediately prior to such taking, without regard to the adequacy of any
condemnation award for such purpose.  In performing its obligations, Tenant
shall be entitled to all condemnation proceeds available to Landlord under the
terms of the Master Lease under the same terms and conditions for disbursement
set forth for casualty proceeds in paragraph 11 hereof, notwithstanding the
terms of any mortgage given by Landlord to the contrary (except that the
mortgagee under any such mortgage may be the custodian of the proceeds pending
their disbursement in accordance with the disbursement provisions of paragraph
11).  Any condemnation proceeds in excess of the amounts as are made available
to Tenant for restoration or repair of the Premises, shall be the sole and
exclusive property of Landlord.  Tenant shall have the right to participate in
condemnation proceedings with Landlord, and shall be entitled to receive any
award made by





                                      -29-
<PAGE>   35



the condemning authority in respect of business loss or, if available, business
relocation and any other claim permitted by law which does not, in any such
case, diminish Landlord's recovery.

                (b)  If the Landlord is entitled to condemnation proceeds as
described in the next to last sentence of Paragraph 13(a), each installment of
Fixed Rent thereafter payable hereunder shall be reduced by a fraction thereof,
the numerator of which shall be the proceeds retained by Landlord and the
denominator of which shall be the Purchase Price specified in the Basic Lease
Information.

        14.     TERMINATION OF LEASE FOR SUBSTANTIAL TAKING:

                If all or substantially all of the Premises are taken for
public or quasi-public purposes, and the Premises are therefore rendered
unsuitable for continued use and occupancy in Tenant's business, then Tenant
shall, not later than twenty (20) days after such occurrence, deliver to
Landlord (i) notice of its desire to terminate this Lease with respect to the
Premises on the next due date for the Fixed Rent payment, (the "Termination
Date") which occurs not less than 45 days after the delivery of such notice and
(ii) a certificate of the President or Vice President of Tenant describing the
event giving rise to such termination and stating that Tenant has determined
that such event has rendered the Premises unsuitable for continued use and
occupancy in Tenant's business, and (iii) a certificate signed by the Tenant to
the effect that termination of this Lease with respect to the Premises will not
be in violation of any operating or similar agreement then in effect.  Such
notice to Landlord shall be accompanied by (1) an undertaking of Tenant to pay
any amounts payable under the terms of the Master Lease upon a termination
thereof (including the payment of the Bonds referred to therein), and (2) an
irrevocable offer by Tenant to purchase on the Termination Date any remaining
portion of the Premises at a price equal to the Purchase Price specified in the
Basic Lease Information.  The costs associated with such conveyance, including
transfer taxes and recording fees, shall be paid by Tenant.  Landlord may
reject such offer by notice given to Tenant not later than thirty (30) days
after receipt of Tenant's notice (which offer Landlord may not reject without
the first mortgagee's consent if there is a mortgage then on the Premises).
Unless Landlord shall have rejected such offer in accordance with this
paragraph (with the mortgagee's consent as aforesaid), Landlord shall be
conclusively presumed to have accepted such offer, and, on the Termination
Date, shall convey by special warranty deed to Tenant any remaining portion of
the Premises free of liens and encumbrances (except those existing on 





                                      -30-
<PAGE>   36



the Commencement Date or thereafter created with the written consent of
the Tenant) but excluding encumbrances created by Landlord securing the
repayment of borrowed money, along with the right to receive any condemnation
award to which Landlord is entitled under the Master Lease.

        15.     DEFAULT: Events of Default.

                The following events, following the expiration of the
applicable cure periods, in this Paragraph are sometimes referred to as an
"Event of Default":

        (a)     If default shall be made in the payment of Fixed Rent and such
                default shall continue for 5 days after receipt of notice,
                provided that such notice and cure period shall apply only once
                in any twelve month period and after one such notice in any
                such period, an Event of Default shall exist upon failure to
                pay Fixed Rent when due;

        (b)     If default shall be made in the payment of Additional Rent or
                in the payment of any other sum required to be paid by Tenant
                under this Lease and such default shall continue for 5 days
                after receipt of notice thereof;

        (c)     If default shall be made in the observance or performance of
                any of the other covenants in this Lease which Tenant is
                required to observe and perform and such default shall continue
                for thirty (30) days after written notice to Tenant, provided
                however, that if such default cannot be cured simply by the
                payment of money and cannot reasonably be cured in such 30 day
                period, an Event of Default shall not exist as long as Tenant
                promptly commences and thereafter diligently prosecutes the
                cure of such default, provided that such cure period shall in
                no event extend beyond 270 days after the notice of such
                default;

        (d)     If any representation or warranty made by Tenant herein or by
                Tenant or Guarantor in any certificate, demand or request
                proves to be incorrect in any material respect when made;

        (e)     If the interest of Tenant in this Lease shall be attached,
                levied on under execution or other legal process and same is
                not vacated within sixty (60) days;






                                      -31-
<PAGE>   37
        (f)     If a case shall be commenced under the United States Bankruptcy
                Code by Tenant or Guarantor;

        (g)     If any involuntary petition in bankruptcy shall be filed
                against Tenant or Guarantor under any Federal or State
                bankruptcy or insolvency act and shall not have been dismissed
                within sixty (60) days of the filing thereof;

        (h)     If a receiver or similar official shall be appointed for Tenant
                or Guarantor or any substantial portion of the property of
                Tenant or Guarantor by any court and any such receiver shall
                not have been discharged within thirty (30) days from the date
                of his appointment;

        (i)     If Tenant shall abandon the Premises; or

        (j)     If the consolidated tangible net worth of Guarantor determined
                in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
                shall be less than $100,000,000 and Tenant does not comply with
                paragraph 27;

                Landlord may treat the occurrence of any one or more of the
foregoing Events of Default as a breach of this Lease.  For so long as such
Event of Default continues, Landlord, at its option and with or without notice
or demand of any kind to Tenant or any other person, may have any one or more
of the remedies provided in this Lease, in addition to all other remedies and
rights provided at law or in equity.

        16.     REMEDIES:  In the event of any Event of Default, Landlord may,
in addition to, and not in derogation of any remedies for any preceding breach,
with or without notice of demand (except as otherwise expressly provided
herein) and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy
which Landlord may have by reason of such Event of Default:

                (a)  Immediately or at any time thereafter while such Event of
Default continues, mail a notice of termination addressed to Tenant and proceed
pursuant to and with due process of law, to repossess the Premises without
prejudice to any remedies which might otherwise be used for arrears of rent,
and upon such notice as aforesaid this Lease shall terminate, but Tenant shall
remain liable for its default hereunder as hereinafter provided.  Tenant shall
have the right to cure any default until the expiration of the applicable cure
period, if any, following notice by Landlord, as specified above.  Where
Landlord has given notice as provided for above, no further 





                                      -32-
<PAGE>   38
notice shall be required to effectuate a termination of the Lease,
which termination shall occur automatically.                         

                (b)  Terminate Tenant's right to possession of the Premises by
court order or any lawful means, in which case Tenant's right to possession
under this Lease shall terminate, and Tenant shall immediately surrender
possession of the Premises to Landlord.  In such event, Landlord shall be
entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of
Tenant's default, including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering
possession of the Premises; reasonable expenses of reletting, including
necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises (which reletting shall be
restricted to operations similar to Tenant's operations, or to warehouse or
distribution center facilities); reasonable attorney's fees and any reasonable
real estate commissions actually paid; the worth at the time of award by the
court having jurisdiction thereof of the amount by which the unpaid rent for
the balance of the Term (not including any unexercised Renewal Terms) after the
time of such award exceeds the amount of such rental loss for the same period
that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and that portion of any leasing
commissions paid by Landlord applicable to the unexpired Term of this Lease
(not including any unexercised Renewal Terms).  The discount rate to be used in
determining present value shall be the discount rate then in effect at the
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, plus 1%.

                (c)  Maintain Tenant's right to possession, in which case this
Lease shall continue in effect whether or not Tenant shall have abandoned the
Premises.  In such event, Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of
Landlord's rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover
the Rent as it becomes due hereunder.

                (d)  Accelerate all rentals payable hereunder for the remainder
of the existing Term, and be entitled to the payment of the present value of
such sums, each discounted at the discount rate then in effect at the Federal
Reserve Bank of San Francisco, plus 1%, together with all rentals theretofore
accrued and unpaid and interest thereon at the Overdue Rate from the date due
until paid.

                (e)  Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to
Landlord under the laws or judicial decisions of the State of Louisiana.
Unpaid installments of Rent and other unpaid monetary obligations of Tenant
under the terms of this Lease shall bear interest from the date due until paid
at the Overdue Rate.






                                      -33-
<PAGE>   39

           (f)  Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, at any time     
after any such termination of this Lease or re-entry or repossession of the
Premises or any part thereof by reason of the occurrence of an Event of
Default, whether or not Landlord shall have collected any current damages
pursuant to paragraph 16(b), Landlord shall have the option to require payment
from Tenant, and Tenant will pay to Landlord on demand, as and for liquidated
and agreed final damages for Tenant's default and in lieu of all current
damages beyond the date of such demand (it being agreed that it would be
impracticable or extremely difficult to fix the actual damages), whichever
amount Landlord shall select:

                     (i)    an amount equal to the Fixed Rent reserved in this
        Lease and/or covenanted to be paid for the remainder of the Term
        (excluding unexercised Renewal Terms), discounted to present worth at
        the discount rate then in effect at the Federal Reserve Bank of San
        Francisco, plus 1%;

                     (ii)   110% of the Purchase Price specified in the Basic 
        Lease Information.

Landlord shall at the time of such payment under this paragraph 16(f) assign
and convey the Premises to Tenant free of liens and encumbrances (except those
existing on the Commencement Date or thereafter created with the express
written consent of Tenant, but excluding encumbrances created by Landlord
securing the repayment of borrowed money), without further consideration.  The
costs of such transfer, including recording fees and transfer taxes shall be
paid by Tenant, except that, if Landlord receives more than 110% of such
Purchase Price, Landlord shall pay the portion of such costs, if any, which
result in Landlord receiving at least 110% of such Purchase Price.  If the only
Event of Default hereunder is under paragraph 15(j), the damages under this
paragraph shall be the price applicable to a sale under paragraph 27; if there
is an Event of Default under paragraph 15(j) and under another provision of
this Lease, the damages under this paragraph shall be the greater of the amount
selected pursuant to this paragraph or the price applicable to a sale under
paragraph 27.

        17.     SUBORDINATION:

        (a)     Subordination, Non-Disturbance.  Tenant agrees at any time
hereafter, and from time to time within twenty (20) days of written request of
Landlord's lender, to execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit E, with such changes therein as may be requested by
Landlord and approved, in the exercise of reasonable judgment, by Tenant
subjecting and subordinating this Lease to the lien of any 




                                      -34-
<PAGE>   40


mortgage, deed of trust, security instrument, ground or underlying
lease or other document of like nature (hereinafter collectively referred to as
"Mortgage") which at any time may be placed upon the Premises, or any portion
thereof, by Landlord and to any replacements, renewals, amendments,
modifications, extensions or refinancing thereof, and to each and every advance
made under any Mortgage.  It is agreed, nevertheless, that so long as there
exists no Event of Default, such subordination agreement or other instrument,
release or document (herein "Subordination Agreement") shall not interfere
with, hinder or reduce Tenant's right to quiet enjoyment under this Lease, nor
the right of Tenant to continue to occupy the Premises, and all portions
thereof, and to conduct its business thereon in accordance with the covenants,
conditions, provisions, terms and agreements of this Lease.  The lien of any
such Mortgage shall not encumber Tenant's Trade Fixtures, and insurance
proceeds and condemnation awards shall be made available to Tenant in
accordance with the terms of this Lease (subject to the Master Lease).  The
costs of preparing and recording such document shall be borne by Landlord, but
Tenant shall be responsible for its own counsel fees.

        (b)     Mortgagee Protection Clause.  In the event of any act or
omission of Landlord constituting a default by Landlord, Tenant shall not
exercise any remedy until Tenant has given Landlord and any mortgagee of the
Premises written notice of such act or omission, and until a reasonable period
of time (not to exceed 5 business days) to allow Landlord or the mortgagee to
remedy such act or omission shall have elapsed following receipt of such
notice.  However, if such act or omission cannot, with due diligence and in
good faith, be remedied within such period or cannot be cured simply by the
payment of money, the Landlord and the mortgagee shall be allowed such further
period of time as may be reasonably necessary provided that it commences
remedying the same with due diligence and in good faith and thereafter
diligently prosecutes such cure, provided such cure period shall not extend
beyond 270 days after the notice of such default.  Nothing herein contained
shall be construed or interpreted as requiring any mortgagee receiving such
notice to remedy such act or omission.

        (c)     Attornment.  If any mortgagee shall succeed to the rights of
Landlord under this Lease or to ownership of the Premises, whether through
possession or foreclosure or the delivery of a deed to the Premises in lieu of
foreclosure, then such mortgagee shall automatically be deemed to have
recognized this Lease and to assume the obligations of Landlord hereunder
(including, without limitation, the provisions of paragraph 6 hereof) accruing
on and after the date such mortgagee acquired 




                                      -35-
<PAGE>   41


title to the Premises, and Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such
mortgagee as Tenant's landlord under this Lease and shall promptly execute and
deliver any instrument that such mortgagee may reasonably request to evidence
such attornment (whether before or after making of the Mortgage).  In the event
of any other transfer of Landlord's interest hereunder, such transferee shall
automatically be deemed to have recognized this Lease and to assume the
obligations of Landlord hereunder accruing on and after the date of such
transfer, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such transferee as Tenant's
landlord under this Lease and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument
that such transferee and Landlord may reasonably request to evidence such
attornment.

        (d)  Upon twenty days' advance written notice, Tenant agrees to
execute, acknowledge and deliver a document consenting to the assignment by
Landlord of this Lease and the Rent to a Mortgagee in a form then in use among
institutional lenders, with such changes therein as may be reasonably requested
by the Mortgagee, provided no such document alters the rights of Tenant
hereunder.

        18.     LANDLORD'S RIGHT OF ENTRY:  Upon reasonable notice, from time
to time during normal business hours, such persons as Landlord or any assignee
of Landlord shall designate shall have the right to enter upon the Premises and
to inspect same, exhibit the Premises to prospective purchasers and mortgagees,
and examine Tenant's books and records pertaining to the Premises, insurance
policies, certificates of occupancy and other documents, records and permits in
Tenant's possession with respect to the Premises, all of which shall be
customary and adequate and reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, provided,
however, that such activities by Landlord shall be conducted in such a manner
as not to interfere with the conduct of business by Tenant at the Premises.  If
no Event of Default exists hereunder, any such inspections shall be at the
expense of Landlord.  If an Event of Default exists hereunder, such inspections
shall be at the reasonable expense of Tenant. During the final 18 months of the
Term, Landlord shall be entitled to place customary "For Rent" or "For Sale"
signs on the Premises.  Such persons as Landlord or any assignee of Landlord
shall designate shall also have the right, upon three business days' notice, to
enter upon the Premises for the purpose of making repairs which Landlord is
authorized to make under the provisions of this Lease.

        19.     NOTICES:  Notices, statements, demands, or other communications
required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party to the
other pursuant to this Lease or 





                                      -36-
<PAGE>   42


pursuant to any applicable law or requirement of public authority,
shall be in writing (whether or not so stated elsewhere in this Lease) and
shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made, when received by
overnight delivery or overnight courier delivery or facsimile transmission     
with a confirmation copy sent by overnight delivery or by overnight courier
delivery addressed to the other parties as follows:

        To Landlord:

        TriNet Essential Facilities X, Inc.
        c/o TriNet Corporate Realty Trust, Inc.
        Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3150
        San Francisco, California 94111
        Attention:  Mr. Mark S. Whiting

        With a copy to:

        Day, Berry & Howard
        260 Franklin Street
        Boston, Massachusetts 02110
        Attention:  Lewis A. Burleigh, Esq.

        To Tenant:

        West Coast Liquidators, Inc.
        2430 E. Del Amo Boulevard
        Dominguez, California 90220
        Attention:  Vice President of Real Estate and Construction

        With a copy to the Attention of the General Counsel

Any party listed in this paragraph 19 may, by notices as aforesaid, designate a
different address for addresses for notice, statements, demands or other
communications intended for it.

        20.     STATUS OF LEASE; FINANCIAL DATA:

                (a)  Upon written request of either party, the other party
agrees, within twenty (20) days, to deliver a written status report of this
Lease, in the form provided on attached Exhibit C, provided that neither party
shall be obligated to provide more than four (4) such status reports per year.






                                      -37-
<PAGE>   43


                (b)  Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord and to any lender or
purchaser designated by Landlord copies of the Guarantor's Form 10K, 10Q and
Annual Report, promptly upon their filing with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.  If Guarantor ceases to be a reporting company under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and to any lender or
purchaser designated by Landlord the following information: within 120 days
after the end of each fiscal year of Guarantor, an audited balance sheet of
Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries as at the end of such year, an
audited statement of profits and losses of Guarantor and its consolidated
subsidiaries for such year, and an audited statement of cash flows of Guarantor
and its consolidated subsidiaries for such year, setting forth in each case, in
comparative form, the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year in
reasonable detail and scope and certified by independent certified public
accountants of recognized national standing selected by Guarantor; and within
60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of Guarantor a
balance sheet of Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries as at the end of
such quarter, statements of profits and losses of Guarantor and its
consolidated subsidiaries for such quarter and a statement of cash flows of
Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries for such quarter, setting forth in
each case, in comparative form, the corresponding figures for the similar
quarter of the preceding year, in reasonable detail and scope, and certified to
be true and complete by a financial officer of Guarantor having knowledge
thereof; the foregoing financial statements all being prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

                (c)  Upon ten (10) days' prior notice, Tenant will permit
Landlord and its professional representatives to visit Tenant's offices, at
Landlord's expense, and discuss Tenant's affairs and finances (insofar as they
relate to the Premises or this Lease) with appropriate officers, and will make
available such information as Landlord may reasonably request bearing on the
Tenant, Premises or this Lease, provided that Tenant shall not be required to
disclose information in violation of federal securities laws.






                                      -38-
<PAGE>   44


        21.     MECHANICS' LIENS:

                Liens and Right of Contest.  (a)  Tenant shall not suffer or
permit any mechanic's lien or other lien to be filed or recorded against the
Premises, equipment or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to
the Premises at the request of Tenant, or anyone holding the Premises, or any
portion thereof, through or under Tenant.  If any such mechanic's lien or other
lien shall at any time be filed or recorded against the Premises, or any
portion thereof, Tenant shall cause the same to be discharged of record within
thirty (30) days after the date of filing or recording of the same.  However,
in the event Tenant desires to contest the validity of any lien it shall (i) on
or before thirty (30) days prior to the due date thereof (but in no
event later than 30 days after the filing or recording thereof), notify
Landlord, in writing, that Tenant intends to so contest same; (ii) on or before
the due date thereof, if Tenant's tangible net worth, determined in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, is less than $100,000,000, or if
such lien involves an amount in excess of 1/4 of 1% of Tenant's tangible net
worth so determined and any Mortgagee so requires, deposit with Landlord
security (in form and content reasonably satisfactory to Landlord or Mortgagee)
for the payment of the full amount of such lien and, from time to time, deposit
additional security or indemnity so that, at all times, adequate security or
indemnity will be available for the payment of the full amount of the lien
together with all interest, penalties, costs and charges accrued or accumulated
thereon.

        If Tenant complies with the foregoing, and Tenant continues, in good
faith, to contest the validity of such lien by appropriate legal proceedings
which shall operate to prevent the collection thereof and the sale or
forfeiture of the Premises, or any part thereof, to satisfy the same, Tenant
shall be under no obligation to pay such lien until such time as the same has
been decreed, by court order, to be a valid lien on the Premises.  Any surplus
deposit retained by Landlord, after the payment of the lien shall be repaid to
Tenant.  Provided that nonpayment of such lien does not cause Landlord to be in
violation of any of its contractual undertakings, Landlord agrees not to pay
such lien during the period of Tenant's contest.  However, if Landlord pays for
the discharge of a lien or any part thereof from funds of Landlord, any amount
paid by Landlord, together with all costs, fees and expenses in connection
therewith (including reasonable attorney's fees of Landlord), together with
interest thereon at the Overdue Rate, shall be repaid by Tenant to Landlord on
demand by Landlord.  Tenant shall 





                                      -39-
<PAGE>   45


indemnify and defend Landlord against and save Landlord and the
Premises, and any portion thereof, harmless from and against all losses, costs,
damages, expenses, liabilities, suits, penalties, claims, demands and
obligations, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees,
resulting from the assertion, filing, foreclosure or other legal proceedings
with respect to any such mechanic's lien or other lien or the attempt by Tenant
to discharge same as above provided.


        (b)     All materialmen, contractors, artisans, engineers, mechanics,   
laborers and any other Person now or hereafter furnishing any labor, services,  
materials, supplies or equipment to Tenant with respect to the Premises, or any
portion thereof, are hereby charged with notice that they must look      
exclusively to Tenant to obtain payment for the same.  Notice is hereby given
that Landlord shall not be liable for any labor, services, materials, supplies,
skill, machinery, fixtures or equipment furnished or to be furnished to Tenant
upon credit, and that no mechanic's lien or other lien for any such labor,
services, materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures or equipment shall attach to
or affect the estate or interest of Landlord in and to the Premises, or any
portion thereof.

        (c)     Tenant shall not create, permit or suffer, and, subject to the
provisions of paragraph 21(a) hereof, shall promptly discharge and satisfy of
record, any other lien, encumbrance, charge, security interest, or other right
or interest which, as a result of Tenant's action or inaction contrary to the
provisions hereof, shall be or become a lien, encumbrance, charge or security
interest upon the Premises, or any portion thereof, or the income therefrom,
other than Permitted Encumbrances.

        22.     END OF TERM:  (a) Upon the expiration or earlier termination of
the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the
same condition and suitable for the same use in which the Premises was
originally received from Landlord except as repaired, rebuilt or altered as
required or permitted by this Lease, and subject to normal wear and tear
consistent with the maintenance required by paragraph 8 hereof and shall
surrender all keys to the Premises to Landlord at the place then fixed for
notices to Landlord and shall inform Landlord of all combinations on locks,
safes and vaults, if any.  Except as otherwise provided herein, Tenant shall at
such time remove all of its property (including Tenant's Trade Fixtures)
therefrom and all alterations and improvements placed thereon by Tenant and not
consented to by Landlord, if so requested by Landlord.  Tenant shall repair any
damage to the Premises caused 



                                      -40-
<PAGE>   46


by such removal, and any and all such property not so removed when
required shall, at Landlord's option, become the exclusive property of Landlord
or be disposed of by Landlord, at Tenant's cost and expense, without further
notice to or demand upon Tenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall
have no obligation to surrender any of Tenant's Trade Fixtures or any
Incidental Equipment.

                (b)  If the Premises are not surrendered as above set forth,
Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against loss
or liability resulting from the delay by Tenant in so surrendering Premises,
including, without limitation any claim made by any succeeding occupant founded
on such delay.  Tenant's obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall  
survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.  In addition to the
foregoing, and in addition to the Additional Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord
a sum equal to 150% of the Fixed Rent herein provided during each month or
portion thereof for which Tenant shall remain in possession of the Premises or
any part thereof after the termination of the Term or of Tenant's rights of
possession, whether by lapse of time or otherwise.  The provisions of this
paragraph 22(b) shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any
other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein at law or at equity.

                (c)  All property of Tenant not removed on or before the last
day of the Term of this Lease shall be deemed abandoned. Tenant hereby appoints
Landlord its agent to remove all property of Tenant, including Tenant's Trade
Fixtures, from the Premises upon termination of this Lease and to cause its
transportation and storage for Tenant's benefit, all at the sole cost and risk
of Tenant and Landlord shall not be liable for damage, theft, misappropriation
or loss thereof and Landlord shall not be liable in any manner in respect
thereto.  Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses of such removal,
transportation and storage.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for
any expenses reasonably and actually incurred by Landlord with respect to
removal or storage of abandoned property and with respect to restoring said
Premises to good order, condition and repair.

                (d)  Except for surrender upon the expiration or earlier
termination of the Term hereof, no surrender to Landlord of this Lease or of
the Leased Property shall be valid or effective unless agreed to and accepted
in writing by Landlord.






                                      -41-
<PAGE>   47


        23.     ALTERATIONS:

                (a)   At any time during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall
have the right to make alterations in and to the Premises, provided such
alterations are in compliance with all applicable codes, laws, ordinances,
rules and regulations, and do not materially reduce the then unencumbered fair
market value of the Premises or cause the Premises to violate any terms of the
Master Lease, this Lease or compromise the structural integrity of the
Improvements.

                (b)  Prior to making any structural alteration the cost of which
is estimated to exceed $500,000 (increased from the Commencement Date by a 
dollar amount equivalent to the product of the percentage increase in the CPI
and $500,000), Tenant shall submit to Landlord a plan showing the nature and 
extent of such alterations and shall not proceed with such alterations without
Landlord's written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed.  If Landlord has not responded to such plan after 15 days, Tenant may
then send a second notice to Landlord prominently stating that the Landlord's
failure to object to the proposed plans within 5 business days after receipt of
such second notice shall be deemed Landlord's consent thereto.

        24.     MEMORANDUM OF LEASE:  The parties agree to promptly execute a
Memorandum of Lease in recordable form and either of the parties shall have the
right, without notice to the other party, to record such Memorandum of Lease.

        25.     SUBLETTING/ASSIGNMENT:  (a) Tenant shall have the right to
sublease all or any part of the Premises or assign its interest hereunder,
without Landlord's consent, provided that Tenant shall remain primarily liable
under this Lease without regard to any sublease or assignment, and provided
further that any profit realized upon subletting or assignment shall be the
property of Tenant.  Tenant shall not mortgage its interest hereunder and any
purported mortgage thereof shall be void.  Tenant may request that Landlord
enter into a non-disturbance, attornment and recognition agreement with any
such assignee or subtenant, and Landlord agrees to consider such request in
good faith, although Landlord may at its sole discretion agree or refuse to
agree to enter into such agreement with any assignee or subtenant.

                (b)  Tenant shall have a one-time right to assign its interest
under this Lease and be relieved of all liability accruing hereunder after such
assignment, provided (1) the 




                                      -42-
<PAGE>   48


assignee delivers a written assumption of all of Tenant's obligations
hereunder, and (ii) the assignee both (x) has a tangible net worth, determined
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, of at least
$100,000,000, and (y) has a Standard and Poor's Corporation BBB- and Moody's
Investors Services Baa rating (or better) on its debt.

      26.       HAZARDOUS MATERIAL:

                (a)  Tenant (i) shall comply, and cause the Premises to comply,
with all Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined) applicable to the Premises
(including the making of all submissions to governmental authorities required
by Environmental Laws and the carrying out of any remediation program specified
by such authority), (ii) shall prohibit the use of the Premises for the
generation, manufacture, refinement, production, or processing of any      
Hazardous Material (as hereinafter defined) or for the storage,
handling, transfer or transportation of any Hazardous Material (other
than in connection with the operation, business and maintenance of the Premises
and in commercially reasonable quantities as a consumer thereof and supplier of
consumer products and in compliance with Environmental Laws), (iii) shall not
permit to remain, install or permit the installation on the Premises of any
surface impoundments, underground storage tanks, or asbestos-containing
materials, except for such impoundments, tanks and asbestos containing material
as was on the Premises at the Commencement Date as disclosed to Landlord by an
environmental engineer's written report, provided such pre-existing items
continue to be in compliance with applicable laws and, to the extent required
by Paragraph 22, removed at the end of the Term, and (iv) shall cause any
alterations of the Premises to be done in a way so as to not expose in an
unsafe manner the persons working on or visiting the Premises to Hazardous
Materials and in connection with any such alterations shall remove any
Hazardous Materials present upon the Premises which are not in compliance with
Environmental Laws or which present a danger to persons working on or visiting
the Premises.

                (b)  "Environmental Laws" means the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Sections 6901, et seq. (RCRA), 
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act 
of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of
1986, 42 U.S.C. Section Section 9601 et seq. (CERCLA), the Toxic Substance
Control Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. Sections 2601 et seq., the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. Sections 136
et 




                                      -43-
<PAGE>   49


seq., and all applicable federal, state and local environmental laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations, as any of the foregoing may have been or may
be from time to time amended, supplemented or supplanted, and any other
federal, state or local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, now or
hereafter existing relating to regulations or control of Hazardous Material or
materials.  The term "Hazardous Materials" as used in this Lease shall mean
substances defined as "hazardous substances", "hazardous materials", "hazardous
wastes" or "toxic substances" in any applicable federal, state or local
statute, rule, regulation or determination, including but not limited to the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980,
as amended, 42 U.S.C. Sections 9601, et seq.; the Hazardous Materials
Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Sections 1801, et seq.; the Resource,
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. Sections 6901, et seq.; and,
asbestos, pcb's, radioactive substances, methane, volatile hydrocarbons,
petroleum or petroleum-derived substances or wastes, radon, industrial solvents
or any other material as may be specified in applicable law or regulations.

                (c)  Except to the extent of liability resulting from or
arising out of the negligent or willful act of Landlord or its Mortgagee or
their agents or their successors and assigns on or about the Premises, Tenant
agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its directors,
officers, employees and agents, and any successors to Landlord's interest in
the chain of title to the Premises, their direct or indirect partners,
directors, officers, employees, and agents, from and against any and all
liability, including all foreseeable and all unforeseeable damages including
but not limited to attorney's and consultant's fees, fines, penalties and civil
or criminal damages, directly or indirectly arising out of the use, generation,
storage, treatment, release, threatened release, presence or disposal of
Hazardous Materials from, on, at, to or under the Premises prior to or during
the Term of this Lease, and including, without limitation, the cost of any
required or necessary repair, response action, remediation, investigation,
cleanup or detoxification and the preparation of any closure or other required
plans, whether such action is required or necessary prior to or following
transfer of title to the Premises.  This agreement to indemnify and hold
harmless shall be in addition to any other obligations or liabilities Tenant
may have to Landlord at common law under all statutes and ordinances or
otherwise, and shall survive following the date of expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease for five years, except where the event giving rise to
the liability for which indemnity is sought arises out of Tenant's acts, in
which case the agreement 




                                      -44-
<PAGE>   50


to indemnify shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease
without limit of time.  Tenant expressly agrees that the representations,
warranties and covenants made and the indemnities stated in this Lease are not
personal to Landlord, and the benefits under this Lease may be assigned to
subsequent parties in interest to the chain of title to the Premises, which
subsequent parties in interest may proceed directly against Tenant to recover
pursuant to this Lease.  Tenant, at its expense, may institute appropriate
legal proceedings with respect to environmental matters of the type specified
in this paragraph 26(c) or lien for such environmental matters, not involving
Landlord or its Mortgagee as a defendant (unless Landlord or its mortgagee is
the alleged cause of the damage), conducted in good faith and with due
diligence, provided that such proceedings shall not in any way impair the
interests of Landlord or its mortgagee under this Lease or contravene the
provisions of any first mortgage.  Counsel to Tenant in such proceedings shall
be reasonably approved by Landlord if Landlord is a defendant in the same
proceeding. Landlord shall have the right to appoint co-counsel, which
co-counsel will cooperate with Tenant's counsel in such proceedings.  The fees
and expenses of such co-counsel shall be paid by Landlord, unless such
co-counsel are appointed because the interests of Landlord and Tenant in such
proceedings, in such counsel's opinion, are or have become adverse, or Tenant
or Tenant's counsel is not conducting such proceedings in good faith or with
due diligence.

                (d)  Tenant, promptly upon the written request of Landlord from
time to time, but not more than once in any calendar year unless an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, shall permit such persons as Landlord
or any assignee of Landlord may designate and (unless an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing) approved by Tenant, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed ("Site Reviewers") to visit the Premises from
time to time and perform Environmental site investigations and assessments
("Site Assessments") on the Premises for the purpose of determining whether
there exists on the Premises any environmental condition which may result in
any liability, cost or expense to Landlord or any other owner or occupier of
the Premises relating to Hazardous Material.  Such Site Assessments may include
both above and below the ground testing for environmental damage or the
presence of Hazardous Material on the Premises and such other tests on the
Premises as may be necessary to conduct the Site Assessments in the reasonable
opinion of the Site Reviewers.  Tenant shall supply to the Site Reviewers such
historical and operational information regarding the Premises as may be
reasonably requested 




                                      -45-
<PAGE>   51


by the Site Reviewers to facilitate the Site Assessments (other than
information previously supplied in writing to Landlord by Tenant) and
shall make available for meetings with the Site Reviewers appropriate personnel
having knowledge of such matters.  The cost of performing and reporting all
Site Assessments shall be paid by Landlord unless an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing or unless the Site Reviewers discover an
environmental condition causing the Premises to be in noncompliance with
applicable Environmental Laws, in either of which events such cost will be paid
by Tenant within thirty (30) days after demand by Landlord with interest to
accrue at the Overdue Rate.  Landlord, promptly after written request by Tenant
and payment by Tenant to the extent required as aforesaid, shall deliver to
Tenant copies of reports, summaries or other compilations of the results of
such Site Assessments.  Tenant's sole remedy for Landlord's breach of the
preceding sentence shall be a mandatory injunction, and not a termination of
this Lease or a withholding or reduction of rent.  If a Site Assessment
conducted under this paragraph 26(d) indicates that the Premises are in
violation of Environmental Laws or otherwise do not conform to the requirements
of this paragraph 26 at the time the Term is expiring or being terminated, the
term shall be automatically extended for the period of remediation of such
violation or nonconformity.  All of the terms, covenants and conditions of this
Lease shall continue in full force and effect during the period of any such
extension, except that the annual Fixed Rent shall be the fair market rental
for the Premises assuming no such violation or nonconformity has occurred. 
Such fair market rental shall be mutually agreed upon by the Landlord and
Tenant.  In the event that the Landlord and Tenant are unable in good faith to
agree on such fair market rental, the annual Fixed Rent during the period of
any such extension shall be determined by an independent appraiser chosen
jointly by Landlord and Tenant without regard to any remaining Renewal Term. 
Upon completion of such remediation, Landlord shall either purchase the fee
title to the Land in accordance with paragraph 28(b) and Tenant shall make the
payments contemplated thereby or, if Landlord does not exercise such right
within 60 days after completion of remediation, this Lease and the obligations
of Tenant hereunder (except those that accrued prior to such date) shall
terminate.

                E.   Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, promptly upon
Tenant's learning thereof, of any:

                (a)  notice or claim to the effect that Tenant is or may be
liable to any Person as a result of the release or 





                                      -46-
<PAGE>   52


threatened release of any Hazardous Material into the environment from
the Premises;

                (b)  notice that Tenant is subject to investigation by any
governmental authority evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to
respond to the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material into the
environment from the Premises;

                (c)  notice that the Premises is subject to an environmental
lien; and

                (d)  notice of violation to Tenant or awareness by Tenant of a
condition which might reasonably result in a notice of violation of any
applicable Environmental Law that could have a material adverse effect upon the
Premises.                                          

        27.     LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO REQUIRE PURCHASE:

                (a)  If Guarantor's tangible net worth, determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, shall fall below
$100,000,000, Landlord shall have the right until a financial statement
delivered pursuant to paragraph 20(b) shows such tangible net worth to be in
excess of $100,000,000, to require Tenant to purchase the Premises on 90 days'
notice for a price equal to the greater of (x) the value (determined as
described in paragraph 27(b) below) of the Premises and, if applicable, Land
considered as encumbered by this Lease calculated on the basis of the value of
future rent and future residual value (as opposed to the basis of comparable
sales or replacement cost) and adjusted upward by any transfer tax, brokerage
commission, title insurance premium or other closing costs paid by Landlord in
connection with its acquisition of fee title to the Land or (y) the sum of the
Purchase Price specified in the Basic Lease Information plus any premium
payable to the holder of a mortgage on the Premises upon the prepayment of such
mortgage plus Landlord's reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in
connection with such transfer.  Landlord shall convey the Premises to Tenant by
special warranty deed, free of liens and encumbrances (except those existing on
the Commencement Date or thereafter created with the written consent of the
Tenant, but excluding encumbrances created by Landlord securing the repayment
of borrowed money).  The Tenant shall be responsible for all costs including
transfer taxes and recording fees, in connection with the transfer of the
Premises.






                                      -47-
<PAGE>   53


                (b)  The value described in paragraph 27(a) above shall be
determined by an appraisal, which shall be performed by an appraiser selected
by Landlord and paid by Tenant.  Any appraiser selected by Landlord shall have
qualifications that include a minimum of five (5) years of experience in the
appraisal of industrial real estate in the City of New Orleans and shall use
the methodology described in paragraph 27(a) above to calculate "value".  He
shall be disinterested, and shall be a member of a nationally recognized
appraisal association.  Further, any such appraiser shall comply with the
Louisiana licensing law then in effect for appraisers authorized to perform
general appraisals within the State of Louisiana.  If there are then any
existing United States laws governing appraisers, said appraiser shall be in
compliance with the then applicable Federal laws for appraisers performing
appraisals of industrial real estate.  In the event that Tenant disputes an
appraised value determined by an appraiser (hereinafter the "First Appraiser"),
who performed an appraisal pursuant to this paragraph 27, it shall so notify
Lessee within five (5) days after receipt of such written determination by the
First Appraiser, and the disagreement shall be resolved as follows:

                     (i)    Within five (5) days after the service of such
                notice by Tenant to Landlord, Tenant shall designate a second
                appraiser (the "Second Appraiser"), who shall appraise the
                Premises in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph
                27.  This Second Appraiser shall render his opinion of the
                appraised value no later than thirty (30) days after the
                service of notice by Tenant stated above.  In the event that
                the higher of the two appraised values rendered herein is not
                more than ten percent (10%) greater than the lower of the two
                appraised values, then the mean between the two appraised
                values shall be utilized to fix the appraised value.

                     (ii)   In the event that the higher of the two appraised
                values is more than ten percent (10%) higher than the lower of
                the two appraised values, then the First Appraiser and the
                Second Appraiser will meet within five (5) days after receipt
                and acceptance of the Second Appraisal by Tenant, to attempt to
                agree upon the appraised value.  If the First Appraiser and
                Second Appraiser do not agree upon the appraised value after
                such meeting, then they shall appoint a third appraiser (the
                "Third Appraiser").






                                      -48-
<PAGE>   54


                     (iii)  If the First and Second Appraiser shall be unable
                to agree upon the appointment of the Third Appraiser within
                five (5) days after the time specified in subsection "B" above,
                then the Third Appraiser shall be selected by the Tenant and
                Landlord themselves.  If the Tenant and Landlord cannot agree
                thereon, within a further period of five (5) days, then either,
                on behalf of both, may apply to the person who is, at the time,
                the most senior in service, active Judge of the United States
                District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana, for the
                selection of the Third Appraiser.  If that Judge cannot or will
                not make the appointment, then the application will be made to
                the next most senior Judge, and so on down the line of
                seniority.  The fees and costs of the Second Appraiser will be
                borne by Tenant, and the fees and costs of the Third Appraiser,
                will be divided equally between Tenant and Landlord. 
                The cost of application to the Judge of the United States
                District Court shall be divided equally between Tenant
                and Landlord.  In the event of the failure, refusal or
                inability of any appraiser to act, a new appraiser
                shall be appointed in his stead, which appointment shall be
                made in the same manner as provided herein; e.g., if the Second
                Appraiser must be replaced, then Tenant will have the right to
                designate his replacement.  In the event that a Third Appraiser
                is selected in the manner aforesaid, he shall perform an
                appraisal of the Premises in accordance with the terms of this
                paragraph 27 within thirty (30) days after his appointment.  In
                the event that the appraised value rendered by the Third
                Appraiser is higher than the lower appraised value, but lower
                than the higher appraised value, as rendered by the First
                Appraiser and the Second Appraiser, then the appraised value
                rendered by the Third Appraiser shall become the appraised
                value.  In the event that the appraised value rendered by the
                Third Appraiser is lower than the lower appraised value or
                higher than the higher appraised value, as rendered by the
                First Appraiser and Second Appraiser, then an Appraisal Panel
                shall be convened.

        The "Appraisal Panel," consisting of the First, Second and Third
Appraisers, shall convene within (5) days after submission of a written
appraisal to Landlord and Tenant by the Third Appraiser (which Third Appraisal
does not resolve the appraised value question in accordance with this paragraph
27).  The purpose of the formation of the Appraisal Panel will be to 




                                      -49-
<PAGE>   55


attempt to reach a decision by two members of the Appraisal Panel on
the appraised value. A decision joined in by any two of the appraisers of the
Appraisal Panel shall be the decision of the Appraisal Panel, and shall be
binding upon the parties hereto.  If no two members of the Appraisal Panel can
concur in a decision of the appraised value within ten (10) days after the
submission of the appraisal by the Third Appraiser to the parties, then the
parties shall go to a neutral arbitrator for arbitration.  If the Appraisal
Panel is able to concur upon a decision for the appraised value, then written
notice thereof shall be given to the parties hereto, which notice shall state
the appraised value of the Premises.

        28.     LANDLORD'S ACQUISITION OF FEE TITLE TO THE PREMISES

                (a) If at any time Landlord wishes to continue the term of the
Master Lease beyond the Term of this Lease, then Landlord shall purchase   
the fee title to the Land and the Improvements thereon in accordance with
the Master Lease.

                (b) Whenever Landlord acquires title to the Land in accordance
with subparagraph (a) above or otherwise in accordance with the Master Lease,
it is agreed that Landlord shall pay the purchase price described in Section
9.1 A, B, and C of the Master Lease or Section 9.2 A, B and C of the Master
Lease.  It is agreed the Tenant shall simultaneously pay the outstanding amount
of the "Bonds" (as defined in the Master Lease), pursuant to Section 9.1 D or
9.2 D of the Master Lease, as the case may be.  Landlord will give 60 days'
notice to Tenant of its intended acquisition of fee title to the Land.  If
Tenant fails to retire the Bonds, Landlord shall have the right to retire them
and Tenant shall thereupon owe the sum paid by Landlord to retire the Bonds as
Additional Rent hereunder.  In the alternative, if Tenant fails to retire the
Bonds, Landlord shall have the right to rescind its proposed acquisition of the
Land, and any guarantees of the Bonds or the Master Lease by Tenant or any of
its affiliates shall continue.

        29.     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS:

                (a)  This Lease and all of the covenants and provisions hereof
shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and the
heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties.

                (b)  The titles and headings appearing in this Lease are for
reference only and shall not be considered a part of this 





                                      -50-
<PAGE>   56



lease or in any way to modify, amend or affect the provisions thereof.

                (c)  This Lease contains the complete agreement of the parties
with reference to the leasing of the Premises.

                (d)  Any provision or provisions of this Lease which shall
prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or
invalidate any other provision hereof, and the remaining provisions hereof
shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.

                (e)  This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts,
each of which shall be an original, and all of which shall constitute one and
same instrument.                                          

                (f)  The term "Landlord" as used in this Lease shall mean only
the owner or owners at the time in question of the leasehold interest created
by the Master Lease (or, if the Master Lease no longer exists, the owner of the
fee interest in the Premises) and in the event of any transfer of such title or
interest, Landlord named in this Lease (and in case of any subsequent
transfers, then the grantor) shall be relieved from and after the date of such
transfer of all liability as respects Landlord's obligations thereafter to be
performed hereunder, provided that any funds in the hands of Landlord or the
then grantor at the time of such transfer, in which Tenant has an interest,
shall be delivered to the grantee. The obligations contained in this Lease to
be performed by Landlord shall, subject as aforesaid, be binding on Landlord's
successors and assigns, only during their respective periods of ownership.

                (g)  This Lease shall be governed by and construed and enforced
in accordance with and subject to the laws of the State of Louisiana.

                (h)  Any claim based on or in respect of any liability of
Landlord under this Lease shall be enforced only against the Premises and not
against any other assets, properties or funds of (1) Landlord or any director,
officer, shareholder, general partner, limited partner, or direct or indirect
partners, employee or agent of Landlord or its general partners (or any legal
representative, heir, estate, successor or assign of any thereof), (2) any
predecessor or successor partnership or corporation (or other entity) of
Landlord or its general partners, either directly or through Landlord or its
predecessor 



                                      -51-
<PAGE>   57

or successor partnership or corporation (or other Person) of Landlord or
its general partners, and (3) any other person.

                (i)  Without the written approval of Landlord and Tenant, no
Person other than Landlord (including its direct and indirect partners),
Mortgagee, Tenant and their respective successors and assigns shall have any
rights under this Lease.

                (j)  There shall be no merger of the leasehold estate created
hereby by reason of the fact that the same Person may own directly or
indirectly, (1) the leasehold estate created hereby or any interest in this
Lease or such leasehold estate, (2) the leasehold interest created by the
Master Lease and/or (3) the fee estate in the Premises.  Notwithstanding any
such combined ownership, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect
until terminated by an instrument executed by both Landlord and Tenant.

            


                                     -52-


<PAGE>   58
        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands under
seal on the day and year first above written.

                            TRINET ESSENTIAL FACILITIES X, INC.
                            Landlord



                            By:  MARK S. WHITING
                                 -----------------------------
                                 Name:   Mark S. Whiting
                                 Title:  President



                           By:   CHARLES S. SWANSON
                                 -----------------------------
                                 Name:   Charles S. Swanson
                                 Title:  Senior Vice President


                            WEST COAST LIQUIDATORS, INC.
                            Tenant



                            By:  LEONARD S. WILLIAMS
                                 -----------------------------
                                 Name:   Leonard S. Williams
                                 Title:  President



                            By:  PHILIP L. CARTER
                                 -----------------------------
                                 Name:   Philip L. Carter
                                 Title:  Senior Vice President
                                         and Chief Financial Officer
<PAGE>   59
                               ACKNOWLEDGMENT


STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO

     BE IT KNOWN that on this 24th day of September, 1993, before me, the
undersigned Notary Public, personally came and appeared Mark S. Whiting,
____________ ____________ to me personally known, and after being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say that he is the President of TriNet Essential
Facilities X, Inc. ____________ and that the seal affixed to the foregoing
Lease Agreement is the corporate seal of said corporation, that they signed and
sealed said document on behalf of the corporation by authority of its Board of
Directors, as the free act and deed of the corporation, for the uses and
purposes therein set forth.


                                                   XENIA M. TAN
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Notary Public

My Commission Expires:
Feb. 28, 1994

                                        [OFFICIAL SEAL]
<PAGE>   60
                                ACKNOWLEDGMENT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES

        BE IT KNOWN that on this 28th day of September, 1993, before me, the
undersigned Notary Public, personally came and appeared Philip L. Carter and
Leonard S. Williams, to me personally known, and after being by me duly sworn,
did depose and say that they are the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief
Executive Officer, respectively, of West Coast Liquidators, Inc. and that the
seal affixed to the foregoing Lease Agreement is the corporate seal of said
corporation, that they signed and sealed said document on behalf of the
corporation by authority of its Board of Directors, as the free act and deed of
the corporation, for the uses and purposes therein set forth.


                                                       KAY L. DUKEMAN
                                                ------------------------------
                                                Notary Public

My Commission Expires:

            6-11-97
- - ------------------------------

                                                [OFFICIAL SEAL]
<PAGE>   61
                                   EXHIBIT A

                                     LEGAL
                                  DESCRIPTION


All that certain tract or parcel of land being located in the Third Municipal
District, City of New Orleans, Section 39 of Township 12 South, Range 12 East,
Southeastern District of Louisiana, as per plan of resubdivision prepared by
Fromherz Engineers, Inc., Dwg. No. WCL1, dated August 15, 1988, approved by the
City Planning Commission on October 4, 1988, subdivision Docket No. 68/88,
registered as Declaration of Title Change on November 1, 1988, COB 823-D, folio
243 identified as Lot PS 1, according to a survey by Fromherz Engineers, Inc.,
Drawing No. WCL1B, dated June 8, 1993, and is more particularly described as
follows:

Commencing at the intersection of the eastern right-of-way line of Jourdan Road
South (formerly the eastern boundary line of the Industrial Canal Reservation)
with the southern right-of-way line of Almonaster Avenue extension; thence
S16'10'30"E, along the eastern right-of-way of Jourdan Road South, for a
distance of 200.83' to a point, said point being the point of beginning.
Thence, from said point of beginning S86'07'08"E for a distance of 2194.11' to
a point of curve; thence along a curve to the right, having a radius of
322.17', for an arc distance of 401.15' to a point of tangency; thence
S14'46'35"E for a distance of 833.85 to a point located on the north line of
the Board of Commissioners Port of New Orleans property; thence along a
non-tangent curve to the left, having a radius of 5780.65', for an arc distance
of 109.83' to a point of tangency; thence S73'49'30"W along the north line of
the Board of Commissioners Port of New Orleans property, for a distance of
1562.67' to a point of curve; thence along a curve to the right having a radius
of 664.18' for an arc distance of 704.81' to a point located on the eastern
right-of-way of Jourdan Road South; thence N16'10'30"W for a distance of 61.49'
to a point; thence, continuing along the eastern right-of-way of Jourdan Road
South, N16'10'30"W for a distance of 1493.85' to a point, said point being the
point of beginning.

The above described tract or parcel of land comprises a portion of the ground
formerly designated as lot PS, including any and all servitudes, appurtenances
and advantages thereunto belonging, and is designated as lot PS1, containing
75.533 acres, all as is more fully shown on the drawing number WCL1B by
Fromherz Engineers, Inc., dated June 8, 1993.





                                      
<PAGE>   62
        Together with all improvements located thereon and all rights, ways,
privileges, and servitudes thereunto belonging or appertaining; and

        Together with those "Incorporeal Rights" created as follows:

        1.      COB 856, folio 479, N.A. No. 874450 - Grant of Servitude of
Passage and Right of Use by the Sewerage and Water Board of New Orleans in
favor of West Coast Liquidators dated March 29, 1990 creating a cross-over of
Lot PS2.

        2.      COI No. 28404, N.A. No. 866084 - Switch Track Agreement between
the New Orleans Public Belt Railroad Commission and West Coast Liquidators,
Ltd. as created by Agreement dated September 27, 1990 and filed November 2,
1990.

        3.      COB 855, folio 243-245, COI No. 30531, N.A. No. 872064 -
Railroad Crossing Agreement between Public Belt Railroad Commission for the
City of New Orleans and West Coast Liquidators, Inc. dated May 10, 1989.





                                      
<PAGE>   63
                                  EXHIBIT B                       Page 1 of 2


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                      <C>         <C>
WEST COAST LIQUIDATORS, INC.                                                             RUN DATE:   28-Sep.-93
N.O.D.C. NET BOOK VALUE REPORT                                                               TIME:     10:39 AM
FOR THE SEVEN MONTHS ENDING AUGUST 1993                                                   PREP BY:   TENEROWICZ
===============================================================================================================
                   PROP
SYS NO   LOC   CL  UNIT       ASSET DESCRIPTION                    VENDOR NAME                    NET BOOK VALUE
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        1901   B   1015   Parking, paving curbs                                                     1,585,674.60
        1901   B   1025   Landscaping                                                                  91,411.06
        1901   B   1030   Site utilities                                                              737,215.68
        1901   B   1040   Guard house                                                                  11,987.97
        1901   B   1050   Fencing                                                                      29,384.42
        1901   B   1200   Foundation and floors                                                     3,594,833.53
        1901   B   1201   Piles                                                                       473,756.08
        1901   B   1210   Structural framing                                                        4,172,747.76
        1901   B   1220   Exterior walls                                                              982,348.10
        1901   B   1230   Roofing and waterproofing                                                 1,185,956.69
        1901   B   1240   Doors, windows, glazing                                                     234,029.98
        1901   B   1250   Interior partitions                                                         237,960.53
        1901   B   1260   Interior finishes                                                           301,460.60
        1901   B   1500   Fire protection services                                                    860,731.48
        1901   B   1700   HVAC                                                                        885,095.36
        1901   B   1800   Electrical                                                                  648,910.56
        1901   B   2000   Elevators                                                                    13,809.96

 172    1901   B   9999   Alarm system                                                                 12,797.24
 168    1901   B   9999   Contractors fee                       Broadmoor Corporatio                    5,913.26
 180    1901   B   9999   Valuation adjustment                  F.N.D. Electronics                       (159.30)
 174    1901   B   9999   Alarm system                          Simplex Time Recorde                    2,643.03
 179    1901   B   9999   Sales use tax refund                  State of Louisiana                    (95,182.86)
 170    1901   B   9999                                         Valuation Research                      1,351.06
                                                                                                  --------------
               B          TOTAL BUILDING (13200)                                                   15,974,676.79
                                                                                                  --------------

 264    1901   BI  9999                                         F.N.D. Electronics                        355.49
 266    1901   BI  9999                                         F.N.D. Electronics                        535.26
 268    1901   BI  9999                                         F.N.D. Electronics                        416.46
 270    1901   BI  9999                                         F.N.D. Electronics                        499.49
 272    1901   BI  9999                                         F.N.D. Electronics                        146.51  
 274    1901   BI  9999   Install frost proof hose              KAM Mechanical Contr                    3,711.79   
 276    1901   BI  9999   Install cable to guard sh             F.N.D. Electronics                        908.02   
 278    1901   BI  9999   Install sunshields, prog              F.N.D. Electronics                      1,239.22 
 280    1901   BI  9999   Install key locks and cable, reprog   F.N.D. Electronics                        292.28  
3828    1901   BI  9999                                         Payless Equipment                         179.39
3829    1901   BI  9999                                         Bartolo Supply                         11,561.80
                                                                                                   -------------
               BI         TOTAL BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS (13220)                                          19,845.71
                                                                                                   -------------

</TABLE>
                                                                
<PAGE>   64
                                  EXHIBIT B                       Page 2 of 2


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                      <C>         <C>
WEST COAST LIQUIDATORS, INC.                                                             RUN DATE:   28-Sep.-93
N.O.D.C. NET BOOK VALUE REPORT                                                               TIME:     10:39 AM
FOR THE SEVEN MONTHS ENDING AUGUST 1993                                                   PREP BY:   TENEROWICZ
===============================================================================================================
                   PROP
SYS NO   LOC   CL  UNIT       ASSET DESCRIPTION                    VENDOR NAME                    NET BOOK VALUE
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        1901   DE   3000   Restroom accessories                                                         5,585.99
        1901   DE   3001   Restroom accessories                                                         7,294.51         
        1901   DE   3003   Mirrors                                                                      2,470.31
        1901   DE   3005   Signs and sign hook-ups                                                      6,002.84           
        1901   DE   3015   Splash blocks                                                                  676.25    
        1901   DE   3035   Exit directional signs                                                       9,418.95
        1901   DE   3085   Exterior wall wash                                                          19,757.39             
        1901   DE   4040   Carpeting                                                                   33,565.58
        1901   DE   4045   Cabinets, counters, shelves                                                 40,406.38             
        1901   DE   4050   Small item protections                                                       1,152.35
        1901   DE   4080   Public address system                                                       95,505.58
                                                                                                  --------------
               DE          TOTAL OFFICE EQUIPMENT (12800)                                             221,836.13       
                                                                                                  --------------

        1901   WE  3020   Railroad siding and access                                                   10,245.94
        1901   WE  3030   Control gates                                                                 5,979.54
        1901   WE  3060   Conveyor and accessories                                                  1,338,732.72
        1901   WE  3065   Rack and accessories                                                      3,137,576.48
        1901   WE  4000   Door lift connections                                                        55,211.63
                                                                                                   -------------
               WE         TOTAL WAREHOUSE EQUIPMENT (13110)                                         4,547,746.31
                                                                                                   -------------
                          TOTAL N.O.D.C.                                                           20,764,104.94
                                                                                                   =============

</TABLE>
                                                                          
<PAGE>   65
                                   EXHIBIT C


                                 STATUS REPORT




The undersigned, __________________________, a ____________ corporation is the
___________________ under a Lease Agreement (the "Lease"), dated as of
September 25, 1993, between West Coast Liquidators, Inc., a California
corporation, (the "Tenant") and TriNet Essential Facilities X, Inc., a Maryland
corporation, as landlord (the "Landlord") of certain real property located on
Jourdan Road in New Orleans, Louisiana as described on attached Exhibit A (the
"Land  Parcel").  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
same meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.  The undersigned hereby represents
and certifies as follows:

           1.       The Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties with respect to the demise of the Premises and is in full force and
effect and has not been modified, supplemented, canceled or amended in any
respect.

           2.       The term of the Lease commenced on October 4, 1993 and ends
on September 30, 2009.  The Lease provides Tenant the right to extend the term
of the Lease for two (2) renewal terms, the first of which extends the Initial
Term for two (2) years and the second of which extends the Initial Term for an
additional ten (10) years.  The Tenant is currently obligated to pay Fixed Rent
in monthly installments in an amount equal to $____________ per month, which
Fixed Rent obligation is continuing and is not past due or delinquent in any
respect.  No payment of Fixed Rent has been prepaid more than one month in
advance.

           3.       No event has occurred or is continuing which would
constitute a default by either the Tenant or Landlord under the Lease or would
constitute such a default but for the requirement that notice be given or that
a period of time elapse or both.  No offset exists with respect to any Rent or
other sums payable or to become payable by the Tenant under the Lease.





                                      
<PAGE>   66


           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate has been duly executed and
delivered by the authorized officers of the undersigned as of _______________
___, ______.



                                               _________________________________



                                             By: ____________________________
                                                 Name:
                                                 Title:





                                      
<PAGE>   67
                                  EXHIBIT D

                            PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES



1.         General and special taxes or assessments for 1994 and subsequent
           years not yet due and payable, as modified by the Payment in Lieu of
           Tax Agreement ("Pilot"), dated August 1, 1988, by and among the City
           of New Orleans, State of Louisiana, The Industrial Development Board
           of the City of New Orleans, Louisiana, Inc., the Director of Finance
           of the City of New Orleans, Louisiana, the Tax Assessor of the Third
           Municipal District of the Parish of Orleans, Louisiana, and West
           Coast Liquidators, Inc.

2.         Servitude in favor of the Sewerage & Water Board ("S&WB"), as shown
           on the Survey, Exhibit No. 5, which was granted by the City to the
           S&WB pursuant to Ordinance No. 8804 Mayor Council Series, approved
           on October 15, 1982.

3.         COB 813C, folio 621 - Servitude in favor of New Orleans Public
           Service, Inc., ("NOPSI") for overhead electrical distribution
           facilities and underground electrical distribution facilities.

4.         COB 839, folio 499-503; COI No. 14998 - Servitude Agreement for
           natural gas service between New Orleans Public Service, Inc. and the
           Industrial Development Board of the City of New Orleans ("Owner"),
           and West Coast Liquidators, Inc., a California corporation
           ("Lessee"), dated December 12, 1989, registered as N.A. No. 8229772.

5.         COB 839, folio 504-508; COI No. 14972 - Servitude Agreement for
           overhead electric service between New Orleans Public Service, Inc.
           and the Industrial Development Board of the City of New Orleans
           ("Owner") and West Coast Liquidators, Inc., a California corporation
           ("Lessee") dated December 12, 1989, filed December 29, 1989 under
           N.A. No. 829773.

6.         COB 843, folio 488-490; COI No.16891 - Servitude Agreement for
           underground electric service between New Orleans Public Service,
           Inc.  and the Industrial Development Board of the City of New
           Orleans ("Owner") and West Coast Liquidators, Inc., a California
           corporation ("Lessee") dated March 30, 1990, filed April 5, 1990
           under N.A. No. 840685.





                                      
<PAGE>   68
7.         COI No. 19336 - Right of Way and Servitude between South Central
           Bell and West Coast Liquidators, Inc., as Lessee for service poles,
           guys, anchors, aerial cables and wires, etc., as per agreement dated
           April 13, 1990, N.A. No. 842389, which has been corrected to show
           the right of way and servitude in favor of South Central Bell by
           Industrial Development Board of the City of New Orleans, Louisiana,
           Inc., as of August 15, 1990, recorded as COI 29955, N.A. No. 871021,
           which is exactly the same as the right of way previously granted by
           West Coast Liquidators, Inc.

8.         Encroachment of concrete roadway ramp owned by the Louisiana State
           Department of Transportation onto the insured land parcel on the
           Jourdan Road side as shown on a survey by Fromherz Engineers, Inc.,
           dated June 8, 1993, Dwg. No. WCL1B.

9.         Terms, conditions and obligations of the Master Lease.

10.        Terms, conditions and obligations creating the following incorporeal
           rights:

           a.       COB 856, folio 479, N.A. No. 874450 - Grant of Servitude of
           Passage and Right of Use by the Sewerage and Water Board of New
           Orleans in favor of West Coast Liquidators dated March 29, 1990
           creating a cross-over of Lot PS2.

           b.       COI No. 28404, N.A. No. 866084 - Switch Track Agreement
           between the New Orleans Public Belt Railroad Commission and West
           Coast Liquidators, Ltd. as created by Agreement dated September 27,
           1990 and filed November 2, 1990.

           c.       COB 855, folio 243-245, COI No. 30531, N.A. No. 872064 -
           Railroad Crossing Agreement between Public Belt Railroad Commission
           for the City of New Orleans and West Coast Liquidators, Inc. dated
           May 10, 1989.

11.        Permitted Encumbrances subordinate to this Lease:

           a.       Lease dated September 30, 1991, between West Coast
           Liquidators, Inc., as landlord and The Spectrum Network, as tenant,
           as amended by letter agreements dated October 18, 1991 and January
           6, 1993.

           b.       Standard Industrial Lease - Multi-Tenant dated November 9,
           1992, between West Coast Liquidators, Inc., as landlord and Tano
           Corporation, as tenant, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Standard
           Industrial Lease - Multi-





                                      
<PAGE>   69

Tenant, dated as of November 9, 1992 and as further amended by Amendment No. 2
to Standard Industrial Lease - Multi-Tenant, dated as of February 1, 1993.





                                      
<PAGE>   70
                                  EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT

        THIS AGREEMENT is made as of __________, ____, by and among TRINET
ESSENTIAL FACILITIES X, INC., (Lessor) whose address is _______________, WEST
COAST LIQUIDATORS, INC. (Lessee), whose address is _______________ and
_____________ (the  Beneficiary), whose address is __________________________.

        A.  THE PROPERTY.  The term "Property", as used herein, shall mean 
        the real property situated in the Parish of Orleans, State of Louisiana,
        legally described in Exhibit A attached hereto and by this reference 
        made a part hereof, together with all buildings, structures, 
        improvements and fixtures now or hereafter located thereon, and 
        together with all easements and other rights appurtenant thereto.

        B.  THE LEASE. The property has been leased to Lessee pursuant to the
        terms and provisions of a lease agreement dated as of ___________ ___,
        1993, between Lessor and Lessee (the Lease), for a term of 16 years with
        four ten-year optional renewal terms.

        C.  THE LOAN; SECURITY DOCUMENTS; MORTGAGE.  Lessor proposes to borrow
        certain sums from Beneficiary to be evidenced by a promissory note.
        Lessor proposes to encumber the Property as security for payment of its 
        obligations to Beneficiary and, for such purpose, shall enter into 
        various instruments and documents (collectively the Security Documents),
        including without limitation, a [Mortgage and Security Agreement] 
        (the Mortgage) from Lessor for the use and benefit of the Beneficiary 
        and [an Assignment of Lessor's Interest in Lease and Rents] (the 
        Assignment), which Mortgage and Assignment will be recorded in the
        real property records of Orleans Parish, Louisiana.

        D.  PURPOSES.  In connection with the above-mentioned transactions,
        Lessor and Lessee have agreed to offer certain assurances and
        representations to the  Beneficiary, and all parties agree to provide 
        for (i) the subordination of the Lease to the Security Documents; 
        (ii) the continuation of the Lease notwithstanding any foreclosure of 
        the Mortgage, subject to certain conditions; and (iii) Lessee's
        attornment to the Beneficiary or to such other parties as may acquire
<PAGE>   71
                                     -2-


        title to the Property as the result of any foreclosure or any
        conveyance of the Property in lieu of foreclosure.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms and provisions
hereinafter contained and other good and valuable consideration received by any
party from any other, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

        1.      Notices of Default to Beneficiary.  Notwithstanding anything to
        the contrary in the Lease, Lessee shall personally deliver or mail to
        Beneficiary, at Beneficiary's address set forth above, a copy of any 
        written notice of any default under the Lease by Lessor which may be 
        given by Lessee, and if within the time provided in the Lease for the 
        cure thereof by Lessor, Beneficiary performs or causes to be performed 
        all such obligations with respect to which Lessor is in default which 
        can be cured by the payment of money, any right of Lessee to terminate 
        the Lease by reason of such default shall cease and be null and void.

        2.      Subordination of Lease to Security Documents.  Lessee hereby
        subordinates its leasehold estate in the Property and all of Lessee's   
        right under the Lease to the Security Documents and replacements
        thereof, to the full extent of all obligations secured or to be secured
        thereby including interest thereon, provided however, that the
        provisions of the Lease relating to insurance proceeds and condemnation
        proceeds shall control over any conflicting provisions of the Security
        Documents.

        3.      Non-Disturbance of Lessee.  Beneficiary agrees that, for so
        long as Lessee shall not be in default under the terms of the Lease
        after applicable notice and beyond any applicable cure period, neither
        the Lease nor Lessee's rights pursuant thereto shall be disturbed or
        affected by any exercise by Beneficiary of any rights or remedies
        available to Beneficiary under the Security Documents. Beneficiary's
        obligations under this Section 3 shall continue throughout the full
        term of the Lease, including any extensions thereof with respect to
        which Lessee has exercised its option. Beneficiary's obligations under
        this Section 3 shall be null and void if Lessee shall, at any time,
        default in the timely performance of the Lessee's obligations under the 
        Lease after receipt of any applicable notice and not cure such default
        within the time, if any, allowed in the Lease, unless such default
        occurred and was cured prior to the foreclosure of the Mortgage or
        conveyance in lieu of foreclosure or a dation en paiment.


<PAGE>   72
4.   Beneficiary as Landlord after Foreclosure.  In the event that Beneficiary
(or any other party) shall acquire fee title to the Property or shall succeed
to Lessor's interest in the Lease, whether through foreclosure of the Mortgage,
conveyance of the Property in lieu of foreclosure, dation en paiment, or
otherwise (including any exercise by Beneficiary of any rights or remedies
available to Beneficiary under the Security Documents), Beneficiary (or such
other party) shall thereupon, and without the necessity of attornment or other
act or agreement, be substituted as Lessee's landlord under the Lease, and
shall be entitled to the rights and benefits (including the benefit of
Guarantor's guaranty) and subject to the obligations thereof, provided that
neither Beneficiary nor any other party shall be:

     (a)  liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord under the Lease
     (including Lessor); or

     (b)  subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against
     any prior landlord (including Lessor); or

     (c)  bound by Lessee's payment of any rent or additional rent for more 
     than ninety (90) days beyond the then current rate period to any prior 
     landlord under the Lease (including Lessor); or

     (d)  bound by any material amendment, modification, extension, or
     supplement of the Lease made without Beneficiary's prior written consent,
     which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned;

and Lessee hereby agrees to attorn to and recognize such Beneficiary (or other
party) as Lessee's landlord.

5.   Payment of Rent Upon Default.  Lessee is hereby advised that the Security
Documents give Beneficiary the right to collect rent and other sums payable
under the Lease directly from Lessee upon the occurrence of a default under the
Security Documents.  Upon receipt by Lessee or Guarantor of notice from
Beneficiary of any such default, Lessor agrees Lessee or Guarantor will
thereafter pay all rent and other sums payable under the Lease directly to
Beneficiary (or as Beneficiary shall direct) as they become due and payable. 
Lessor hereby waives any cause of action and releases any and all claims it may
have against Lessee arising out of Lessee's compliance with the preceding
sentence.
<PAGE>   73
                                     -4-


6.   Binding Effect.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be covenants
running with the Property, and shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, representatives,
successors and assigns.

7.   No Waiver.  No party hereto shall by any act of omission or commission be
deemed to waive any of its rights or remedies hereunder unless such waiver be
in writing and signed by such party, and then only to the extent specifically
set forth therein; a waiver on one event shall not be construed as continuing
or as a bar to or waiver of such right or remedy on a subsequent event.

8.   Notices.  All notices, demands, requests, approvals, or consents made
pursuant to, under or by virtue of this Agreement must be in writing and mailed
to the party to which the notice, demand, request, approval or consent is being
sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight
courier delivery, addressed as follows, or at such other address as such party
may designate by notice to the other parties:

          To Guarantor:

          MacFrugal's Bargains*Close-outs Inc.
          2430 East Del Amo Boulevard
          Dominguez, California 90220
          Attention:  Vice President--Real Estate and Construction

          with a copy to:

          MacFrugal's Bargains*Close-outs Inc.
          2430 East Del Amo Boulevard
          Dominguez, California 90220
          Attention:  General Counsel

          To Lessee:

          West Coast Liquidators, Inc.
          2430 East Del Amo Boulevard
          Dominguez, California 90220
          Attention:  Vice President--Real Estate and Construction

          with a copy to:

          West Coast Liquidators, Inc.
          2430 East Del Amo Boulevard
<PAGE>   74
                                     -5-


                        Dominguez, California 90220
                        Attention: General Counsel

                        To Lessor:

                        TriNet Essential Facilities X, Inc.
                        c/o Trinet Corporate Realty Trust, Inc.
                        Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3150
                        San Francisco, California 94111
                        Attention: Mr. Mark S. Whiting

                        with a copy to:

                        Day, Berry & Howard
                        260 Franklin Street
                        Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                        Attention: Lewis A. Burleigh, Esq.

                        To Beneficiary:

                        _________________
                        _________________
                        _________________
                        Attention: _________________

        Any notice, demand, request, approval, or consent given in accordance 
        with the provisions of this Paragraph 8 shall be effective on the date
        of receipt or delivery or when proper delivery is refused by the
        addressee.

        9.      Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
        construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Louisiana.

        10.     Miscellaneous.  This Agreement may not be modified or amended
        except by a written agreement duly executed by Lessee, Lessor and 
        Beneficiary with the consent in writing of Guarantor. This Agreement 
        shall be binding upon Lessee and Guarantor and shall inure to the
        benefit of Beneficiary and its successors and assigns. In the event any
        one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any
        reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect,
        such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any
        other provision of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be
        construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had
        never been contained herein. In the event of litigation concerning
        this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reimbursement
        of reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses by the losing party or
        parties.




<PAGE>   75
                                     -6-


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

WITNESSES AS TO BOTH:                  LESSOR:

                                       TRINET ESSENTIAL FACILITIES X, INC.
______________________________
Name:

                                       By:_______________________________
______________________________            Name:
Name:                                     Title:

                                       By:_______________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


WITNESSES:                             LESSEE:

                                       WEST COAST LIQUIDATORS, INC.
______________________________
Name:

                                       By:_______________________________
______________________________            Name:
Name:                                     Title:

                                       By:_______________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


WITNESSES:                             BENEFICIARY:


______________________________         By:_______________________________
Name:                                     Name:
                                          Title:

______________________________
Name:
<PAGE>   76
                                     -7-


WITNESSES AS TO BOTH:                   CONSENTED TO:

                                        MACFRUGAL'S BARGAINS*
______________________________            CLOSE-OUTS, INC.,
Name:                                   Lease Guarantor

______________________________          By:____________________________
Name:                                      Name:
                                           Title:


                                        By:____________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:
<PAGE>   77
                                     -8-

STATE OF _______________:
COUNTY OF ______________:

     BE IT KNOWN that on this ______ day of __________, _____, before me, 
the undersigned Notary Public, personally came and appeared ________________ 
[and _______________], to me personally known, and after being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say that he is [they are] the _________________ [and
________________, respectively], of TriNet and that the seal affixed to the
foregoing Subordination, Attornment and Non-Disturbance Agreement is the
corporate seal of said corporation [or that said corporation has no seal],
that he [they] signed and sealed said document on behalf of the corporation
by authority of its Board of Directors, as the free act and deed of
the corporation, for the purposes therein set forth.



                                              ___________________________
                                              Notary Public


                                              My Commission Expires:

                                              ___________________________

<PAGE>   78
                                     -9-


STATE OF ________________:

COUNTY OF _______________:

        BE IT KNOWN that on this ______ day of _____, ____, before me, the
undersigned Notary Public, personally came and appeared ____________________
[and ____________________], to me personally known, and after being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say that he is [they are] the ____________________ [and
____________________, respectively], of [Beneficiary] and that the seal affixed
to the foregoing Subordination, Attornment and Non-Disturbance Agreement is the
corporate seal of said corporation [or that said corporation has no seal], that
he [they] signed and sealed said document on behalf of the corporation by
authority of its Board of Directors, as the free act and deed of the
corporation, for the purposes therein set forth.

                                                ______________________________
                                                Notary Public

                                                My Commission Expires:

                                                ______________________________
<PAGE>   79
                                     -10-


STATE OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES:

     BE IT KNOWN that on this ______ day of ______, ______, before me, the
undersigned Notary Public, personally came and appeared Philip L. Carter and
Leonard S. Williams, to me personally known, and after being by me duly sworn,
did depose and say that they are the Chief Financial Officer and Chief
Executive Officer, respectively, of West Coast Liquidators, Inc., and that the
seal affixed to the foregoing Subordination, Attornment and Non-Disturbance
Agreement is the corporate seal of said corporation [or that said corporation
has no seal], that they signed and sealed said document on behalf of the
corporation by authority of its Board of Directors, as the free act and deed of
the corporation, for the uses and purposes therein set forth.



                                        ________________________________
                                        Notary Public

                                        My Commission Expires:

                                        ________________________________

<PAGE>   1
                                 EXHIBIT 22.1


Subsidiaries of Mac Frugal's Bargains - Close-outs Inc.

1.  PNS Stores, Inc.
        State of Incorporation:  California
        Business Names:  Pic 'N' Save
                         Mac Frugal's Bargains - Close-outs

2.  West Coast Liquidators, Inc.
        State of Incorporation:  California
        Business Names:  None









<PAGE>   1


                                                                  EXHIBIT 24.1


                        INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S CONSENT


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
  Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc.
Dominguez, California:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement 
No. 33-43661 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 33-55130 on
Form S-8 of our report dated March 15, 1994, appearing in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K of Mac Frugal's Bargains o Close-outs Inc. and
subsidiaries for the year ended January 30, 1994.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE

Los Angeles, California
April 29, 1994






© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission